RFP - Traffic Management Center Project 2021-09TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT CENTER
DESIGN BUILD IMPROVEMENTS
PROJECT NO. 2021-09
REQUEST FOR
PROPOSALS/
QUALIFICATIONS
DUE BY:
MAY, 11, 2022
BY 5 P.M.
Page 1 of 23
REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS / QUALIFICATIONS
The City of La Quinta (City) seeks proposals from qualified firms to provide Design Build
services for the Traffic Management Center Improvements Project, City Project No.
2021-09. THIS IS A QUALIFICATIONS-BASED, BEST VALUE SELECTION. THIS IS NOT
A LOW BID SOLICITATION.
Project/Services Title: Traffic Management Center Improvements
Issue Date: April 20, 2022
DUE DATE: May 11, 2022
Requesting Department: Public Works Department
GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
1. SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Proposals must be submitted via email, hand delivery, or mail. All proposals must bear original
or electronic signatures.
Submit (1) paper original in a sealed envelope and email an electronic original, as a single
document in a .PDF format, to the following contact:
City of La Quinta
Attn: Julie Mignogna, Management Analyst
78495 Calle Tampico
La Quinta, California 92253
Tel: (760) 777 – 7041
Email: jmignogna@LaQuintaCA.gov
Email Subject: RFP – Traffic Management Center Improvements – 2021-09
2. SUBMISSION RESTRICTIONS
All proposals must be submitted in writing; no oral, facsimile, or telephone proposals or
modifications will be considered. Proposals received after the due date and time are considered
non-responsive, and will be returned unopened.
3. PRE-PROPOSAL CONFERENCE, QUESTIONS OR REQUESTS FOR CLARIFICATIONS
Pre-Proposal Conference held at La Quinta City Hall will be conducted on Thursday, April 28,
2022 at 1:00PM. Any requests for clarification or other questions concerning this RFP must be
submitted in writing by May 3, 2022; and sent via email to Julie Mignogna, Management
Analyst, jmignogna@LaQuintaCA.gov.
4. ERRORS AND OMISSIONS
If a proposer discovers any ambiguity, conflict, discrepancy, omission, or other error in the RFP
or any of its attachments, he/she shall immediately notify the City of such error in writing and
request modification or clarification of the document. Modifications will be made by addenda.
Clarifications will be provided in writing to all parties who have submitted proposals or who have
requested an RFP for purposes of preparing a proposal, without divulging the source of the
request.
Page 2 of 23
If a proposer fails to notify the City prior to the date fixed for submission of proposals of an error
in the RFP known to him/her, or an error that reasonably should have been known to him/her,
he/she shall submit a proposal at his/her own risk, and if he/she is awarded an agreement,
he/she shall not be entitled to additional compensation or time by reason of the error or any
corrections thereof.
5. MODIFICATIONS AND WITHDRAWALS OF SUBMITTED PROPOSALS
Proposer may withdraw proposals prior to the Submittal Deadline by submitting a written
request to Julie Mignogna, Management Analyst, jmignogna@LaQuintaCA.gov.
Withdrawn proposals will be returned unopened.
Proposers may modify proposals prior to the Submittal Deadline by withdrawing their proposal
as noted above and re-submitting anew before the Submittal Deadline.
6. ADDENDA
The City may modify this RFP, any of its key action dates, or any of its attachments, prior to the
submittal deadline. Addenda will be numbered consecutively and noted following the RFP title.
It is the proposer’s responsibility to ensure they have incorporated all addenda. Failure to
acknowledge and incorporate addenda will not relieve the proposer from the responsibility to
meet all terms and conditions of the RFP and any subsequent addenda.
7. REJECTION OF PROPOSALS
The City may reject any or all proposals in whole or in part for any reason, including suspicion
of collusion among proposers, and may waive any immaterial deviation in a proposal. The City’s
waiver of an immaterial defect shall in no way modify the RFP as published or excuse the
proposer from full compliance with the specifications if he/she is awarded the agreement.
Proposals referring to terms and conditions other than the City’s terms and conditions as listed
in the RFP, may be rejected as being non-responsive.
The City may conduct an investigation as deemed necessary to determine the ability of the
proposer to perform the work, and the proposer shall furnish to the City all such information and
data for this purpose as requested by the City. The City reserves the right to reject any proposal
if the evidence submitted by, or investigation of, such proposer fails to satisfy the City that such
proposer is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the agreement and to complete the
work specified.
8. CANCELLATION OF RFP
This RFP does not obligate the City to enter into an agreement. The City reserves the right to
cancel this RFP at any time, should the project be cancelled, the City loses the required funding,
or it is deemed in the best interest of the City. No obligation, either expressed or implied, exists
on the part of the City to make an award or to pay any cost incurred in the preparation or
submission of a proposal.
9. DISPUTES/PROTESTS
The City encourages proposers to resolve issues regarding the requirements or the procurement
process through written correspondence and discussions during the period in which clarifying
addenda may be issued. The City wishes to foster cooperative relationships and to reach a fair
agreement in a timely manner. Formal proposals for major professional and technical services
shall be governed by the City’s Purchasing Policy.
Page 3 of 23
10. NEGOTIATIONS AND FINAL AGREEMENT
The City’s Professional Service Agreement is enclosed as Attachment 1 for review prior to
submitting a proposal. An agreement will not be binding or valid with the City unless and until
it is executed by authorized representatives of the City and of the selected proposer. At the
discretion of the City, any or all parts of the successful proposal shall be made a binding part of
the agreement.
11. PRICING ADJUSTMENTS
The City reserves the right to negotiate final pricing with the most qualified proposer. Pricing
shall remain firm for the entire initial term of the agreement. Thereafter, any proposed pricing
adjustment for additional periods, if any, shall be subject to the terms of the agreement.
12. SELECTION PROCESS
The City will award the Design-Build contract on the basis of a Best Value selection as specifically
described in this RFP.
The RFP includes two parts, Part A – Qualification Submittal and Part B – Technical and Cost
Proposal.
A City Evaluation Committee will review and score the proposal submittals. The Evaluation
Committee will review the proposals based on the evaluation criteria defined in Attachment 6 of
this RFP. Those proposals that do not meet the RFP requirements may be deemed nonresponsive
and disqualified from future consideration during the RFP process.
The Evaluation Committee may request clarification on any portion of a proposal submittal. A
Proposer’s response to such a request must be in writing and shall become part of the Proposer’s
proposal. If the Proposer fails to respond within the time indicated in the request, the Proposer
may be deemed nonresponsive and its proposal may be disqualified from further consideration
during the RFP process.
An optional oral presentation is part of this RFP and, if determined to be necessary, will be held
on the date specified in Section 14. This optional presentation is intended to provide each
Proposer with an opportunity to present its proposed project team, outline aspects of its proposal
and project plan, and allow the City to ask specific questions and clarifications related to the
Proposer and its proposal.
The selection will be made on the basis of qualifications, demonstrated competence, ability to
meet City criteria, and technical response to the RFP without regard to race, creed color, or
gender.
The City will open contract negotiations with the top ranked firm. The successful consultant will
be expected to enter into the City of La Quinta Professional Service Agreement. Should
negotiations with the top-ranked firm dissolve, the City of La Quinta will open the Cost Proposals
and begin contract negotiations with the second ranked firm, and so forth until an agreement is
reached. The successful consultant will be expected to enter into the attached Professional
Service Agreement (Attachment 1). Any exceptions taken by the Consultant on the
standard contract attached must be submitted in writing as part of its proposal to be
considered.
Page 4 of 23
13.OTHER REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO PROPOSING
Submission of a Proposal signifies the Proposer’s careful examination of Proposal Documents and
complete understanding of the nature, extent and location of Work to be performed. Before
submitting a proposal, each Proposer is responsible to: a) examine the RFP and all attachments
and exhibits thoroughly; b) visit the site to familiarize itself with field conditions that may in any
manner affect cost, progress, or performance of the work.
Proposer must complete field review and accept existing sight conditions as is.
14. RFP TIMELINE
RFP Issue Date: April 20, 2022
Pre-Proposal Conference (in person): April 28, 2022, at 3:30PM
Deadline for Proposers’ Questions: May 3, 2022
Proposals Submittal Deadline: May 11, 2022
Complete Evaluations of Proposals: May 12 – 20, 2022
Conduct Interview (If Necessary): May 23 - 24, 2022
Agreement Negotiations and Signing, Proof
of Insurance Coverage, Forms 700: May 25 - 26, 2022
City Council Consideration and Approval: June 7, 2022
Agreement Effective Date and
Project Start Date June 8, 2022
15.PROPRIETARY, CONFIDENTIAL, AND PUBLIC INFORMATION
15.1 Proprietary and Trade Secret Information:
A copy of each proposal will be retained as an official record and will become open to public
inspection, unless the proposal or specific parts can be shown to be exempt by the California
Public Records Act [California Government Code §6250 et seq.]. Each proposer may clearly label
part of a proposal as “Confidential” if the proposer thereby agrees to indemnify and defend the
City for honoring such a designation. The failure to so label any information that is released by
the City will constitute a complete waiver of all claims for damages caused by any release of the
information. If a request for public records for labeled information is received by the City, the
City will notify the proposer of the request and delay access to the material until seven working
days after notification to the proposer. Within that time delay, it will be the duty of the proposer
to act in protection of its labeled information. Failure to so act will constitute a complete waiver.
15.2 Confidential Information:
Evaluation scores, weight factors, and negotiation notes are confidential and will not be released
or retained [California Government Code §6254(a)].
Page 5 of 23
15.3 Public Information:
All proposals will be opened on May 11, 2022 and will be made available to the public upon
request. By submitting a proposal, the proposer acknowledges and accepts that the content of
the proposal and associated documents will become open to public inspection. The final,
executed agreement will be a public document. Proposals and other information will not be
returned.
16. PROPOSAL PREPARATION COSTS
Any costs incurred in the preparation of a proposal, preparation of changes or additions
requested by the City, presentation to the City, travel in conjunction with such presentations, or
samples of items, shall be entirely the responsibility of the proposer.
17. CITY’S OWNERSHIP OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
Proposer acknowledges and grants the City, a perpetual, unlimited, royalty free, non-exclusive
and irrevocable license for City (including without limitation its employees, contractors and
agents) to use, copy, modify and create derivative works of all processes, materials, documents,
reports and other information of all types, including computer models developed by the Proposer
for the project, that is submitted, provided, or otherwise disclosed by Proposer as a result of this
RFP. This grant of license includes, but is not limited to, rights to use any know-how disclosed
or otherwise provided by Proposer or any of its subcontractors; rights to practice any inventions
owned, controlled, or licensed by Proposer; and right to use, copy, modify and create derivative
works based on, incorporated in, or derived from, the materials, documents, reports and other
information of all types. Proposer also acknowledges that any and all associated intellectual
property rights for any derivative works created by the City (including without limitation its
employees, contractors and agents), shall be owned by the City.
18. QUALIFICATIONS OF PROPOSERS AND SUBCONTRACTORS
The Proposer and each listed entity, including subcontractors known at time of submittal must
have a valid license issued by the Contractors’ State License Board for each type of work
proposed to be performed by the Proposer and each listed Subcontractor under the Contract.
The applicable license(s) is required at the time the proposal is submitted in order to be
considered a responsive Proposer. This project requires the Proposer to possess an active State
of California Contractor’s license classification of “B” at the time the proposal is submitted along
with any and all “Specialty” licenses (e.g. electrical, framing, etc.).
Design professionals known at the time of proposal submittal must have valid professional
licenses issued by the State of California for the discipline of work proposed to be performed by
each listed design professional. The applicable license(s) are required at the time the proposal
is submitted in order to be considered responsive.
In addition to the above, the Scoping Documents set forth specialty license requirements,
expertise requirements, and certification requirements. The apparent successful Proposer shall
be required to demonstrate to the City’s satisfaction that the Proposer and its proposed
subcontractors (whether required to be listed or not) that are known at time of proposal
submittal, possess these specialty license(s), experience, and certification requirements.
Page 6 of 23
19. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
Proposals must include a completed “Insurance Requirements Acknowledgment” form included
as Attachment 2 stating that, if selected, the proposer will provide the minimum insurance
coverage and indemnification noted in Exhibits E and F, respectively, of the City’s Professional
Services Agreement.
Commercial General Liability (at least as broad as ISO CG 0001)
$1,000,000 (per occurrence); $2,000,000 (general aggregate)
Must include the following endorsements:
General Liability Additional Insured
General Liability Primary and Noncontributory
Commercial Auto Liability (at least as broad as ISO CA 0001)
$1,000,000 (per accident)
Personal Auto Declaration Page if applicable
Errors and Omissions Liability $1,000,000 (per claim and aggregate)
Worker’s Compensation (per statutory requirements)
Must include the following endorsements:
Worker’s Compensation Waiver of Subrogation
Worker’s Compensation Declaration of Sole Proprietor if applicable
20. NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
Proposals must include an executed Non-Collusion Affidavit, included as Attachment 3, executed
by an official authorized to bind the firm.
21. CONFLICT OF INTEREST
The City requires a Statement of Economic Interest (Form 700) to be filed by any proposer who
is involved in the making of decisions which may have a foreseeable material effect on any City
financial interest pursuant to the City’s Conflict of Interest Code and the California Political
Reform Act of 1974.
22. CITY RIGHTS AND OPTIONS
The City reserves the right to:
Make the selection based on its sole
discretion;
Issue subsequent RFP;
Postpone opening proposals or selection
for any reason;
Remedy errors in the RFP or in the RFP
process;
Modify the Scope of Services in the RFP;
Approve or disapprove the use of
particular subcontractors;
Negotiate with any, all or none of the
proposers;
Accept other than the lowest offer;
Waive informalities and irregularities in
proposals;
Request additional information or
clarification;
Request revisions during negotiations;
Invite any consultant of its choosing to
assist with the evaluation of proposal
responses or to provide the City with a
second opinion
Enter into an agreement with another
proposer in the event the originally
selected proposer defaults or fails to
execute an agreement with the City in a
timely manner.
Page 7 of 23
REQUESTED SERVICES
The City of La Quinta (City) seeks proposals from qualified firms to provide Design Build
services for the Traffic Management Center Improvements Project, City Project No.
2021-09. THIS IS A QUALIFICATIONS-BASED, BEST VALUE SELECTION. THIS IS NOT
A LOW BID SOLICITATION.
I. INTRODUCTION
The City of La Quinta is inviting Design-Build proposals from interested firms to perform the
design, construction, and warranty maintenance for all new improvements for the Traffic
Management Center within La Quinta City Hall (“Project”). The purpose of the project is to create
a space that will house the City’s Traffic Management Center that will feature a wall with eight
(8) to ten (10) monitors. The cost of all envisioned improvements is expected to range between
$50,000 and $200,000 inclusive of optional tasks. La Quinta City Hall is located 78495 Calle
Tampico La Quinta, California 92253.
The City’s primary objective in utilizing the Design-Build approach for this project is to bring the
best available design and construction experience and expertise together to collaborate with the
City as a team to successfully deliver this project on or before July 10, 2022.
The successful proposer will be selected according to the selection process described herein in
Section 4 and the evaluation criteria described in Section 5. This Request for Proposal (RFP)
includes two parts. All interested Proposers are required to submit a response to Part A –
Qualification Submittal, and to Part B – Technical and Cost Proposal.
The purpose of Part A – Qualification Submittal is to provide the City with sufficient information
to determine if a Proposer is responsible and meets the minimum qualifications to satisfactorily
perform the proposed work. Used in this context, the term Responsible has reference to
trustworthiness, as well as quality, fitness, capacity, experience, and ability of the Proposer to
satisfactorily perform the work.
The purpose of Part B – Technical and Cost Proposal is to evaluate the proposals and rank the
Proposers sequentially from most advantageous to the least to deliver the project.
II. PROJECT OVERVIEW
The project includes demolition of existing cubicle space of both permanent and temporary
features, demolition of the existing carpet, construction of new wall that does not extend to the
ceiling that will hold monitors (monitors will be mounted and supplied by others), construction
of new electrical outlets and data ports for monitors, placement of carpet tile, optional task to
construct recessed space with passive venting for monitor wall, optional task for door frame and
door, optional task for store front, and optional task for minor concrete cutting and patching.
The proposed site plan, concept elevations and performance criteria (collectively, “Bridging
Documents”) are provided as part of Exhibit B of this RFP and describe the minimum mandatory
scope and needs of the Project.
Page 8 of 23
The successful Proposer will be responsible for all aspects of delivering a successful project,
including but not limited to, structural features, electrical features, architectural features. The
proposer’s attention is drawn to the Scope of Services presented in Section 4 of this RFP.
The selected Design-Builder should demonstrate a clear understanding of the project
requirements and challenges and willingness to work collaboratively with the City to
achieve a successful outcome for the project.
III. CRITICAL SUCCESS FACTORS
A. Critical Success Factors (“CSF”) are those issues that the City Project Team and its project
consultants have agreed are essential to the success of this Project, and are the core
essence of the Proposer’s responsibility. It is essential that the Proposer be responsive to
the CSF and use the CSF as a guide in both the development of the response to this RFP,
and in the design and construction of the requirements of the Project. All Proposals will be
reviewed and evaluated in light of the Critical Success Factors.
1. The Project must be entirely operational by July 15, 2022.
2. The City has been integrally involved in developing the Bridging Documents for the
project. The Design-Build Team will be expected to exhibit and foster ongoing
teamwork and collaboration with this project team in every aspect of the effort to
complete the project design, construction, testing, commissioning, transition,
completion and activation.
3. The Design-Build Team will be expected to:
i. Fulfill all obligations of Design-Build Team under the Contract Documents;
ii. Fulfill all obligations of Architect of Record for the Project;
iii. Comply with the requirements of all Federal, State, County, and other authorities
having jurisdiction regulations for required reviews, approvals, permits,
construction, inspection, and record keeping;
iv. Create a Project that is energy efficient and uses sustainable design elements
and construction practices and minimizes life-cycle costs;
v. Thoroughly start-up and test and commission new systems to ensure efficient
and reliable operation and compliance with performance requirements
established in the Bridging Documents; and
vi. Systematically furnish all required warranties, operation and maintenance
manuals, and record documents and successfully transition and train facility
staff, closing out the Project with no defects.
B. The CSF are the minimum standards that must be implemented for the Project.
Page 9 of 23
IV. SCOPE OF SERVICES
Proposals must be for a complete Design-Build project and must include all design,
civil/structural engineering, construction, procurement and installation of materials (unless
otherwise specified), permits and warranty maintenance services. The proposal price must
contain all costs and fees for such services.
The Design-Builder shall be responsible for all turnkey design and construction services required
for the completion of the Project in accordance with the Scoping Documents. The Scoping
Documents are presented in Attachment 5 to this RFP.
• Design and construction of the Project in compliance with any and all applicable
codes, rules/regulations, and laws.
• Any and all design and engineering work.
• Construction Performance Bond: To be executed by successful Design-Build Team
and surety. Submit one (1) copy, each bearing all required original signatures.
•
• Construction Labor and Material Payment Bond: To be executed by successful
Design-Build Team and surety. Submit one (1) copy, each bearing all required
original signatures.
• Any and all demolition, construction and warranty work.
• American with Disabilities Act Compliance.
• Scheduling and allowing time for inspections. A no-cost permit will be issued for
work.
• Procuring and installing all required wire, conduit, passive venting, receptacles,
carpet and other material (FF&E). The FF&E ultimately proposed will be equal to or
better than the quality of those typically installed within commercial public facilities
and will meet industry standards for the type of proposed uses. The Proposer will
provide detailed submittals of all proposed FF&E items. Only FF&E items approved
by the City will be accepted and/or installed. Monitors will be furnished and installed
by others.
• Quality control and performance testing.
• Providing extra material as presented in Attachment 5 to this RFP.
• Warranty maintenance services. The successful contractor will be required to
provide warranty for all newly installed components. Manufacturer warranties for
any FF&E installed delivered to the City.
V. PROJECT SCHEDULE
The Contract Time for this project is 30 working days from the “Notice of Award”. The contract
time includes all project phases performed by the Design-Build project team. Proposer shall
address its proposed working day schedule in its Part A Qualification Submittal. Deviation from
the anticipated 30 working day schedule must be explained and justified.
Page 10 of 23
VI. PROJECT DEVELOPMENT PROCESS
• Kick-off Meeting
o Meeting with entire project team to discuss project scope and delivery
deadlines.
• PDT Meeting
o Meeting held with project team weekly to discuss progress of project. The
meetings can be held virtually or in-person.
• Site Layout and Structural Details
o Prior to the start of demolition, the site layout and structural details must be
approved by the City. Project team shall anticipate 5-day review and comment
turn-around for each submittal to City.
• 100% Construction Plans
o Prior to the start of electrical and wiring operations, the 100% plans must be
approved by the City. Project team shall anticipate 5-day review and comment
turn-around for each submittal to City.
VII. PROPOSAL FORMAT
Firms are encouraged to keep their proposals brief and relevant to the specific information
requested herein. Proposals should be straightforward, concise, and provide “layman”
explanation of technical terms that are used. They shall be limited to 20 single sided pages (not
including Cover and/or Dividers).
Present the proposals in a format and order that corresponds to the numbering and lettering
contained herein, with minimal reference to supporting documentation, so that proposals can be
accurately compared.
PART A – Qualification Section
1. Cover Letter
Signed by an official authorized to bind the firm with name, address, phone number, and
email address of firm’s contract person, location of firm’s main office, location of the office
that would service this project, a validity statement that all information and pricing provided
in the proposal is valid for at least ninety (90) days, and a statement that any individual
who will perform work for the City is free of any conflict of interest. Identification of entire
project team (prime consultant, sub-consultants/contractors/sub-contractors) and their
roles and responsibilities.
2. Firms Background, Qualifications, and Experience, including the following:
(a) Number of years in business
(b) Taxpayer identification number
(c) Number of years planning, construction, and design services
(d) Resumes of the Project Manager and key personnel who will be responsible for
performance if any agreement results from this RFP
(e) Firm ownership and if incorporated, list the state in which the firm is incorporated
and the date of incorporation
Page 11 of 23
(f) If the firm is a subsidiary of a parent company, identify the parent company
(g) Statement of Qualifications – A listing of proposed personnel, including personal
experiences and individual resumes for prime and sub-consultants. Consultant’s and
sub-consultant experience with similar work, including names and current phone
numbers of reference for listed projects.
(h) Specific experience with similar types of projects as either a design-builder, or a
traditional design or construction firm, along with an opportunity to highlight other
information the Proposer deems beneficial to the project and should be considered
by the City. The Proposer is provided an opportunity to demonstrate its experience
and expertise in design and construction of projects of similar size, scope and
complexity.
(i) Project Understanding and Approach – A description of Proposers understanding of
the City’s project and how the Design-Build Team will approach the project. The
Proposers ability to deliver design-build projects, coordinate between the general
contractor, sub-trade contractors and the design professionals in a team atmosphere
should be addressed.
3. References of California government agencies (preferably cities utilizing)
(a) Client name, client project manager, telephone number, and email address
(b) Project description
(c) Project start date, and end date
(d) Staff assigned to each project by the firm
(e) Provide a summary of final outcome
4. List of Optional Services Offered by Proposer along with Corresponding Prices
5. Disclosures
Disclosure of any alleged significant prior or ongoing agreement failure, any civil or criminal
litigation or investigation pending, which involved the proposer or in which the proposer has
been judged guilty or liable within the last five (5) years. If there is no information to
disclose, proposer must affirmatively state there is no negative history.
6. Acknowledgement of Insurance Requirements (Attachment 2)
Proposals must include a written statement that, if selected, the proposer will provide the
minimum insurance coverage and indemnification noted in Exhibits E and F, respectively,
of the City’s Professional Service Agreement included as Attachment 1.
7. Non-Collusion Affidavit (Attachment 3)
Proposals must include an executed Non-Collusion Affidavit, executed by an official
authorized to bind the firm.
8. Acknowledgement of Addenda (Attachment 4)
If any addendum/addenda are issued, the proposer shall initial the Acknowledgement of
Addenda.
PART B– Technical Section
9. Proposed Staffing and Designated Subcontractors:
Submit a list of the proposed staffing for the Project; the listing must include all key team
personnel, and include at a minimum the specific positions indicated below, and such others
as City may request before Proposal date (“Key Personnel”). Substitutions will not be
permitted without prior approval of the City.
Page 12 of 23
a. Overall Project Manager
b. Design Manager
c. General Superintendent
d. Superintendent
e. Architect of Record
f. Design Architect
g. Quality Control Manager
h. Safety Manager
All Subcontractors who are known to be performing portions of the Work on Proposal Day
must be listed. All Subcontractors working on Project Site, whether included in Proposal or
otherwise, must have an Experience Modification Rate (EMR) of 1.00 or less.
10. Scope of Work and Project Schedule
A. Proposed Work Plan – The Proposer shall provide a detailed description of the work
objectives necessary to complete and deliver the project, including a description of
all tasks, sub-tasks and deliverables that will be provided. The Work Plan for the
Project shall identify the proposed types, integration, and operations of systems for
the facility illustrating the best value for the City. Technical approach plans are to
include, if different from the Performance Criteria and Concept Drawings:
i. Narrative(s) detailing the basic approach.
ii. Conceptual layout(s) of building systems.
iii. Proposed systems including a description of types, efficiencies, quantities and
capacities.
iv. Approach to maintaining and servicing proposed systems
v. Narrative(s) outlining the proven track record(s) of the proposed systems and
vendors including tried and tested processes, systems and capabilities.
B. Project Schedule – Provide a comprehensive project schedule which clearly
demonstrates critical path work objectives for delivery of the entire project to be
complete in place and ready for service. The proposed schedule shall graphically
illustrate the implementation of the work plan, and include all activities associated
with the design, City reviews and approvals, procurement, construction, start-up, etc.
Due to time constraints on the project, it is anticipated that there will be no more
than two (2) complete design package submissions: a 70% Construction Drawing
submittal and a final Construction Drawing submittal. The 70% CD submittal shall be
the initial submittal. The final CD Submittal shall incorporate satisfactory solutions
to issues raised by City review of the 70% CD submittal. The intent is to give the
City an initial review based on substantially developed CD’s, then incorporate
solutions to issues raised into a final set for their review and approval – a two-step
process for the complete design package submissions. Project team has the option to
submit a site plan and structural details separately; when approved demolition may
begin.
Page 13 of 13
PART C– Cost Proposal
11.Cost Proposal:
Proposer must submit a separate .pdf electronic copy its cost proposal for the entire project.
The submittal file must be clearly marked “Cost Proposal” and include the Proposer’s Name
and Project name. The cost proposal is not included within the either Part A or Part B page
limits stated above.
Cost proposals will not be opened if proposer is deemed unqualified as evaluated in Part A.
ATTACHMENTS
1.Professional Services Agreement
2.Insurance Requirements Acknowledgement
Must be executed by proposer and submitted with the proposal
3.Non-Collusion Affidavit
Must be executed by proposer and submitted with the proposal
4.Addenda Acknowledgement
Must be executed by proposer and submitted with the proposal
5.Project Scoping Concept Drawings/Documents
6.Proposal Evaluation Form
AGREEMENT FOR CONTRACT SERVICES
THIS AGREEMENT FOR CONTRACT SERVICES (the “Agreement”) is made
and entered into by and between the CITY OF LA QUINTA, (“City”), a California
municipal corporation, and Name[insert the type of business entity, e.g. sole
proprietorship, CA Limited Liability Corp, an S Corp.] (“Contracting Party”).
The parties hereto agree as follows:
1.SERVICES OF CONTRACTING PARTY.
1.1 Scope of Services. In compliance with all terms and conditions of
this Agreement, Contracting Party shall provide those services related to
Design Build services for the Traffic Management Center Improvements
Project, City Project No. 2021-09, as specified in the “Scope of Services”
attached hereto as “Exhibit A” and incorporated herein by this reference (the
“Services”). Contracting Party represents and warrants that Contracting Party
is a provider of first-class work and/or services and Contracting Party is
experienced in performing the Services contemplated herein and, in light of
such status and experience, Contracting Party covenants that it shall follow
industry standards in performing the Services required hereunder, and that
all materials, if any, will be of good quality, fit for the purpose intended. For
purposes of this Agreement, the phrase “industry standards” shall mean those
standards of practice recognized by one or more first-class firms performing
similar services under similar circumstances.
1.2 Compliance with Law. All Services rendered hereunder shall be
provided in accordance with all ordinances, resolutions, statutes, rules,
regulations, and laws of the City and any Federal, State, or local governmental
agency of competent jurisdiction.
1.3 Wage and Hour Compliance, Contracting Party shall comply with
applicable Federal, State, and local wage and hour laws.
1.4 Licenses, Permits, Fees and Assessments. Except as otherwise
specified herein, Contracting Party shall obtain at its sole cost and expense
such licenses, permits, and approvals as may be required by law for the
performance of the Services required by this Agreement, including a City of
La Quinta business license. Contracting Party and its employees, agents, and
subcontractors shall, at their sole cost and expense, keep in effect at all times
during the term of this Agreement any licenses, permits, and approvals that
are legally required for the performance of the Services required by this
Agreement. Contracting Party shall have the sole obligation to pay for any
fees, assessments, and taxes, plus applicable penalties and interest, which
may be imposed by law and arise from or are necessary for the performance
of the Services required by this Agreement, and shall indemnify, defend (with
ATTACHMENT 1
-2-
counsel selected by City), and hold City, its elected officials, officers,
employees, and agents, free and harmless against any such fees,
assessments, taxes, penalties, or interest levied, assessed, or imposed
against City hereunder. Contracting Party shall be responsible for all
subcontractors’ compliance with this Section.
1.5 Familiarity with Work. By executing this Agreement, Contracting
Party warrants that (a) it has thoroughly investigated and considered the
Services to be performed, (b) it has investigated the site where the Services
are to be performed, if any, and fully acquainted itself with the conditions
there existing, (c) it has carefully considered how the Services should be
performed, and (d) it fully understands the facilities, difficulties, and
restrictions attending performance of the Services under this Agreement.
Should Contracting Party discover any latent or unknown conditions materially
differing from those inherent in the Services or as represented by City,
Contracting Party shall immediately inform City of such fact and shall not
proceed except at Contracting Party’s risk until written instructions are
received from the Contract Officer, or assigned designee (as defined in
Section 4.2 hereof).
1.6 Standard of Care. Contracting Party acknowledges and
understands that the Services contracted for under this Agreement require
specialized skills and abilities and that, consistent with this understanding,
Contracting Party’s work will be held to an industry standard of quality and
workmanship. Consistent with Section 1.5 hereinabove, Contracting Party
represents to City that it holds the necessary skills and abilities to satisfy the
industry standard of quality as set forth in this Agreement. Contracting Party
shall adopt reasonable methods during the life of this Agreement to furnish
continuous protection to the Services performed by Contracting Party, and the
equipment, materials, papers, and other components thereof to prevent losses
or damages, and shall be responsible for all such damages, to persons or
property, until acceptance of the Services by City, except such losses or
damages as may be caused by City’s own negligence. The performance of
Services by Contracting Party shall not relieve Contracting Party from any
obligation to correct any incomplete, inaccurate, or defective work at no
further cost to City, when such inaccuracies are due to the negligence of
Contracting Party.
1.7 Additional Services. In accordance with the terms and conditions
of this Agreement, Contracting Party shall perform services in addition to
those specified in the Scope of Services (“Additional Services”) only when
directed to do so by the Contract Officer, or assigned designee, provided
that Contracting Party shall not be required to perform any Additional Services
without compensation. Contracting Party shall not perform any Additional
-3-
Services until receiving prior written authorization (in the form of a written
change order if Contracting Party is a contractor performing the Services) from
the Contract Officer, or assigned designee, incorporating therein any
adjustment in (i) the Contract Sum, and/or (ii) the time to perform this
Agreement, which said adjustments are subject to the written approval of
Contracting Party. It is expressly understood by Contracting Party that the
provisions of this Section shall not apply to the Services specifically set forth
in the Scope of Services or reasonably contemplated therein. It is specifically
understood and agreed that oral requests and/or approvals of Additional
Services shall be barred and are unenforceable. Failure of Contracting Party
to secure the Contract Officer’s, or assigned designee’s written authorization
for Additional Services shall constitute a waiver of any and all right to
adjustment of the Contract Sum or time to perform this Agreement, whether
by way of compensation, restitution, quantum meruit, or the like, for
Additional Services provided without the appropriate authorization from the
Contract Officer, or assigned designee. Compensation for properly
authorized Additional Services shall be made in accordance with Section 2.3
of this Agreement.
1.8 Special Requirements. Additional terms and conditions of this
Agreement, if any, which are made a part hereof are set forth in “Exhibit D”
(the “Special Requirements”), which is incorporated herein by this reference
and expressly made a part hereof. In the event of a conflict between the
provisions of the Special Requirements and any other provisions of this
Agreement, the provisions of the Special Requirements shall govern.
2. COMPENSATION.
2.1 Contract Sum. For the Services rendered pursuant to this
Agreement, Contracting Party shall be compensated in accordance with
“Exhibit B” (the “Schedule of Compensation”) in a total amount not to exceed
XXX Dollars ($XXXX). (the “Contract Sum”), except as provided in Section 1.7.
The method of compensation set forth in the Schedule of Compensation may
include a lump sum payment upon completion, payment in accordance with
the percentage of completion of the Services, payment for time and materials
based upon Contracting Party’s rate schedule, but not exceeding the Contract
Sum, or such other reasonable methods as may be specified in the Schedule
of Compensation. The Contract Sum shall include the attendance of
Contracting Party at all project meetings reasonably deemed necessary by
City; Contracting Party shall not be entitled to any additional compensation
for attending said meetings. Compensation may include reimbursement for
actual and necessary expenditures for reproduction costs, transportation
expense, telephone expense, and similar costs and expenses when and if
specified in the Schedule of Compensation. Regardless of the method of
-4-
compensation set forth in the Schedule of Compensation, Contracting Party’s
overall compensation shall not exceed the Contract Sum, except as provided
in Section 1.7 of this Agreement.
2.2 Method of Billing & Payment. Any month in which Contracting
Party wishes to receive payment, Contracting Party shall submit to City no
later than the tenth (10th) working day of such month, in the form approved
by City’s Finance Director, an invoice for Services rendered prior to the date
of the invoice. Such invoice shall (1) describe in detail the Services provided,
including time and materials, and (2) specify each staff member who has
provided Services and the number of hours assigned to each such staff
member. Such invoice shall contain a certification by a principal member of
Contracting Party specifying that the payment requested is for Services
performed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Upon approval in
writing by the Contract Officer, or assigned designee, and subject to
retention pursuant to Section 8.3, City will pay Contracting Party for all items
stated thereon which are approved by City pursuant to this Agreement no
later than thirty (30) days after invoices are received by the City’s Finance
Department.
2.3 Compensation for Additional Services. Additional Services
approved in advance by the Contract Officer, or assigned designee, pursuant
to Section 1.7 of this Agreement shall be paid for in an amount agreed to in
writing by both City and Contracting Party in advance of the Additional
Services being rendered by Contracting Party. Any compensation for
Additional Services amounting to five percent (5%) or less of the Contract
Sum may be approved by the Contract Officer, or assigned designee. Any
greater amount of compensation for Additional Services must be approved by
the La Quinta City Council, the City Manager, or Department Director,
depending upon City laws, regulations, rules and procedures concerning public
contracting. Under no circumstances shall Contracting Party receive
compensation for any Additional Services unless prior written approval for the
Additional Services is obtained from the Contract Officer, or assigned
designee, pursuant to Section 1.7 of this Agreement.
3. PERFORMANCE SCHEDULE.
3.1 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence in the performance of
this Agreement. If the Services not completed in accordance with the
Schedule of Performance, as set forth in Section 3.2 and “Exhibit C”, it is
understood that the City will suffer damage.
3.2 Schedule of Performance. All Services rendered pursuant to this
Agreement shall be performed diligently and within the time period
established in “Exhibit C” (the “Schedule of Performance”). Extensions to the
-5-
time period specified in the Schedule of Performance may be approved in
writing by the Contract Officer, or assigned designee.
3.3 Force Majeure. The time period specified in the Schedule of
Performance for performance of the Services rendered pursuant to this
Agreement shall be extended because of any delays due to unforeseeable
causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of Contracting
Party, including, but not restricted to, acts of God or of the public enemy,
fires, earthquakes, floods, epidemic, quarantine restrictions, riots, strikes,
freight embargoes, acts of any governmental agency other than City, and
unusually severe weather, if Contracting Party shall within ten (10) days of
the commencement of such delay notify the Contract Officer, or assigned
designee, in writing of the causes of the delay. The Contract Officer, or
assigned designee, shall ascertain the facts and the extent of delay, and
extend the time for performing the Services for the period of the forced delay
when and if in the Contract Officer’s judgment such delay is justified, and the
Contract Officer’s determination, or assigned designee, shall be final and
conclusive upon the parties to this Agreement. Extensions to time period in
the Schedule of Performance which are determined by the Contract Officer, or
assigned designee, to be justified pursuant to this Section shall not entitle
the Contracting Party to additional compensation in excess of the Contract
Sum.
3.4 Term. Unless earlier terminated in accordance with the provisions
in Article 8.0 of this Agreement, the term of this agreement shall commence
on May 18, 2022, and terminate on (“Initial Term”). This Agreement
may be extended upon mutual agreement by both parties (“Extended Term”),
and executed in writing.
4.COORDINATION OF WORK.
4.1 Representative of Contracting Party. The following principals of
Contracting Party (“Principals”) are hereby designated as being the principals
and representatives of Contracting Party authorized to act in its behalf with
respect to the Services specified herein and make all decisions in connection
therewith:
(a) Name:
Tel No.
E-mail:
(b) Name:
Tel No.
Email:
-6-
It is expressly understood that the experience, knowledge, capability,
and reputation of the foregoing Principals were a substantial inducement for
City to enter into this Agreement. Therefore, the foregoing Principals shall be
responsible during the term of this Agreement for directing all activities of
Contracting Party and devoting sufficient time to personally supervise the
Services hereunder. For purposes of this Agreement, the foregoing Principals
may not be changed by Contracting Party and no other personnel may be
assigned to perform the Services required hereunder without the express
written approval of City.
4.2 Contract Officer. The “Contract Officer”, otherwise known as
the Bryan McKinney, Public Works Director or assigned designee may
be designated in writing by the City Manager of the City. It shall be
Contracting Party’s responsibility to assure that the Contract Officer, or
assigned designee, is kept informed of the progress of the performance of
the Services, and Contracting Party shall refer any decisions, that must be
made by City to the Contract Officer, or assigned designee. Unless
otherwise specified herein, any approval of City required hereunder shall mean
the approval of the Contract Officer, or assigned designee. The Contract
Officer, or assigned designee, shall have authority to sign all documents on
behalf of City required hereunder to carry out the terms of this Agreement.
4.3 Prohibition Against Subcontracting or Assignment. The
experience, knowledge, capability, and reputation of Contracting Party, its
principals, and its employees were a substantial inducement for City to enter
into this Agreement. Except as set forth in this Agreement, Contracting Party
shall not contract or subcontract with any other entity to perform in whole or
in part the Services required hereunder without the express written approval
of City. In addition, neither this Agreement nor any interest herein may be
transferred, assigned, conveyed, hypothecated, or encumbered, voluntarily or
by operation of law, without the prior written approval of City. Transfers
restricted hereunder shall include the transfer to any person or group of
persons acting in concert of more than twenty five percent (25%) of the
present ownership and/or control of Contracting Party, taking all transfers into
account on a cumulative basis. Any attempted or purported assignment or
contracting or subcontracting by Contracting Party without City’s express
written approval shall be null, void, and of no effect. No approved transfer
shall release Contracting Party of any liability hereunder without the express
consent of City.
4.4 Independent Contractor. Neither City nor any of its employees
shall have any control over the manner, mode, or means by which Contracting
Party, its agents, or its employees, perform the Services required herein,
except as otherwise set forth herein. City shall have no voice in the selection,
-7-
discharge, supervision, or control of Contracting Party’s employees, servants,
representatives, or agents, or in fixing their number or hours of service.
Contracting Party shall perform all Services required herein as an independent
contractor of City and shall remain at all times as to City a wholly independent
contractor with only such obligations as are consistent with that role.
Contracting Party shall not at any time or in any manner represent that it or
any of its agents or employees are agents or employees of City. City shall not
in any way or for any purpose become or be deemed to be a partner of
Contracting Party in its business or otherwise or a joint venture or a member
of any joint enterprise with Contracting Party. Contracting Party shall have
no power to incur any debt, obligation, or liability on behalf of City.
Contracting Party shall not at any time or in any manner represent that it or
any of its agents or employees are agents or employees of City. Except for
the Contract Sum paid to Contracting Party as provided in this Agreement,
City shall not pay salaries, wages, or other compensation to Contracting Party
for performing the Services hereunder for City. City shall not be liable for
compensation or indemnification to Contracting Party for injury or sickness
arising out of performing the Services hereunder. Notwithstanding any other
City, state, or federal policy, rule, regulation, law, or ordinance to the
contrary, Contracting Party and any of its employees, agents, and
subcontractors providing services under this Agreement shall not qualify for
or become entitled to any compensation, benefit, or any incident of
employment by City, including but not limited to eligibility to enroll in the
California Public Employees Retirement System (“PERS”) as an employee of
City and entitlement to any contribution to be paid by City for employer
contributions and/or employee contributions for PERS benefits. Contracting
Party agrees to pay all required taxes on amounts paid to Contracting Party
under this Agreement, and to indemnify and hold City harmless from any and
all taxes, assessments, penalties, and interest asserted against City by reason
of the independent contractor relationship created by this Agreement.
Contracting Party shall fully comply with the workers’ compensation laws
regarding Contracting Party and Contracting Party’s employees. Contracting
Party further agrees to indemnify and hold City harmless from any failure of
Contracting Party to comply with applicable workers’ compensation laws. City
shall have the right to offset against the amount of any payment due to
Contracting Party under this Agreement any amount due to City from
Contracting Party as a result of Contracting Party’s failure to promptly pay to
City any reimbursement or indemnification arising under this Section.
4.5 Identity of Persons Performing Work. Contracting Party
represents that it employs or will employ at its own expense all personnel
required for the satisfactory performance of any and all of the Services set
forth herein. Contracting Party represents that the Services required herein
will be performed by Contracting Party or under its direct supervision, and
-8-
that all personnel engaged in such work shall be fully qualified and shall be
authorized and permitted under applicable State and local law to perform such
tasks and services.
4.6 City Cooperation. City shall provide Contracting Party with any
plans, publications, reports, statistics, records, or other data or information
pertinent to the Services to be performed hereunder which are reasonably
available to Contracting Party only from or through action by City.
5.INSURANCE.
5.1 Insurance. Prior to the beginning of any Services under this
Agreement and throughout the duration of the term of this Agreement,
Contracting Party shall procure and maintain, at its sole cost and expense,
and submit concurrently with its execution of this Agreement, policies of
insurance as set forth in “Exhibit E” (the “Insurance Requirements”) which is
incorporated herein by this reference and expressly made a part hereof.
5.2 Proof of Insurance. Contracting Party shall provide Certificate of
Insurance to Agency along with all required endorsements. Certificate of
Insurance and endorsements must be approved by Agency’s Risk Manager
prior to commencement of performance.
6. INDEMNIFICATION.
6.1 Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted by law,
Contracting Party shall indemnify, protect, defend (with counsel selected by
City), and hold harmless City and any and all of its officers, employees,
agents, and volunteers as set forth in “Exhibit F” (“Indemnification”) which is
incorporated herein by this reference and expressly made a part hereof.
7.RECORDS AND REPORTS.
7.1 Reports. Contracting Party shall periodically prepare and submit
to the Contract Officer, or assigned designee, such reports concerning
Contracting Party’s performance of the Services required by this Agreement
as the Contract Officer, or assigned designee, shall require. Contracting
Party hereby acknowledges that City is greatly concerned about the cost of
the Services to be performed pursuant to this Agreement. For this reason,
Contracting Party agrees that if Contracting Party becomes aware of any facts,
circumstances, techniques, or events that may or will materially increase or
decrease the cost of the Services contemplated herein or, if Contracting Party
is providing design services, the cost of the project being designed,
Contracting Party shall promptly notify the Contract Officer, or assigned
designee, of said fact, circumstance, technique, or event and the estimated
-9-
increased or decreased cost related thereto and, if Contracting Party is
providing design services, the estimated increased or decreased cost estimate
for the project being designed.
7.2 Records. Contracting Party shall keep, and require any
subcontractors to keep, such ledgers, books of accounts, invoices, vouchers,
canceled checks, reports (including but not limited to payroll reports), studies,
or other documents relating to the disbursements charged to City and the
Services performed hereunder (the “Books and Records”), as shall be
necessary to perform the Services required by this Agreement and enable the
Contract Officer, or assigned designee, to evaluate the performance of such
Services. Any and all such Books and Records shall be maintained in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and shall be
complete and detailed. The Contract Officer, or assigned designee, shall
have full and free access to such Books and Records at all times during normal
business hours of City, including the right to inspect, copy, audit, and make
records and transcripts from such Books and Records. Such Books and
Records shall be maintained for a period of three (3) years following
completion of the Services hereunder, and City shall have access to such
Books and Records in the event any audit is required. In the event of
dissolution of Contracting Party’s business, custody of the Books and Records
may be given to City, and access shall be provided by Contracting Party’s
successor in interest. Under California Government Code Section 8546.7, if
the amount of public funds expended under this Agreement exceeds Ten
Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00), this Agreement shall be subject to the
examination and audit of the State Auditor, at the request of City or as part
of any audit of City, for a period of three (3) years after final payment under
this Agreement.
7.3 Ownership of Documents. All drawings, specifications, maps,
designs, photographs, studies, surveys, data, notes, computer files, reports,
records, documents, and other materials plans, drawings, estimates, test
data, survey results, models, renderings, and other documents or works of
authorship fixed in any tangible medium of expression, including but not
limited to, physical drawings, digital renderings, or data stored digitally,
magnetically, or in any other medium prepared or caused to be prepared by
Contracting Party, its employees, subcontractors, and agents in the
performance of this Agreement (the “Documents and Materials”) shall be the
property of City and shall be delivered to City upon request of the Contract
Officer, or assigned designee, or upon the expiration or termination of this
Agreement, and Contracting Party shall have no claim for further employment
or additional compensation as a result of the exercise by City of its full rights
of ownership use, reuse, or assignment of the Documents and Materials
hereunder. Any use, reuse or assignment of such completed Documents and
-10-
Materials for other projects and/or use of uncompleted documents without
specific written authorization by Contracting Party will be at City’s sole risk
and without liability to Contracting Party, and Contracting Party’s guarantee
and warranties shall not extend to such use, revise, or assignment.
Contracting Party may retain copies of such Documents and Materials for its
own use. Contracting Party shall have an unrestricted right to use the
concepts embodied therein. All subcontractors shall provide for assignment
to City of any Documents and Materials prepared by them, and in the event
Contracting Party fails to secure such assignment, Contracting Party shall
indemnify City for all damages resulting therefrom.
7.4 In the event City or any person, firm, or corporation authorized
by City reuses said Documents and Materials without written verification or
adaptation by Contracting Party for the specific purpose intended and causes
to be made or makes any changes or alterations in said Documents and
Materials, City hereby releases, discharges, and exonerates Contracting Party
from liability resulting from said change. The provisions of this clause shall
survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement and shall thereafter
remain in full force and effect.
7.5 Licensing of Intellectual Property. This Agreement creates a non-
exclusive and perpetual license for City to copy, use, modify, reuse, or
sublicense any and all copyrights, designs, rights of reproduction, and other
intellectual property embodied in the Documents and Materials. Contracting
Party shall require all subcontractors, if any, to agree in writing that City is
granted a non-exclusive and perpetual license for the Documents and
Materials the subcontractor prepares under this Agreement. Contracting Party
represents and warrants that Contracting Party has the legal right to license
any and all of the Documents and Materials. Contracting Party makes no such
representation and warranty in regard to the Documents and Materials which
were prepared by design professionals other than Contracting Party or
provided to Contracting Party by City. City shall not be limited in any way in
its use of the Documents and Materials at any time, provided that any such
use not within the purposes intended by this Agreement shall be at City’s sole
risk.
7.6 Release of Documents. The Documents and Materials shall not be
released publicly without the prior written approval of the Contract Officer, or
assigned designee, or as required by law. Contracting Party shall not
disclose to any other entity or person any information regarding the activities
of City, except as required by law or as authorized by City.
7.7 Confidential or Personal Identifying Information. Contracting
Party covenants that all City data, data lists, trade secrets, documents with
personal identifying information, documents that are not public records, draft
-11-
documents, discussion notes, or other information, if any, developed or
received by Contracting Party or provided for performance of this Agreement
are deemed confidential and shall not be disclosed by Contracting Party to any
person or entity without prior written authorization by City or unless required
by law. City shall grant authorization for disclosure if required by any lawful
administrative or legal proceeding, court order, or similar directive with the
force of law. All City data, data lists, trade secrets, documents with personal
identifying information, documents that are not public records, draft
documents, discussions, or other information shall be returned to City upon
the termination or expiration of this Agreement. Contracting Party’s covenant
under this section shall survive the termination or expiration of this
Agreement.
8. ENFORCEMENT OF AGREEMENT.
8.1 California Law. This Agreement shall be interpreted, construed,
and governed both as to validity and to performance of the parties in
accordance with the laws of the State of California. Legal actions concerning
any dispute, claim, or matter arising out of or in relation to this Agreement
shall be instituted in the Superior Court of the County of Riverside, State of
California, or any other appropriate court in such county, and Contracting
Party covenants and agrees to submit to the personal jurisdiction of such court
in the event of such action.
8.2 Disputes. In the event of any dispute arising under this
Agreement, the injured party shall notify the injuring party in writing of its
contentions by submitting a claim therefore. The injured party shall continue
performing its obligations hereunder so long as the injuring party commences
to cure such default within ten (10) days of service of such notice and
completes the cure of such default within forty-five (45) days after service of
the notice, or such longer period as may be permitted by the Contract Officer,
or assigned designee; provided that if the default is an immediate danger to
the health, safety, or general welfare, City may take such immediate action
as City deems warranted. Compliance with the provisions of this Section shall
be a condition precedent to termination of this Agreement for cause and to
any legal action, and such compliance shall not be a waiver of any party’s right
to take legal action in the event that the dispute is not cured, provided that
nothing herein shall limit City’s right to terminate this Agreement without
cause pursuant to this Article 8.0. During the period of time that Contracting
Party is in default, City shall hold all invoices and shall, when the default is
cured, proceed with payment on the invoices. In the alternative, City may, in
its sole discretion, elect to pay some or all of the outstanding invoices during
any period of default.
-12-
8.3 Retention of Funds. City may withhold from any monies payable
to Contracting Party sufficient funds to compensate City for any losses, costs,
liabilities, or damages it reasonably believes were suffered by City due to the
default of Contracting Party in the performance of the Services required by
this Agreement.
8.4 Waiver. No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or
remedy of a non-defaulting party on any default shall impair such right or
remedy or be construed as a waiver. City’s consent or approval of any act by
Contracting Party requiring City’s consent or approval shall not be deemed to
waive or render unnecessary City’s consent to or approval of any subsequent
act of Contracting Party. Any waiver by either party of any default must be in
writing and shall not be a waiver of any other default concerning the same or
any other provision of this Agreement.
8.5 Rights and Remedies are Cumulative. Except with respect to
rights and remedies expressly declared to be exclusive in this Agreement, the
rights and remedies of the parties are cumulative and the exercise by either
party of one or more of such rights or remedies shall not preclude the exercise
by it, at the same or different times, of any other rights or remedies for the
same default or any other default by the other party.
8.6 Legal Action. In addition to any other rights or remedies, either
party may take legal action, at law or at equity, to cure, correct, or remedy
any default, to recover damages for any default, to compel specific
performance of this Agreement, to obtain declaratory or injunctive relief, or
to obtain any other remedy consistent with the purposes of this Agreement.
8.7 Termination Prior To Expiration of Term. This Section shall govern
any termination of this Agreement, except as specifically provided in the
following Section for termination for cause. City reserves the right to
terminate this Agreement at any time, with or without cause, upon thirty
(30) days’ written notice to Contracting Party. Upon receipt of any notice of
termination, Contracting Party shall immediately cease all Services hereunder
except such as may be specifically approved by the Contract Officer, or
assigned designee. Contracting Party shall be entitled to compensation for
all Services rendered prior to receipt of the notice of termination and for any
Services authorized by the Contract Officer, or assigned designee, thereafter
in accordance with the Schedule of Compensation or such as may be approved
by the Contract Officer, or assigned designee, except amounts held as a
retention pursuant to this Agreement.
8.8 Termination for Default of Contracting Party. If termination is due
to the failure of Contracting Party to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement,
Contracting Party shall vacate any City-owned property which Contracting
-13-
Party is permitted to occupy hereunder and City may, after compliance with
the provisions of Section 8.2, take over the Services and prosecute the same
to completion by contract or otherwise, and Contracting Party shall be liable
to the extent that the total cost for completion of the Services required
hereunder exceeds the compensation herein stipulated (provided that City
shall use reasonable efforts to mitigate such damages), and City may withhold
any payments to Contracting Party for the purpose of setoff or partial payment
of the amounts owed City.
8.9 Attorneys’ Fees. If either party to this Agreement is required to
initiate or defend or made a party to any action or proceeding in any way
connected with this Agreement, the prevailing party in such action or
proceeding, in addition to any other relief which may be granted, whether
legal or equitable, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees; provided,
however, that the attorneys’ fees awarded pursuant to this Section shall not
exceed the hourly rate paid by City for legal services multiplied by the
reasonable number of hours spent by the prevailing party in the conduct of
the litigation. Attorneys’ fees shall include attorneys’ fees on any appeal, and
in addition a party entitled to attorneys’ fees shall be entitled to all other
reasonable costs for investigating such action, taking depositions and
discovery, and all other necessary costs the court allows which are incurred in
such litigation. All such fees shall be deemed to have accrued on
commencement of such action and shall be enforceable whether or not such
action is prosecuted to judgment. The court may set such fees in the same
action or in a separate action brought for that purpose.
9. CITY OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES; NONDISCRIMINATION.
9.1 Non-liability of City Officers and Employees. No officer, official,
employee, agent, representative, or volunteer of City shall be personally liable
to Contracting Party, or any successor in interest, in the event or any default
or breach by City or for any amount which may become due to Contracting
Party or to its successor, or for breach of any obligation of the terms of this
Agreement.
9.2 Conflict of Interest. Contracting Party covenants that neither it,
nor any officer or principal of it, has or shall acquire any interest, directly or
indirectly, which would conflict in any manner with the interests of City or
which would in any way hinder Contracting Party’s performance of the
Services under this Agreement. Contracting Party further covenants that in
the performance of this Agreement, no person having any such interest shall
be employed by it as an officer, employee, agent, or subcontractor without
the express written consent of the Contract Officer, or assigned designee.
Contracting Party agrees to at all times avoid conflicts of interest or the
-14-
appearance of any conflicts of interest with the interests of City in the
performance of this Agreement.
No officer or employee of City shall have any financial interest, direct
or indirect, in this Agreement nor shall any such officer or employee
participate in any decision relating to this Agreement which effects his financial
interest or the financial interest of any corporation, partnership or association
in which he is, directly or indirectly, interested, in violation of any State statute
or regulation. Contracting Party warrants that it has not paid or given and will
not pay or give any third party any money or other consideration for obtaining
this Agreement.
9.3 Covenant against Discrimination. Contracting Party covenants
that, by and for itself, its heirs, executors, assigns, and all persons claiming
under or through them, that there shall be no discrimination against or
segregation of, any person or group of persons on account of any
impermissible classification including, but not limited to, race, color, creed,
religion, sex, marital status, sexual orientation, national origin, or ancestry in
the performance of this Agreement. Contracting Party shall take affirmative
action to ensure that applicants are employed and that employees are treated
during employment without regard to their race, color, creed, religion, sex,
marital status, sexual orientation, national origin, or ancestry.
10. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.
10.1 Notice. Any notice, demand, request, consent, approval, or
communication either party desires or is required to give the other party or
any other person shall be in writing and either served personally or sent by
prepaid, first-class mail to the address set forth below. Either party may
change its address by notifying the other party of the change of address in
writing. Notice shall be deemed communicated forty-eight (48) hours from
the time of mailing if mailed as provided in this Section.
To City:
CITY OF LA QUINTA
Attention: Bryan McKinney
78495 Calle Tampico
La Quinta, California 92253
To Contracting Party:
VENDORS COMPANY NAME
VENDORS CONTACT
VENDORS STREET ADDRESS
VENDORS CITY, STATE, ZIP
10.2 Interpretation. The terms of this Agreement shall be construed in
accordance with the meaning of the language used and shall not be construed
-15-
for or against either party by reason of the authorship of this Agreement or
any other rule of construction which might otherwise apply.
10.3 Section Headings and Subheadings. The section headings and
subheadings contained in this Agreement are included for convenience only
and shall not limit or otherwise affect the terms of this Agreement.
10.4 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts,
each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and such counterparts shall
constitute one and the same instrument.
10.5 Integrated Agreement. This Agreement including the exhibits
hereto is the entire, complete, and exclusive expression of the understanding
of the parties. It is understood that there are no oral agreements between
the parties hereto affecting this Agreement and this Agreement supersedes
and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, agreements,
and understandings, if any, between the parties, and none shall be used to
interpret this Agreement.
10.6 Amendment. No amendment to or modification of this Agreement
shall be valid unless made in writing and approved by Contracting Party and
by the City Council of City. The parties agree that this requirement for written
modifications cannot be waived and that any attempted waiver shall be void.
10.7 Severability. In the event that any one or more of the articles,
phrases, sentences, clauses, paragraphs, or sections contained in this
Agreement shall be declared invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or
unenforceability shall not affect any of the remaining articles, phrases,
sentences, clauses, paragraphs, or sections of this Agreement which are
hereby declared as severable and shall be interpreted to carry out the intent
of the parties hereunder unless the invalid provision is so material that its
invalidity deprives either party of the basic benefit of their bargain or renders
this Agreement meaningless.
10.8 Unfair Business Practices Claims. In entering into this Agreement,
Contracting Party offers and agrees to assign to City all rights, title, and
interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the
Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. § 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2,
(commencing with Section 16700) of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and
Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials
related to this Agreement. This assignment shall be made and become
effective at the time City renders final payment to Contracting Party without
further acknowledgment of the parties.
-16-
10.9 No Third-Party Beneficiaries. With the exception of the specific
provisions set forth in this Agreement, there are no intended third-party
beneficiaries under this Agreement and no such other third parties shall have
any rights or obligations hereunder.
10.10 Authority. The persons executing this Agreement on behalf of
each of the parties hereto represent and warrant that (i) such party is duly
organized and existing, (ii) they are duly authorized to execute and deliver
this Agreement on behalf of said party, (iii) by so executing this Agreement,
such party is formally bound to the provisions of this Agreement, and (iv) that
entering into this Agreement does not violate any provision of any other
Agreement to which said party is bound. This Agreement shall be binding
upon the heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns of the
parties.
[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]
-17-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of
the dates stated below.
CITY OF LA QUINTA,
a California Municipal Corporation
JON McMILLEN, City Manager
City of La Quinta, California
Dated:
CONTRACTING PARTY:
By:
Name:
Title:
ATTEST:
MONIKA RADEVA, City Clerk
City of La Quinta, California
By:
Name:
Title:
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
WILLIAM H. IHRKE, City Attorney
City of La Quinta, California
Exhibit A
Page 1 of 5 Last revised summer 2017
Exhibit A
Scope of Services
Scope of Services: As described in Attachment 5 to the RFP
ADDENDUM TO AGREEMENT
Re: Scope of Services
If the Scope of Services include construction, alteration, demolition,
installation, repair, or maintenance affecting real property or structures or
improvements of any kind appurtenant to real property, the following apply:
1. Prevailing Wage Compliance. If Contracting Party is a contractor
performing public works and maintenance projects, as described in this
Exhibit A
Page 2 of 5
Section 1.3, Contracting Party shall comply with applicable Federal, State, and
local laws. Contracting Party is aware of the requirements of California Labor
Code Sections 1720, et seq., and 1770, et seq., as well as California Code of
Regulations, Title 8, Sections 16000, et seq., (collectively, the “Prevailing
Wage Laws”), and La Quinta Municipal Code Section 3.12.040, which require
the payment of prevailing wage rates and the performance of other
requirements on “Public works” and “Maintenance” projects. If the Services
are being performed as part of an applicable “Public works” or “Maintenance”
project, as defined by the Prevailing Wage Laws, and if construction work over
twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000.00) and/or alterations, demolition,
repair or maintenance work over fifteen thousand dollars ($15,000.00) is
entered into or extended on or after January 1, 2015 by this Agreement,
Contracting Party agrees to fully comply with such Prevailing Wage Laws
including, but not limited to, requirements related to the maintenance of
payroll records and the employment of apprentices. Pursuant to California
Labor Code Section 1725.5, no contractor or subcontractor may be awarded
a contract for public work on a “Public works” project unless registered with
the California Department of Industrial Relations (“DIR”) at the time the
contract is awarded. If the Services are being performed as part of an
applicable “Public works” or “Maintenance” project, as defined by the
Prevailing Wage Laws, this project is subject to compliance monitoring and
enforcement by the DIR. Contracting Party will maintain and will require all
subcontractors to maintain valid and current DIR Public Works contractor
registration during the term of this Agreement. Contracting Party shall notify
City in writing immediately, and in no case more than twenty-four (24) hours,
after receiving any information that Contracting Party’s or any of its
subcontractor’s DIR registration status has been suspended, revoked, expired,
or otherwise changed. It is understood that it is the responsibility of
Contracting Party to determine the correct salary scale. Contracting Party
shall make copies of the prevailing rates of per diem wages for each craft,
classification, or type of worker needed to execute the Services available to
interested parties upon request, and shall post copies at Contracting Party’s
principal place of business and at the project site, if any. The statutory
penalties for failure to pay prevailing wage or to comply with State wage and
hour laws will be enforced. Contracting Party must forfeit to City TWENTY-
FIVE DOLLARS ($25.00) per day for each worker who works in excess of the
minimum working hours when Contracting Party does not pay overtime. In
accordance with the provisions of Labor Code Sections 1810 et seq., eight
(8) hours is the legal working day. Contracting Party also shall comply with
State law requirements to maintain payroll records and shall provide for
certified records and inspection of records as required by California Labor Code
Section 1770 et seq., including Section 1776. In addition to the other
indemnities provided under this Agreement, Contracting Party shall defend
(with counsel selected by City), indemnify, and hold City, its elected officials,
Exhibit A
Page 3 of 5
officers, employees, and agents free and harmless from any claim or liability
arising out of any failure or alleged failure to comply with the Prevailing Wage
Laws. It is agreed by the parties that, in connection with performance of the
Services, including, without limitation, any and all “Public works” (as defined
by the Prevailing Wage Laws), Contracting Party shall bear all risks of payment
or non-payment of prevailing wages under California law and/or the
implementation of Labor Code Section 1781, as the same may be amended
from time to time, and/or any other similar law. Contracting Party
acknowledges and agrees that it shall be independently responsible for
reviewing the applicable laws and regulations and effectuating compliance
with such laws. Contracting Party shall require the same of all subcontractors.
2. Retention. Payments shall be made in accordance with the
provisions of Article 2.0 of the Agreement. In accordance with said Sections,
City shall pay Contracting Party a sum based upon ninety-five percent (95%)
of the Contract Sum apportionment of the labor and materials incorporated
into the Services under this Agreement during the month covered by said
invoice. The remaining five percent (5%) thereof shall be retained as
performance security to be paid to Contracting Party within sixty (60) days
after final acceptance of the Services by the City Council of City, after
Contracting Party has furnished City with a full release of all undisputed
payments under this Agreement, if required by City. In the event there are
any claims specifically excluded by Contracting Party from the operation of the
release, City may retain proceeds (per Public Contract Code § 7107) of up to
one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the amount in dispute. City’s failure to
deduct or withhold shall not affect Contracting Party’s obligations under the
Agreement.
3. Utility Relocation. City is responsible for removal, relocation, or
protection of existing main or trunk-line utilities to the extent such utilities
were not identified in the invitation for bids or specifications. City shall
reimburse Contracting Party for any costs incurred in locating, repairing
damage not caused by Contracting Party, and removing or relocating such
unidentified utility facilities. Contracting Party shall not be assessed liquidated
damages for delay arising from the removal or relocation of such unidentified
utility facilities.
4. Trenches or Excavations. Pursuant to California Public Contract
Code Section 7104, in the event the work included in this Agreement requires
excavations more than four (4) feet in depth, the following shall apply:
(a) Contracting Party shall promptly, and before the following
conditions are disturbed, notify City, in writing, of any: (1) material that
Contracting Party believes may be material that is hazardous waste, as
defined in Section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be
Exhibit A
Page 4 of 5
removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with
provisions of existing law; (2) subsurface or latent physical conditions at the
site different from those indicated by information about the site made
available to bidders prior to the deadline for submitting bids; or (3) unknown
physical conditions at the site of any unusual nature, different materially from
those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of
the character provided for in the Agreement.
(b) City shall promptly investigate the conditions, and if it finds
that the conditions do materially so differ, or do involve hazardous waste, and
cause a decrease or increase in Contracting Party’s cost of, or the time
required for, performance of any part of the work shall issue a change order
per Section 1.8 of the Agreement.
(c) in the event that a dispute arises between City and
Contracting Party whether the conditions materially differ, or involve
hazardous waste, or cause a decrease or increase in Contracting Party’s cost
of, or time required for, performance of any part of the work, Contracting
Party shall not be excused from any scheduled completion date provided for
by this Agreement, but shall proceed with all work to be performed under this
Agreement. Contracting Party shall retain any and all rights provided either
by contract or by law which pertain to the resolution of disputes and protests
between the contracting Parties.
5.Safety. Contracting Party shall execute and maintain its work so
as to avoid injury or damage to any person or property. In carrying out the
Services, Contracting Party shall at all times be in compliance with all
applicable local, state, and federal laws, rules and regulations, and shall
exercise all necessary precautions for the safety of employees appropriate to
the nature of the work and the conditions under which the work is to be
performed. Safety precautions as applicable shall include, but shall not be
limited to: (A) adequate life protection and lifesaving equipment and
procedures; (B) instructions in accident prevention for all employees and
subcontractors, such as safe walkways, scaffolds, fall protection ladders,
bridges, gang planks, confined space procedures, trenching and shoring,
equipment and other safety devices, equipment and wearing apparel as are
necessary or lawfully required to prevent accidents or injuries; and
(C) adequate facilities for the proper inspection and maintenance of all safety
measures.
6.Liquidated Damages. Since the determination of actual damages
for any delay in performance of the Agreement would be extremely difficult or
impractical to determine in the event of a breach of this Agreement,
Contracting Party shall be liable for and shall pay to City the sum of One
Thousand Five-Hundred dollars ($1,500.00) as liquidated damages for each
Exhibit A
Page 5 of 5
working day of delay in the performance of any of the Services required
hereunder, as specified in the Schedule of Performance. In addition,
liquidated damages may be assessed for failure to comply with the emergency
call out requirements, if any, described in the Scope of Services. City may
withhold from any moneys payable on account of the Services performed by
Contracting Party any accrued liquidated damages.
Exhibit B
Page 1 of 1
Exhibit B
Schedule of Compensation
With the exception of compensation for Additional Services, provided for
in Section 2.3 of this Agreement, the maximum total compensation to be paid
to Contracting Party under this Agreement is not to exceed
______________________ ($ __________) (“Contract Sum”). The Contract
Sum shall be paid to Contracting Party in installment payments made on a
monthly basis and in an amount identified in Contracting Party’s schedule of
compensation attached hereto for the work tasks performed and properly
invoiced by Contracting Party in conformance with Section 2.2 of this
Agreement.
Exhibit C
Page 1 of 1
Exhibit C
Schedule of Performance
Contracting Party shall complete all services identified in the Scope of
Services, Exhibit A of this Agreement, in accordance with the Project
Schedule, attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.
Exhibit D
Page 1 of 66
Exhibit D
Special Requirements – Construction Contract
1.Contractor shall furnish all necessary labor, material, equipment,
transportation and services for Project No.2021-09 Traffic Management Center
in the City of La Quinta, California pursuant to the Invitation to Bid/Request for
Proposals, dated April 20, 2022, the project Specifications, and Contractor's Bid, all
of which documents shall be considered a part hereof as though fully set herein.
Should any provisions of Contractor's Bid be in conflict with the Notice Inviting
Bids, Specifications, or this Contract, then the provisions of said Contract,
Specifications, and Invitation to Bid shall be controlling, in that order of precedence.
The time frame for construction work shall be in accordance with that specified in the
Invitation to Bid.
2.Contractor will comply with all Federal, State, County, and La Quinta Municipal
Code, which are, as amended from time to time, incorporated herein by reference.
3.All work shall be done in a manner satisfactory to the City Engineer.
4.Contractor shall commence work after the issuance of a written Notice to
Proceed and agrees to have all work completed within 30 working days from the
date of Notification to Proceed.
5.In consideration of said work, City agrees to pay Contractor such sums as shall
be approved by the City Engineer at lump sums and/or unit prices stated in the
Contractor's Bid, the base consideration (Type in correct dollar amount using
currency format)____________________________________________
($_____,_____.00). All payments shall be subject to approval by the City Engineer
and shall be in accordance with the terms, conditions, and procedures provided in
the Specifications.
6.The Contractor shall not knowingly pay less than the general prevailing rate
for per diem wages, as determined by the State of California Department of Industrial
Relations and referred to in the Invitation to Bid, to any workman employed for the
work to be performed under this contract; and the Contractor shall forfeit as a penalty
to the City the sum of Twenty-Five Dollars ($25.00) for each calendar day, or fraction
thereof, for such workman paid by him or by any subcontractor under him in violation
of this provision (Sections 1770-1777, Labor Code of California).
Pursuant to Section 1770, et. seq., of the California Labor Code, the successful bidder
shall pay not less than the prevailing rate of per diem wages as determined by the
Director of the California Department of Industrial Relations. These wage rates are
available from the California Department of Industrial Relations’ Internet website at
http://www.dir.ca.gov.
Pursuant to Section 1725.5 of the California Labor Code, no contractor or
subcontractor may be awarded a contract for public work on a public works project
unless registered with the Department of Industrial Relations at the time the contract
is awarded. Contractors and subcontractors may find additional information for
registering at the Department of Industrial Relations website at
http://www.dir.ca.gov/Public-Works/PublicWorks.html.
Pursuant to Labor Code section 1771.1, no contractor or subcontractor may be listed
on a bid proposal for a public works project submitted on or after March 1, 2015
unless registered with the Department of Industrial Relations. Furthermore, all
bidders and contractors are hereby notified that no contractor or subcontractor may
be awarded, on or after April 1, 2015, a contract for public work on a public works
project unless registered with the Department of Industrial Relations.
Pursuant to Labor Code section 1771.4, all bidders are hereby notified that this
project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of
Industrial Relations.
7.Concurrently with the execution of this Contract, Contractor shall furnish bonds
of a surety satisfactory to City, as provided in said Specifications or Invitation to Bid,
the cost of which shall be paid by Contractor.
8.Except for the gross negligence or willful misconduct of an Indemnified Party
(as hereinafter defined), the Contractor hereby assumes liability for and agrees to
defend (at Indemnified Parties’ option), indemnify, protect and hold harmless City
and its Project Consultants, and Engineers, officers, agents, and employees
(“Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all claims, charges, damages,
demands, actions, proceedings, losses, stop notices, costs, expenses (including
counsel fees), judgments, civil fines and penalties, liabilities of any kind or nature
whatsoever, which may be sustained or suffered by or secured against the
Indemnified Parties arising out of or encountered in connection with this Contract or
the performance of the Work including, but not limited to, death of or bodily or
personal injury to persons or damage to property, including property owned by or
under the care and custody of City, and for civil fines and penalties, that may arise
from or be caused, in whole or in part, by any negligent or other act or omission of
Contractor, its officers, agents, employees or Subcontractors including, but not
limited to, liability arising from:
1.Any dangerous, hazardous, unsafe or defective condition of, in or on the
premises, of any nature whatsoever, which may exist by reason of any act,
omission, neglect, or any use or occupation of the premises by Contractor,
its officers, agents, employees, or subcontractors;
2.Any operation conducted upon or any use or occupation of the premises by
Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, or subcontractors under or
pursuant to the provisions of this contract or otherwise;
3.Any act, omission or negligence of Contractor, its officers, agents,
employees, or Subcontractors;
4.Any failure of Contractor, its officers, agents or employees to comply with
any of the terms or conditions of this Contract or any applicable federal,
state, regional, or municipal law, ordinance, rule or regulation; and
5. The conditions, operations, uses, occupations, acts, omissions or
negligence referred to in Sub-subsections (1), (2), (3), and (4), existing or
conducted upon or arising from the use or occupation by Contractor on any
other premises in the care, custody and control of City.
The Contractor also agrees to indemnify City and pay for all damages or loss suffered
by City including but not limited to damage to or loss of City property, to the extent
not insured by City and loss of City revenue from any source, caused by or arising
out of the conditions, operations, uses, occupations, acts, omissions or negligence
referred to in Sub-subsections (1), (2), (3), (4) and (5).
Contractor’s obligations under this Section apply regardless of whether or not such
claim, charge, damage, demand, action, proceeding, loss, stop notice, cost expense,
judgment, civil fine or penalty, or liability was caused in part or contributed to by an
Indemnified Party. However, without affecting the rights of City under any provision
of this contract, Contractor shall not be required to indemnify and hold harmless City
for liability attributable to the active negligence of City, provided such active
negligence is determined by agreement between the parties or by the findings of a
court of competent jurisdiction. In instances where City is shown to have been
actively negligent and where City’s active negligence accounts for only a percentage
of the liability involved, the obligation of Contractor will be for that entire portion or
percentage of liability not attributable to the active negligence of City.
Contractor agrees to obtain executed indemnity agreements with provisions identical
to those set forth here in this section from each and every subcontractor or any other
person or entity involved by, for, with or on behalf of Contractor in the performance
of this contract. In the event Contractor fails to obtain such indemnity obligations
from others as required here, Contractor agrees to be fully responsible according to
the terms of this section.
Failure of City to monitor compliance with these requirements imposes no additional
obligations on City and will in no way act as a waiver of any rights hereunder. This
obligation to indemnify and defend City as set forth here is binding on the successors,
assigns or heirs of Contractor and shall survive the termination of this contract or
this section.
This indemnity shall survive termination of the Contract or Final Payment hereunder.
This Indemnity is in addition to any other rights or remedies that the Indemnified
Parties may have under the law or under any other Contract Documents or
Agreements. In the event of any claim or demand made against any party which is
entitled to be indemnified hereunder, City may, in its sole discretion, reserve, retain
or apply any monies to the Contractor under this Contract for the purpose of resolving
such claims; provided, however, City may release such funds if the Contractor
provides City with reasonable assurance of protection of the Indemnified Parties’
interests. City shall, in its sole discretion, determine whether such assurances are
reasonable.
Approval of any insurance contracts by the City does not relieve the Contractor or
subcontractors from liability under Section 1340-1.0, Indemnification of the
Specifications. The City will not be liable for any accident, loss, or damage to the
work prior to its completion and acceptance.
9. Except as otherwise required, Contractor shall concurrently with the execution
of this contract, furnish the City satisfactory evidence of insurance of the kinds and
in the amounts provided in said Specifications, Section 1340-2.0, Insurance
Requirements. This insurance shall be kept in full force and effect by Contractor
during this entire contract and all premiums thereon shall be promptly paid by it.
Each policy shall further state that it cannot be canceled without written notice to the
City and shall name the City as an additional insured on the Commercial General
Liability policy only. Contractor shall furnish evidence of having in effect, and shall
maintain, Workers Compensation Insurance coverage of not less than the statutory
amount or otherwise show a certificate of self-insurance, in accordance with the
Workers Compensation laws of the State of California. Failure to maintain the
required amounts and types of coverage throughout the duration of this Contract
shall constitute a material breach of this Contract.
10. Contractor shall forfeit as a penalty to City $25.00 for each laborer, workman,
or mechanic employed in the execution of this Contract by said Contractor, or any
subcontractor under it, upon any of the work herein mentioned, for each calendar
day during which such laborer, workman, or mechanic is required or permitted to
work at other than a rate of pay provided by law for more than 8 hours in any one
calendar day and 40 hours in any one calendar week, in violation of the provisions of
Sections 1810-1815 of the Labor Code of the State of California.
11. In accepting this Contract, Contractor certifies that in the conduct of its
business it does not deny the right of any individual to seek, obtain and hold
employment without discrimination because of race, religious creed, color, national
origin, ancestry, physical handicap, medical condition, marital status, sex or age as
provided in the California Fair Employment Practice Act (Government Code Sections
12900, et seq.) Contractor agrees that a finding by the State Fair Employment
Practices Commission that Contractor has engaged during the term of this Contract
in any unlawful employment practice shall be deemed a breach of this Contract and
Contractor shall pay to City $1,607.00 liquidated damages for each such breach
committed under this contract.
12. Contractor also agrees that for contracts in excess of $30,000 and
more than 20 calendar days duration, that apprentices will be employed
without discrimination in an approved program in a ratio established in the
apprenticeship standards of the craft involved (Sections 1777.5 and 1777.6,
Labor Code of California). Contractors who willfully fail to comply will be
denied the right to bid on public projects for a period of six months in
addition to other penalties provided by law.
13. This Contract shall not be assignable by Contractor without the written consent
of City.
14.Contractor shall notify the City Engineer (in writing) forthwith when the
Contract is deemed completed.
15.In accepting this Contract, Contractor certifies that no member or officer of
the firm or corporation is an officer or employee of the City except to the extent
permitted by law.
16.Contractor certifies that it is the holder of any necessary California State
Contractor's License and authorized to undertake the above work.
17.The City, or its authorized auditors or representatives, shall have access to and
the right to audit and reproduce any of the Contractor records to the extent the City
deems necessary to insure it is receiving all money to which it is entitled under the
contract and/or is paying only the amounts to which Contractor is properly entitled
under the Contract or for other purposes relating to the Contract.
18.The Contractor shall maintain and preserve all such records for a period of at
least three years after termination of the contract.
19.The Contractor shall maintain all such records in the City of La Quinta. If not,
the Contractor shall, upon request, promptly deliver the records to the City or
reimburse the City for all reasonable and extra costs incurred in conducting the audit
at a location other than at City offices including, but not limited to, such additional
(out of the City) expenses for personnel, salaries, private auditors, travel, lodging,
meals and overhead.
20.The further terms, conditions, and covenants of the Contract are set forth in
the Contract Documents, each of which is by this reference made a part hereof.
SECTION 1310
FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
THAT the City of La Quinta, a municipal corporation, hereinafter designated
the City, has, on , 2022, awarded to
, hereinafter designated as the Principal, a Contract for Project
No. 2021-09, Traffic Management Center and:
WHEREAS, said Principal is required under the terms of said Contract to furnish
a bond for the faithful performance of said Contract:
NOW, THEREFORE, we, the Principal, and , as
Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City in the just and full amount of
DOLLARS ($ ) lawful
money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made,
we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, and successors, jointly and
severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if said Principal, his or
its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, shall in all things stand
to and abide by, and well and truly keep and faithfully perform the covenants,
conditions, and agreements in the said contract and any alterations made as therein
provided, on his or their part to be kept and performed, at the time and in the manner
therein specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, and
shall indemnify and save harmless, the City, its officers and agents as therein
stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall be and
remain in full force and virtue.
It is acknowledged that the Contract provides for one-year guarantee period,
during which time this bond remains in full force and effort.
And the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no
change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of the Contract or to
the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same
shall, in any way, affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice
of any such change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of the
Contract or to the work or to the specifications. Said Surety hereby waives the
provisions of Sections 2819 and 2845 of the Civil Code of the State of California.
SECTION 1320
PAYMENT BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
THAT the City of La Quinta, a municipal corporation, hereinafter designated
the City, has on , 2020, awarded to
, hereinafter designated as the Principal, a Contract
for Project No. [INSERT CITY PROJECT NUMBER], [INSERT PROJECT TITLE].
WHEREAS, said Principal is required to furnish a bond in connection and with
said Contract, providing that if said Principal, or any of it or its subcontractors shall
fail to pay for any materials, provisions, or other supplies used in, upon, for, or about
the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any work or labor done
thereon of any kind, the Surety of this bond will pay the same to the extent
hereinafter set forth:
NOW, THEREFORE, we, the Principal, and , as
Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City in the just and full amount of
DOLLARS ($ ) lawful
money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made,
we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, and successors, jointly and
severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if said Principal, it or its
heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, shall fail to pay for any
materials, provisions, or other supplies used in, upon, for, or about the performance
of the work contracted to be done, or for any work or labor thereon of any kind or
for amount due under the Unemployment Insurance Act with respect to such work or
labor, or for any amounts due, or to be withheld pursuant to Sections 18806 of the
Revenue and Taxation Code of the State of California with respect to such work or
labor, then said surety will pay the same in or to an amount not exceeding the amount
hereinabove set forth, and also will pay in case suit is brought upon this bond, such
reasonable attorney's fees to the City as shall be fixed by the court.
This bond shall insure to the benefit of any and all persons, companies, and
corporations named in Section 3181 of the Civil Code of the State of California so as
to give a right of action to them or their assigns in any suit brought upon this bond.
And the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no
change, extension of time, alteration, or addition of the terms of the Contract or to
the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same
shall, in any way, affect its obligations of this bond, and it does hereby waive notice
of any change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of the contract
or to the work or to the specifications. Said Surety hereby waives the provisions of
Sections 2819 and 2845 of the Civil Code of the State of California.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have executed this
instrument under their seals
this day of , 2020, the name and corporate
seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by
its undersigned representative, pursuant to authority of its governing body.
Principal
(Seal)
Signature for Principal
Title of Signatory
Surety
(Seal)
Signature for Surety
Title of Signatory
Address of Surety
Phone # of Surety
Contact Person for Surety
SECTION 1330
WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE CERTIFICATE
In accordance with California Labor Code Section 1861, prior to commencement of
work on the Contract, the Contractor shall sign and file with the City the following
certification:
"I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every
employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake
self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with
such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract."
Signature
Title
Date
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have executed this
instrument under their seals
this day of , 2022, the name and corporate
seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by
its undersigned representative, pursuant to authority of its governing body.
Principal
(Seal)
Signature for Principal
Title of Signatory
Surety
(Seal)
Signature for Surety
Title of Signatory
Address of Surety
Phone # of Surety
Contact Person for Surety
SECTION 1400
GENERAL CONDITIONS
1.0 GENERAL
1.1 Intent of Contract Documents
Where the Plans or Specifications describe portions of the Work in general terms
but not in complete detail, it is understood that only the best general practice
is to prevail and that only materials and workmanship of the first quality are to
be used. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall furnish tools,
equipment, and incidentals, and do all the work involved in executing the
Contract in a satisfactory and workmanlike manner.
Unless specifically noted otherwise, all sections of the Specifications and the
Plans shall be complimentary and applicable to each other.
In the event the materials and/or equipment are to be furnished by the City, as
designated in the Specific Project Requirements or as agreed on, this shall not
relieve the Contractor of the above requirements to furnish all other labor,
materials, and equipment to complete the Contract.
Words and abbreviations which have well known technical or trade meaning are
used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings.
1.2 Discrepancies and Omissions
Any discrepancies or omissions found in the Contract Documents shall be
immediately reported to the City Engineer who will clarify discrepancies or
omissions, in writing, within a reasonable time.
In resolving inconsistencies among two or more sections of the Contract
Documents, precedence shall be given in the following order:
1. Contract
a. Agreement
b. Permits
c. Change Orders
2. Instruction to Bidders
3. Permits issued by other agencies
4. Specific Project Requirements
5. General Project Requirements
6. Supplementary Conditions
7. General Conditions
8. Technical Specifications
9. Standard Specifications
10. Reference Specifications
11. Plans
12. Standard Plans
1.3 Headings
Headings to parts, divisions, sections, articles, paragraphs, subparagraphs, and
forms are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the
interpretation of the Contract Documents.
1.4 Penalty for Collusion
If, at any time, it is found that the person, firm, or corporation to whom the
Contract has been awarded has, in presenting any bid or bids, colluded with any
other party or parties, then the Contract shall be null and void, and the Contractor
and its sureties shall be liable for loss or damage which the City may suffer
thereby, and the City may advertise for new bids for said Work.
1.5 Successors and Assigns
The City and the Contractor, respectively, bind themselves, their partners,
successors, assigns, and legal representatives to the other party hereto and to
the partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives of such other party
with respect to all covenants, contracts, agreements, and obligation contained in
the Contract Documents. Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract
or sublet it as a whole without the written consent of the other.
1.6 Assignment to the City
Pursuant to Public Contract Code 4551, in entering into the Contract and all
subcontracts, to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to the Contract,
the Contractor and its subcontractors offer and agree to assign to the City all
rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section
4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2
(commencing with section 16700) of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and
Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials
pursuant to the Contract and subcontracts. This assignment shall be made and
become effective at the time the City tenders final payment to the Contractor,
without further acknowledgment by the parties.
1.7 Rights and Remedies
The duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and the rights
and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to, and not a limitation of,
any duties, obligations, rights, and remedies otherwise imposed or available by
law.
No action or failure to act by the City and its representatives or the consultants,
shall constitute a waiver of any right or duty afforded any of them under the
Contract, nor shall any such action or failure to act constitute an approval of or
acquiescence in any breach thereunder, except as may be specifically agreed in
writing.
1.8 Definitions
Unless otherwise stated, the words directed, required, permitted, ordered,
instructed, designated, applicable, appropriate, sufficient, proper, desirable,
necessary, prescribed, approved, acceptable, satisfactory or words of like import,
refer to actions, expressions, and prerogatives of the City, the City Engineer.
Masculine gender words include the feminine. References to gender, such as
"workman" and "flagman" and the pronouns "he" or "his" referring to such titles,
are abstract in the specifications, used for the sake of brevity are intended to
refer to persons of either sex.
Singular words include the plural and "person" includes firms, companies, and
corporations.
Where used in the Contract Documents, the following words and terms shall have
the meanings indicated. The meanings shall be applicable to the singular, plural,
masculine, and feminine of the words and terms.
Acceptance - The formal written acceptance by the City of an entire Contract
which has been completed in all respects in accordance with the Contract
Documents and any modifications thereof previously approved.
Act of God - An earthquake, flood, cyclone, or other cataclysmic phenomenon
of nature. A rain, windstorm, high water, or other natural phenomenon, which
might reasonably have been anticipated from historical records of the general
locality of the work, shall not be construed as an Act of God.
Addenda - Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the bid which modify
or interpret the Contract Documents, drawings, and specifications, by additions,
deletions, clarifications, or corrections.
Architect - The Architect responsible for the preparation of plans and
specifications for the City of La Quinta
Bid - The offer or proposal of the Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting
forth the price for the work to be performed.
Bond(s) - Bid, Performance, or Payment Bonds and other instruments of surety,
furnished by the Contractor and Contractor's surety in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
Bidder - Any properly licensed and qualified individual, firm, partnership,
corporation, joint venture, or combination thereof, submitting a proposal for the
work contemplated, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative.
Calendar Day - Any day including legal holidays, Saturdays and Sundays.
City - The City of La Quinta, a Municipal Corporation in the State of California.
City Engineer - The person designated, in writing, by the City to act as its
representative at the construction site and to perform construction inspection
services and administrative functions relating to this Contract. Initial contact by
the Contractor with the City shall be through the City Engineer.
City Representative - The person designated in writing by the City to act as its
agent on specified matters relating to this Contract. The City's Representative is
not the City Engineer but is another individual who has been designated to
represent the City.
Contract - The written document covering the performance of the Work as more
fully described in, but not limited to, the plans, standard specifications, special
and technical provisions, Contract bonds, proposal, addenda, and Contract
Change Orders.
Contract Change Order - A written order to the Contractor, covering changes
in the plans or quantities, or both, and establishing the basis of payment and
time adjustments for the work affected by the changes. Also referred to as a
Change Order.
Contract Documents - The words "Contract Documents" shall mean any or all
of, but not limited to, the following items, as applicable:
Invitation to Bid
Instructions to Bidders
Bid Documents
Designation of Subcontractors
Bid Guaranty Bond
Contract
Acknowledgments
Performance Bond
Payment Bond
General Conditions
Supplementary General Conditions
General Project Requirements
Specific Project Requirements
Standard Specifications
State Standard Specifications
Project Plans
Standard Drawings
Addenda, if any
Executed Change Orders, if any Notice of Award
Notice to Proceed
Permits from other agencies
Each of these items is to be considered by reference as part of the Contract
Documents, also referred to as Contract.
Contract Price - The amount payable to the Contractor under the terms and
conditions of the Contract based on the price given on the bidding schedule, with
adjustments made in accordance with the Contract. The base amount given in
the bidding schedule shall be either a lump sum bid or the summation of the unit
price bids multiplied by the estimated quantities set forth in the bid form. Also
referred to as Contract Amount or Contract Sum.
Contract Time - Number of calendar days stated in the Contract for the
completion of the Work.
Contract Completion Date - The date on which the City accepts the work as
being complete.
Contractor - The person or persons, firms, partnership, corporation, or
combination thereof, who have entered with the City, as party or parties of the
second part of his or their legal representatives.
Contractor's Plant and Equipment - Equipment, material, supplies, and all
other items, except labor, brought onto the site by the Contractor to carry out
the Work, but not to be incorporated in the Work.
Consultant - Individuals and/or companies retained by the City to provide
specific professional services.
Day(s) - Calendar Day(s); unless contract time is indicated in working days.
Direct - Action of the City or City Engineer by which the Contractor is ordered to
perform or refrain from performing work under the Contract.
Field Directive - Written documentation of the actions of the City or City
Engineer in directing the Contractor. Also referred to as a Directive.
Field Order - A written instruction given to the Contractor authorizing work that
is a change to the scope of work carried out on a time and material basis.
Furnish - To deliver to the job site or other specified location any item,
equipment, or material.
General Conditions - Part of the Contract Documents representing the general
clauses that establishes how the project is to be administered.
General Project Requirements - Part of the Contract Documents establishing
general conditions or requirements peculiar to the way public works projects are
performed in the City of La Quinta.
Herein - Refers to information presented in the Project Manual.
Holidays - Legal holidays designated by the City or specifically identified in the
Contract.
Install - Placing, erecting, or constructing any item, equipment, or material.
Laboratory - The designated materials testing laboratory authorized by the City
to test materials and work involved in the Contract.
Liquidated Damages - A fixed amount as prescribed in Paragraph 1500-3.0, to
be paid to the City or to be deducted from any payments due, or to become due,
to the Contractor as a result of the Contractor not completing the work in the
time allowed in the specifications.
Notice of Award - A written notice by the City to the Bidder informing him that
the Contract has been awarded to him.
Notice to Proceed - The written notice by the City to the Contractor authorizing
him to proceed with the Work and establishing the date of commencement of the
Work.
Paragraph - For references or citation purposes, refers to the paragraph(s) in
these Specifications, called out by paragraph number and alphanumeric
designator.
Person - Includes firms, companies, corporations, partnerships, and joint
ventures.
Plans - Refers to the project plans drawings, profiles, cross sections, elevations,
details, and other working drawings and supplementary drawings, or
reproductions thereof, approved by the City, and are referred to in the Contract
Documents, which show the location, character, dimensions, and details of the
work to be performed. The terms drawing, plan and plans have the same
meaning as the term drawings unless otherwise stated or specified.
Project - The undertaking to be performed under the provisions of the Contract.
Project Manual - Those Contract Documents which are bound into one or more
volumes prior to bidding.
Provide - Furnish and install, complete in place.
Punch List - List of incomplete items of work and of items of work which are not
in conformance with the Contract.
Shall - Refers to actions by either the Contractor or the City and means the
Contractor or City has entered into a covenant with the other party to do or
perform the action.
Shown - Refers to information presented on the Drawings, with or without
reference to the Drawings.
Site - The property as described in the General Conditions or as shown on the
Drawings.
Specific Project Requirements - Part of the Contract Documents establishing
specific conditions or requirements peculiar to the work.
Specifications - That part of the Contract Documents consisting of the General
Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, General Project Requirements,
Specific Project Requirements, applicable portions of the Standard Specifications
and State Standard Specifications, and Technical Specifications.
Specify - Refers to information described, shown, noted or presented in any
manner in any part of the Contract.
Standard Specifications - Standard Specifications for Public Works
Construction, latest edition, including all supplements, as written by the Joint
Cooperative Committee of the Southern California Chapter of the American Public
Works Association and the Southern California District of the Associated General
Contractors of California.
State Standard Specifications - The State of California, Department of
Transportation Agency's Standard Specifications in effect at the time of
advertising the Work. Also referred to as State Standard Specifications and
Caltrans Standard Specifications.
Subcontractor - A subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract
with the Contractor to perform any of the Work at the Site. The term
subcontractor means a subcontractor or subcontractor's authorized
representative. The term subcontractor, does not include any separate
contractor or any separate contractor's subcontractors.
Submittals - The information which is specified for submission to the City
Engineer in accordance with the Project Manual.
Substantial Completion - Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress
of the Work when the Work is sufficiently complete in accordance with the
Contract Documents so the City can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended
use.
Sub-subcontractor - A sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct
or indirect contract with a subcontractor to perform any of the Work at the Site.
The term sub-subcontractor means a sub-subcontractor or an authorized
representative thereof.
Supplier - Any person, firm, corporation, or organization who supplies materials
or equipment for the Work, including that fabricated to a special design, and may
also be a Subcontractor or a Sub-subcontractor.
Surety - The person, firm, corporation, or organization that joins with the
Contractor in assuming the liability for the faithful performance of the Work and
for the payment of all obligations pertaining to the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents by issuing the Bonds required by the Contract Documents
or by law.
Will - Actions entered into by the Contractor or the City as a covenant with the
other party to do or to perform the action.
Work - The labor, materials, equipment, supplies, and other items necessary for
the execution, completion, and fulfillment of the Contract.
Working Day - Any day, other than a holiday, Saturday or Sunday, on which
the Contractor may proceed with regular work on the current controlling
operation as determined by the City Engineer toward the completion of the
Contract. A working day is equivalent to 1.45 calendar days.
2.0 ADMINISTRATION
2.1 Administration of the Contract
The City Engineer will provide administration of the Contract as hereinafter
discussed. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of City retained
consultants and the City Engineer during the construction, as set forth in the
Contract Documents, will not be modified or extended without written consent of
the City.
In case of the termination of the employment of a consultant or the City Engineer,
the City will appoint a consultant or a City Engineer whose status under the
Contract Documents shall be that of the former consultant or City Engineer,
respectively.
2.2 City Engineer
2.2.1 General - The City Engineer has the authority to act on behalf of the City
on change orders, progress payments, Contract decisions, acceptability of
the Contractor's work, and early possession.
2.2.2 Change Orders - The City Engineer has the authority to accept or reject
change orders and cost proposals submitted by the Contractor or as
recommended by the City Engineer.
2.2.3 Progress Payments - The City Engineer has the authority to accept or
reject requests for progress payments which have been submitted by the
Contractor.
2.2.4 Contract Decisions - Should the Contractor disagree with decisions
rendered under this Contract, the Contractor may appeal to the City
Engineer in accordance with the provisions of the Contract.
2.2.5 Acceptability of Work - The City Engineer has the authority to make
the final determination of the acceptability of the Work.
2.2.6 Construction Schedule - The City Engineer has the authority to review
and recommend acceptance of the progress schedule submitted by the
Contractor at the start of the Work and subsequent significant revisions
for conformance to the specified sequence of work and logic.
2.2.7 Inspection - The City Engineer with the assistance of inspectors will
observe the progress, quality, and quantity of the Work to determine, in
general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the intent of the
Contract Documents. The City Engineer shall not be responsible for
construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures, or
for safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work.
In accordance with the provisions detailed elsewhere in these General Conditions,
the City Engineer will make decisions relative to all matters of interpretation or
execution of the Contract Documents.
2.3 Consultants
2.3.1 General - Consultants will have the authority to act on behalf of the City
only to the extent provided in the Supplemental General Conditions.
3.0 City
3.1 General
The City, acting through the City Engineer, shall have the authority to act as the
sole judge of the Work and materials with respect to both quantity and quality as
set forth in the Contract.
3.2 Attention to Work
The City shall notify the Contractor in writing of the name of individuals
designated as representatives of the City Engineer. The representative will
normally be at the Site of the Work. During the representative's absences, the
Contractor may contact the City Engineer or a previously designated
representative.
3.3 Inspection
The City will employ one or more inspectors to observe the Work and to act in
matters of construction under this Contract. An inspector is not authorized to
revoke, alter, or waive any requirements of the specifications. The inspector is
authorized to call the attention of the Contractor to any failure of the Work or
materials to conform to the Contract Documents. The inspector shall have the
authority to reject material or, in any emergency, suspend the Work. The
Contractor may appeal any such issue which it disagrees with to the City
Engineer.
Contractor shall call in daily for inspections, unless otherwise approved
by the City, at Public Works Inspection Hotline 760-777-7097. Concrete
inspections will be required separately for all stages of the work:
subgrade; forming; and pouring.
Separate and independent from the inspection above, the project may be
inspected by Building Officials for code compliance. Such inspectors shall have
the authority provided to them by local jurisdiction.
3.4 City's Right to Carry Out the Work
If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with
the Contract Documents and fails within seven (7) days after receipt of written
notice from the City to commence and continue correction of such default or
neglect with diligence and promptness, the City may, after seven (7) days
following receipt by the Contractor of an additional written notice and without
prejudice to any other remedy make good such deficiencies.
The City also reserves the right to perform any portion of the work due to an
emergency threatening the safety of the Work, public, City, and any property or
equipment.
In either case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued unilaterally deducting
from the payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the cost of correcting
such deficiencies and/or for performing such work, including compensation for
consultants and City's additional services made necessary by such default,
neglect, failure or emergency.
3.5 City's Right to Perform Work and to Award Separate Contracts
The City reserves the right to perform the work related to the Project with the
City's own forces, and to award separate Contracts in connection with other
portions of the Project or other work on the Site under these or similar Conditions
of the Contract. If the Contractor claims that delay, damage, or additional cost
is involved because of such action by the City, the Contractor shall make such
claim as provided elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
When separate Contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other
work on the Site, the term "Contractor" in the Contract Documents in each case
shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Contract.
The City will provide for the coordination of the work of the City's own forces and
of each separate Contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate
therewith as provided in Paragraph 1400-4.8.3, Cooperation.
4.0 CONTRACTOR
4.1 Office
The Contractor's address stated in the Bid is hereby designated as the legal
address of the Contractor for the receipt of documents, samples, notices, letters,
and other Articles of communication.
4.2 Contractor's Representative
The Contractor shall notify the City in writing of the name of the person who will
act as the Contractor's representative and shall have the authority to act in
matters relating to this Contract. The Contractor, acting through its
representative, shall give personal attention to, and shall manage the Work, so
that it shall be prosecuted faithfully. The Contractor's representative shall be an
employee of the Contractor. Upon written request of the Contractor, this
requirement may be waived by the City. The City's waiver, if granted will be in
writing. There is no obligation by the City to waive this provision regardless of
the effect on the Contractor's operations.
At all times during the progress of the Work, the Contractor's representative shall
be personally present at the Project site, or a designated alternate shall be
available who has the authority to act in matters relating to the Contract. The
Contractor's representative or designated alternate shall have the authority to
carry out the provisions of the Contract and to supply materials, equipment, tools,
and labor without delay for the performance of the Work.
Before initial work is begun on the Contract, the Contractor shall file with the City
Engineer addresses and telephone numbers where the Contractor's and all
subcontractors' representatives can be reached during all hours, including nights
and weekends when work is not in progress.
4.3 Construction Procedures
The Contractor will supervise and direct the work. The Contractor has the
authority to determine the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and
procedures of construction, except in those instances where the City, to define
the quality of an item of work, specifies in the Contract, a means, method,
technique, sequence, or procedure for construction of that item of Work.
4.4 Contractor's Employees
The Contractor shall be responsible for the adequacy, efficiency, and sufficiency
of its employees. Workers shall have sufficient knowledge, skill, and experience
to perform properly the work assigned to them.
The Contractor shall employ only competent, skillful workers to perform the
Work. If any subcontractor or person employed by the Contractor or its
subcontractors, appear to the City Engineer to be incompetent or act in a
disorderly or improper manner, such person or subcontractor shall be discharged
from the site immediately by the Contractor upon written direction of the City
Engineer, and such person shall not again be employed on the Project.
4.5 Subcontractors
Subcontractors will not be recognized as having a direct relationship with the
City. The persons engaged in the Work, including employees of subcontractors
and suppliers, will be considered employees of the Contractor. The Contractor
will be responsible for their work and their work shall be subject to the provisions
of the Contract. The Contractor is as fully responsible to the City for the acts and
omissions of its subcontractors and of persons either directly or indirectly
employed by them as the Contractor is for the acts and omissions of persons
directly employed by the Contractor. Nothing contained in the Contract
Documents shall create any contractual relation between any subcontractor and
the City. References in the Contract Document to actions required of
subcontractors, manufacturers, suppliers, or any party other than the Contractor,
the City, the City Engineer, its consultants shall be interpreted as requiring that
the Contractor shall require such subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier, utility
company, or party to perform the specified action, unless the Contract
Documents specifically state that the Work is not included in the Contract.
The Contractor shall not employ any subcontractors that are not properly licensed
in accordance with State law. Prior to commencement of any work by a
subcontractor, the Contractor shall submit verification to the City Engineer that
the subcontractor is properly licensed for the work it will perform. Changes to
subcontractors listed in the Bid in accordance with Public Contract Code 4100 et.
seq., shall be made only with the approval of the City.
4.6 Contractor's Equipment and Facilities
The Contractor shall furnish and maintain in good condition all equipment and
facilities as required for the proper execution and inspection of the Work. Such
equipment and facilities shall meet all requirements of applicable ordinances and
laws.
4.7 Public Safety and Convenience
The Contractor shall conduct its work so as to insure the least possible obstruction
to traffic and inconvenience to the general public and the residents in the vicinity
of the Work and to insure the protection of persons and property at no extra cost
to the City. The Contractor shall have under construction no greater length or
amount of work than he can prosecute properly with due regard to the rights of
the public.
4.8 City-Contractor Coordination
4.8.1 Service of Notice - Notice, order, direction, request, or other
communication given by the City or the City Engineer to the Contractor
shall be deemed to be well and sufficiently given to the Contractor if
delivered to the Contractor's Representative designated in Paragraph
1400-4.2, Contractor's Representative, to the Contractor's office
designated in Paragraph 1400-4.1, Office, or to the Contractor's address
provided in the Bid Proposal.
4.8.2 Suggestions to Contractor - Plans or methods of work suggested by
the City, City Engineer or authorized representatives to the Contractor,
but not specified or required, if adopted or followed by the Contractor in
whole or in part, shall be used at the risk and responsibility of the
Contractor. The City, City Engineer, or authorized representatives
assume no responsibility therefor, and in no way will be held liable for any
defects in the Work which may result from or be caused by use of such
plan or method of work.
4.8.3 Cooperation - The Contractor shall afford the City, the City Engineer and
separate Contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and
storage of their materials and equipment and the execution of their work
and shall coordinate the Work with theirs as required by the Contract
Documents.
If any part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon
the work of the City or any separate Contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to
proceeding with the Work, promptly report to the City Engineer any apparent
discrepancies or defects in such other work that render it unsuitable for such
proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor to so report shall
constitute an acceptance of the City's or separate Contractor's work as fit and
proper to receive the Work, except as to defects which may subsequently become
apparent in such work by others.
If requested by the Contractor, the City shall arrange meetings with other
contractors performing work on behalf of the City to plan coordination of
construction activities. The City shall keep the Contractor informed of the
planned activities of other contractors.
Any costs caused by defective or ill-timed work shall be borne by the responsible
party.
Differences and conflicts arising between the Contractor and other contractors
employed by the City or between the Contractor and the workers of the City with
regard to their work, shall be submitted to the City for its decision in the matter.
If such separate contractor sues the City on account of any delay or damage
alleged to have been caused by the Contractor, the City shall notify the Contractor
who shall, at the City's election, defend such proceedings at the Contractor's
expense.
If any judgement or award against the City arises from any such litigation
whether defended by City or by Contractor, the Contractor shall pay or satisfy
said judgement or award and shall reimburse the City for all attorney's fees and
court costs which the City has incurred or for which it is liable.
4.9 Permits
Unless specifically stated to be provided by the City, Contractor shall apply for,
obtain, and comply with all the terms, conditions and requirements attached to
all permits, bonds and licenses required by local, state, or federal agencies to
perform work, construct, erect, test and startup of any equipment or facility for
this Contract. Where operating permits are required, the Contractor shall apply
for and obtain such operating permits in the name of the City and provide the
permit in an appropriate frame or file holder when the City accepts substantial
completion of the equipment or facility. The Contractor shall give all notices
necessary or incidental to the due and lawful prosecution of the work.
Any permits, bonds, licenses and fees therefore required for the performance of
work under this Contract and not specifically mentioned herein as having been
obtained and paid by the City shall be included in the Contractor's bid price.
The Contractor shall apply for and obtain in its name the necessary building,
plumbing and electrical permits and shall be responsible for satisfying all code
requirements, calling for inspections, and obtaining final approvals. Code
inspections will be coordinated by the City Engineer. The Contractor shall comply
with all construction conditions stipulated in the permits. The Contractor shall
include in its bid the fees for any permits required.
The Contractor shall apply for and obtain all safety permits for excavations,
tunneling, trenches, construction (building structure, scaffolding, or falsework)
and demolition required by CAL/OSHA including but not limited to, the permits
required by Labor Code Section 6500.
4.10 Contractor's Responsibility for the Work and Materials
Until acceptance of the Work, the Contractor shall have the charge and care of
the Work and of the materials to be used therein and shall bear the risk of injury,
loss, or damage, to any part thereof (regardless of whether partial payments
have been made on such damaged portions of the Work) by the action of the
elements or from any other cause, whether arising from the non-execution of the
Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore, and make good all injuries,
losses, or damages to any portion of the Work or the materials occasioned by any
cause before its completion and acceptance and shall bear the expense thereof,
except for such injuries, losses, or damages as are directly and approximately
caused by acts of the City.
4.11 Laws to be Observed
The Contractor shall keep himself fully informed of all existing and future County,
State, and National laws and regulations and all municipal ordinances and
regulations of the City which in any manner affect those engaged or employed in
the Work and of all such orders and decrees of bodies having any jurisdiction or
authority over the same; and shall protect and indemnify the City and all of its
officers, agents, and servants against any claim or liability arising from or based
on the violation of any such laws, ordinances, regulations, orders, or decrees
whether by himself or its employees. If any discrepancy or inconsistency is
discovered in the plans, drawings, specifications or Contract for the Work in
relation to any such law, ordinance, regulations, order or decree, the Contractor
shall immediately report the same to the City Engineer in writing.
4.11.1 Construction Registration with California Department of Industrial
Relations - A contractor or subcontractor shall not be qualified to bid on,
be listed in a bid proposal, subject to the requirements of Section 4104 of
the Public Contract Code, or engage in the performance of any contract for
public works, as defined in Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 1720) of
Part 7 of Division 2 the Labor Code, unless currently registered and qualified
to perform public works pursuant to Section 1725.5 of the Labor Code. Prior
to March 1, 2015, it is not a violation of this section for an unregistered
contractor to submit a bid that is authorized by Section 7029.1 of the
Business and Professions Code or by Section 10164 or 20103.5 of the Public
Contract Code, provided the contractor is registered to perform public works
pursuant to Section 1725.5 of the Labor Code prior to April 1, 2015.
Effective March 1, 2015, only contractors and subcontractors that are
registered to perform public works pursuant to Section 1725.5 of the Labor
Code may submit a bid for a public works project. Effective April 1, 2015,
contractors and subcontractors not registered to perform public works
pursuant to Section 1725.5 of the Labor Code may not engage in the
performance of a public works project awarded after April 1, 2015.
4.11.2 Prevailing Wage - In accordance with Section 1770 of the Labor Code, the
City has ascertained and does hereby specify that the prevailing wage rates
shall be those provided in Article 1110-20.0, WAGE RATES. The said rates
shall include all employer payments that are required by Section 1773.1 of
the Labor Code. The City will furnish to the Contractor, upon request, a
copy of such prevailing rates. It shall be the duty of the Contractor to post
a copy of such prevailing wages at the job site.
For each worker paid less than the stipulated rate in the execution of the
Contract by the Contractor, or any subcontractor under him, in violation of
the provisions of the Labor Code, and in particular, Section 1770 to Section
1780, inclusive, the Contractor shall be subject to the provisions and
penalties of Section 1775 of the Labor Code. In addition to said penalty,
and pursuant to said Section 1775, the difference between such stipulated
prevailing wage rates and the amounts paid to each worker for each
calendar day, or portion thereof, for which each worker was paid less than
the stipulated prevailing rate shall be paid to each worker by the Contractor.
The wage rates set forth are the minimum that may be paid by the
Contractor. Nothing herein contained shall be construed as preventing the
Contractor from paying more than the minimum set forth.
No extra compensation whatever shall be allowed by the City due to the
inability of the Contractor to hire labor at the minimum rate nor for any
necessity for payment by the Contractor for subsistence, travel time,
overtime, or other added compensation, all of which possibilities are
elements to be considered and ascertained to the Contractor's own
satisfaction in preparing the bid.
If it becomes necessary to employ a craft other than those listed, the
Contractor shall notify the City immediately and the City will determine the
additional prevailing rate from the Director of the Department of Industrial
Relations and the rate thus determined shall be applicable as a minimum at
the time of initial employment.
The Contractor shall pay travel and subsistence payments to workers
needed to execute the work as such travel and subsistence payments are
defined in the applicable collective bargaining agreement filed with the
Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code Section 1773.8.
Pursuant to Labor Code section 1771.1, no contractor or subcontractor may
be listed on a bid proposal for a public works project submitted on or after
March 1, 2015 unless registered with the California Department of Industrial
Relations. Furthermore, all bidders and contractors are hereby notified that
no contractor or subcontractor may be awarded, on or after April 1, 2015,
a contract for public work on a public works project unless registered with
the Department of Industrial Relations.
Pursuant to Labor Code section 1771.4, all bidders and contractors are
hereby notified that this project is subject to compliance monitoring and
enforcement by the California Department of Industrial Relations.
4.11.3 Certified Payrolls - In accordance with Section 1776 of the Labor Code,
each Contractor and subcontractor shall keep an accurate payroll record,
showing the name, address, social security number, work classification,
straight time, and overtime hours worked each day and week, and the actual
per diem wages paid to each journeyman, apprentice, worker, or other
employee employed by him or her in connection with the project.
The payroll records shall be certified and shall be available for inspection at
all reasonable hours at the principal office of the Contractor on the following
basis:
a. Pursuant to SB854, all contractors and subcontractors must
furnish electronic certified payroll records directly to the Labor
Commissioner (aka Division of Labor Standards Enforcement).
All contractors and subcontractors must also provide a copy
and proof to the City of online submittal within 2 days of online
submission.
b. A certified copy of an employee's payroll record shall be made available
for inspection or furnished to the employee or his or her authorized
representative on request.
c. A certified copy of all payroll records shall be made available for
inspection or furnished upon request to a representative of the City,
the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement, and the Division of
Apprenticeship Standards of the Department of Industrial Relations.
d. A certified copy of all payroll records shall be made available upon
request by the public in accordance with Section 1776 of the Labor
Code.
The Contractor is responsible for its and its subcontractors compliance with
the provisions of Section 1776 of the Labor Code.
4.11.4 Overtime Requirements - The Contractor shall forfeit, as a penalty to the
City, the penalty as provided in Section 1813 of the Labor Code for each
worker employed in the execution of the Contract by the Contractor, or any
subcontractor under the Contractor, for each day during which such worker
is required or permitted to work more than eight (8) hours in any one day
and forty (40) hours in any one week, in violation of the provisions of the
Labor Code, and in particular, Section 1810 to Section 1815 thereof,
inclusive, except that work performed by employees of Contractors in excess
of eight (8) hours a day and forty (40) hours during one week, shall be
permitted upon compensation for all hours worked in excess of eight (8)
hours per day, at not less than one and a half (1½) times the basic rate of
pay as provided for in Section 1815 of the Labor Code.
4.11.5 Apprentice and Trainee - Attention is directed to the provisions in Section
1777.5 of the Labor Code and in accordance with the regulations of the
California Apprenticeship Council concerning the employment of apprentices
by the Contractor or any subcontractor under the Contractor.
Section 1777.5 requires the Contractor or subcontractors employing
tradespersons in any apprenticeable occupation to apply to the joint
apprenticeship committee nearest the site of the project and which
administers the apprenticeship program in that trade for a certificate of
approval. The Contractor and subcontractors are required to submit
contract award information to the applicable joint apprenticeship
committee. As provided for in Section 1777.5 of the Labor Code, the
Contractor is required to make contributions to funds established
for the administration of apprenticeship programs.
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to abide by the provisions of
Section 1777.5 (except 1777.5(b)) of the Labor Code and to require all
subcontractors employed by or contracting with the Contractor to abide by
said provisions. The Contractor shall furnish the City any and all evidence
of compliance with this code section when requested by the City.
For failure to comply with Section 1777.5 (except 1777.5(b)) of the Labor
Code, the Contractor shall be subject to the penalties in Section 1777.7 of
the Labor Code.
4.11.6 Workers' Compensation Insurance - The Contractor is required to
secure the payment of compensation to its employees in accordance with
the provisions of Sections 1860 and 3700 of the Labor Code and Paragraph
1340-2.4 Workers' Compensation Insurance
4.12 Safety
The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the
job site, including safety of all persons and property during performance of the
work. This requirement shall apply continuously and not be limited to normal
working hours. Safety provisions shall conform to U.S. Department of Labor
(OSHA), the California Occupational Safety and Health Act, and all other
applicable Federal, State, County, and local laws, ordinances, codes, the
requirements set forth below, and any regulations that may be detailed in other
parts of these Documents. Where any of these are in conflict, the more stringent
requirement shall be followed.
The completed Work shall include all necessary permanent safety devices, such
as machinery guards and similar ordinary safety items, required by the State and
Federal (OSHA) industrial authorities and applicable local and national codes.
Further, any features of the Work, including City-selected equipment, subject to
such safety regulations shall be fabricated, furnished, and installed in compliance
with these requirements. All equipment furnished shall be grounded and
provided with guards and protection as required by safety codes.
Where vapor-tight or explosion-proof electrical installation is required by safety
codes, this shall be provided. Contractors and manufacturers of equipment shall
be held responsible for compliance with the requirements included herein. The
Contractor shall notify all equipment suppliers and subcontractors of the
provisions of this paragraph.
Before proceeding with any construction work, the Contractor shall take the
necessary action to comply with all provisions for safety and accident prevention.
The Contractor shall develop and maintain for the duration of this Contract, a
safety program that will effectively incorporate and implement all required safety
provisions. The Contractor shall appoint an employee as safety supervisor who
is qualified and authorized to supervise and enforce compliance with the safety
program.
The Contractor, as a part of his safety program, shall maintain at his office or
other well-known place at the Site, safety equipment applicable to the Work as
prescribed by the aforementioned authorities, all items necessary for giving first
aid to the injured, and shall establish the procedure for the immediate removal
to a hospital or a doctor's care of persons who may be injured on the job site.
In accordance with the provisions of Section 6705 of the Labor Code, the
Contractor shall submit, in advance of excavation 5 feet or more in depth,
detailed plans showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions
to be made for worker protection from hazard of caving ground during such
excavation. If such Plans vary from the shoring system standards set forth in
the Construction Safety Orders in Title 8, California Code of Regulations, Article
6, the Plans shall be prepared and signed by a registered civil or structural
engineer. Shoring, bracing, sloping, or other protective system shall not be less
effective than required by the California Construction Safety orders.
If death or serious injuries or serious damages are caused, the accident shall be
reported immediately by telephone or messenger to the City. In addition, the
Contractor must promptly report in writing to the City Engineer all accidents
whatsoever arising out of, or in connection with, the performance of the Work
whether on, or adjacent to, the Site, giving full details and statements of
witnesses. The Contractor shall make all reports as are, or may be, required by
any authority having jurisdiction, and permit all safety inspections of the work
being performed under this Contract. If a claim is made by anyone against the
Contractor or any subcontractor on account of any accident, the Contractor shall
promptly report the facts in writing to the City Engineer, giving full details of the
claim.
5.0 CONTROL OF WORK AND MATERIALS
5.1 Means and Methods
It is expressly stipulated that the drawings, specifications and other Contract
Documents set forth the requirements as to the nature of the completed Work
and do not purport to control the method of performing work except in those
instances where the nature of the completed Work is dependent on the method
of performance.
Except as provided elsewhere in the Contract Documents, neither the City, its
consultants, or the City Engineer will be responsible for or have control or charge
of construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for
safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Except as
provided elsewhere in the Contract Documents, neither the City, its consultants,
or the City Engineer will be responsible for or have control or charge over the
acts or omissions of the Contractor, or any of their subcontractors, agents or
employees, or any other persons performing any of the Work. Any general
control of the Work exercised by the City or its authorized representatives shall
not make the Contractor an agent of the City, and the liability of the Contractor
for all damages to persons and/or to public or private property arising from the
Contractor's execution of the Work shall not be lessened because of such general
control.
Neither the inspection by the City, its consultants, or the City Engineer, nor any
order, measurement, approved modification, or payment of monies, nor
acceptance of any part or whole of the Work by the City, the City Engineer or the
consultant, or their agents, shall operate as a waiver of any provision of the
Contract.
Acceptance by the City, it consultants, or the City Engineer of any drawings,
methods of work, or any information regarding materials and equipment the
Contractor proposes to furnish in the Work shall not be regarded as an
assumption of risks or liability by the City, its consultants, or the City Engineer,
or any officer or employee thereof, and the Contractor shall have no claim under
the Contract on account of the failure or partial failure or inefficiency or
insufficiency of any plan or method of work or material and equipment so
accepted. Such acceptance shall be considered to mean merely that the City, its
consultants, or the City Engineer has no objection to the Contractor using, upon
its own full responsibility, the plan or method of work proposed, or furnishing the
materials and equipment proposed.
5.2 City-Furnished Materials
Materials, if furnished by the City, will be made available as designated in the
Specific Project Requirements. The cost of loading, unloading, hauling and
handling, and placing City-furnished materials shall be considered as included in
the price bid for the Contract item involving such City-furnished material.
Contractor shall inspect and assure himself of the amount and soundness of such
materials.
The Contractor will be held responsible for all materials furnished to it and shall
pay all demurrage and storage charges. City-furnished materials lost or damaged
from any cause whatsoever shall be replaced by the Contractor. The Contractor
will be liable to the City for the cost of replacing City-furnished material and such
costs may be deducted from any monies due or to become due the Contractor.
5.3 Defective and Unauthorized Work
Materials and workmanship not conforming to the requirements of the Contract
Documents shall be considered defective and will be subject to rejection.
Defective work or material, whether in place or not, shall be removed
immediately from the Site by the Contractor, at its expense, when so directed by
the City Engineer.
Any work done beyond the limits of work, lines, and grades shown on any
approved plans or established by the City Engineer, or any extra work done
without written authority, will be considered as unauthorized and will not be paid
for.
Upon failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with any order of the City
Engineer made under the provisions of this section, the City Engineer shall have
authority to cause defective work to be remedied, or removed and replaced, and
unauthorized work to be removed, and to deduct the costs thereof from any
monies due or to become due the Contractor. The time, cost and compliance
requirements stipulated in Paragraph 1400-3.4, City's Right to Carry Out the
Work, shall apply for this paragraph also.
5.4 Unnoticed Defects
Any defective work or material that may be discovered by the City, its
consultants, or the City Engineer before the final acceptance of the Work, or
before final payment has been made, or during the warranty period, shall be
removed and replaced by work and materials which shall conform to the
provisions of the Contract Documents. Failure on the part of the City, its
consultants, or the City Engineer to condemn or reject bad or inferior work or
materials shall not be construed to imply acceptance of such work or materials.
5.5 Right to Retain Imperfect Work
If any part or portion of the work performed or material furnished under this
Contract shall prove defective and not in accordance with the Drawings and
Specifications, and if the imperfection in the same shall not be of sufficient
magnitude or importance as to make the work dangerous or unsuitable, or if the
removal of such work will create conditions which are dangerous or undesirable,
the City shall have the right and authority to retain such work but shall
make such deductions in the final payment therefor as may be just and
reasonable.
6.0 PROGRESS OF THE WORK
6.1 Beginning of Work
The Contractor shall begin work within ten (10) days after receiving Notice to
Proceed and shall diligently prosecute the same to completion within the time
limit.
Should the Contractor begin work in advance of receiving Notice to Proceed, any
work performed in advance of the said date of approval shall be considered as
having been done by the Contractor at its own risk and as a volunteer.
6.2 Time of Completion
Time shall be of the essence of the Contract. The Contractor shall prosecute the
work so that the various portions of the project shall be complete and ready for
use within the time specified in Paragraph 3000-1.6 TIME ALLOWED FOR
COMPLETION. It is expressly understood and agreed by and between the
Contractor and the City that the Contract time for completion of the work
described herein is a reasonable time taking into consideration the average
climatic and economic conditions and other factors prevailing in the locality and
the nature of the work.
6.3 Delays
6.3.1 Notice of Delays - When the Contractor foresees a delay in the prosecution
of the Work and, in any event, immediately upon the occurrence of a delay,
the Contractor shall notify the City Engineer in writing of the probability of
the occurrence and the estimated extent of the delay, and its cause. The
Contractor shall take immediate steps to prevent, if possible the occurrence
or continuance of the delay. The Contractor agrees that no claim shall be
made for delays which are not called to the attention of the City Engineer at
the time of their occurrence.
6.3.2 Avoidable Delays - Avoidable delays in the prosecution of the Work shall
include delays which could have been avoided by the exercise of care,
prudence, foresight, and diligence on the part of the Contractor or its
subcontractors, at any tier level, or suppliers.
6.3.3 Unavoidable Delays - Unavoidable delays in the prosecution or completion
of the Work shall include delays which result from causes beyond the control
of the Contractor and which could not have been avoided by the exercise of
care, prudence, foresight, and diligence on the part of the Contractor or his
subcontractors, at any tier level, or suppliers. Delays in completion of the
Work of other Contractors employed by the City will be considered
unavoidable delays insofar as they interfere with the Contractor's
completion of the current critical activity item of the Work.
6.3.3.1 Abnormal Delays - Delays caused by acts of god, fire, unusual storms,
floods, tidal waves, earthquakes, strikes, labor disputes, freight embargoes,
and shortages of materials shall be considered as unavoidable delays insofar
as they prevent the Contractor from proceeding with at least seventy-five
(75) percent of the normal labor and equipment force for at least five (5)
hours per day toward completion of the current critical activity item on the
favorably reviewed progress schedule.
6.3.3.2 Material Shortages - Upon the submission of satisfactory proof to the City
Engineer by the Contractor, shortages of material will be acceptable as
grounds for granting a time extension. In order that such proof may be
satisfactory and acceptable to the City Engineer, it must be demonstrated
by the Contractor that the Contractor has made every effort to obtain such
materials from all known sources within reasonable reach of the proposed
Work.
Only the physical shortage of material, caused by unusual circumstances,
will be considered under these provisions as a cause for extension of time,
and no consideration will be given to any claim that material could not be
obtained at a reasonable, practical, or economical cost or price, unless it is
shown to the satisfaction of the City Engineer that such material could have
been obtained only at exorbitant prices entirely out of line with current
rates, taking into account the quantities involved and usual practices in
obtaining such quantities. A time extension for shortage of material will not
be considered for material ordered or delivered late or whose availability is
affected by virtue of the mishandling of procurement. The above provisions
apply equally to equipment to be installed in the work.
6.4 Time Extensions
6.4.1 Avoidable Delay - The City may grant an extension of time for avoidable
delays if the City deems it is in its best interest. If the City grants an
extension of time for avoidable delays, the Contractor agrees to pay the
City's actual costs, including charges for engineering, inspection and
administration incurred during the extension.
6.4.2 Unavoidable Delay - If the Contractor is delayed in the performance of its
work by an act of the City or if the Contractor is delayed in the performance
of its work by an unavoidable delay, then the Contract completion date may
be extended by the City for such time that, in the City's and City Engineer's
opinion, the Contractor's completion date will be unavoidably delayed,
provided that the Contractor strictly fulfills the following:
a. The Contractor shall provide notification, in accordance with Paragraph
1400-6.3.1, Notice of Delays and submit in writing a request for an
extension of time to the City Engineer stating at a minimum the probable
cause of the delay and the number of days being requested. The time
extension request shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements
of Paragraph 2000-4.3, TIME IMPACT ANALYSIS.
b. If requested by the City Engineer, the Contractor shall promptly provide
sufficient information to the City Engineer to assess the cause or effect of
the alleged delay, or to determine if other concurrent delays affected the
work.
c. Weather Delays. The Contractor will be granted a non-compensable time
extension for weather caused delays.
Should the Contractor fail to fulfill any of the foregoing, which are considered
conditions precedent to the right to receive a time extension, the Contractor
waives the right to receive a time extension.
Should the Contractor fail to complete the work within the time specified in
the contract, as extended in accordance with this clause if appropriate, the
Contractor shall pay to the City liquidated damages in accordance with
Section 1500, Paragraph 1500- 2.1, Liquidated Damages.
During such extension of time, neither extra compensation for engineering,
inspection and administration nor damages for delay will be charged to the
Contractor. It is understood and agreed by the Contractor and City that
time extensions due to unavoidable delays will be granted only if such
unavoidable delays involve controlling operations which would prevent
completion of the whole Work within the specified Contract time.
6.4.3 Indirect Overhead - The Contractor shall be reimbursed for indirect
overhead expenses for periods of time when the Work is stopped due to
delays as defined in Paragraph 1400-6.3.3, Unavoidable Delay. However,
no reimbursement for indirect overhead shall be made for delays as defined
in Paragraphs 1400-6.3.3.1, Abnormal Delays; 1400-6.4.2c, Weather
Delays; or 1400-6.3.3.3, Material Shortages.
As a condition precedent to any reimbursement, the Contractor must fulfill
all conditions as provided in Paragraph 1400-6.4.2, Unavoidable Delay.
The reimbursement of indirect overhead is limited to those delay conditions
defined above when the Contractor is prevented from proceeding with
seventy-five (75) percent of the normal labor and equipment force for at
least five (5) hours per day toward completion of the current critical activity
item(s) on the current favorably reviewed progress schedule.
6.4.3.1 Indirect Field Overhead - For those allowable delay periods as defined in
Paragraph 1400-6.4.3, Indirect Overhead, the Contractor shall be
reimbursed for its indirect field overhead based on:
a. Invoices for all field office equipment.
b. Actual salary for field office staff.
c. Fair rental values acceptable to the City Engineer as described in
Paragraph 1400-8.3, Force Account Payment for construction
equipment idled due to the delay.
6.4.3.2 Home Office Overhead - For those allowable delay periods as defined in
Paragraph 1400-6.4.3, Indirect Overhead, the Contractor shall be
reimbursed for its home office overhead based on the following formula:
Contract Bid Price divided by Contract Period Days x $0.03 = Daily Home
Office Overhead ($/Day)
Such reimbursement shall be mutually agreed between the City and
Contractor to encompass full payment for any home office overhead
expenses for such periods of time for the Contractor and all subcontractors.
The Contractor agrees to hold the City harmless for any indirect overhead
claims from its subcontractors.
6.5 Temporary Suspension of Work
6.5.1 If the Contractor fails to correct defective work as required by Paragraph
1400-5.3, Defective and Unauthorized Work, or fails to carry out the
Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or any other applicable
rules and regulations, the City, by a written order of the City Engineer or a
representative specifically empowered to do so, may order the Contractor
to stop the work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has
been eliminated; however, this right of the City to stop the Work shall not
give rise to any duty on the part of the City to exercise this right for the
benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity. All delays in the
Work occasioned by such stoppage shall not relieve the Contractor of any
duty to perform the Work or serve to extend the time for its completion.
Any and all necessary corrective work done in order to comply with the
Contract Documents shall be performed at no cost to the City.
6.5.2 In the event that a suspension of Work is ordered, as provided in this
paragraph, the Contractor, at its expense, shall perform all work necessary to
provide a safe, smooth, and unobstructed passageway through construction for
use by public, pedestrian, and vehicular traffic, during the period of such use by
suspension. Should the Contractor fail to perform the Work as specified, the City
may perform such work and the cost thereof may be deducted from monies due
the Contractor under the Contract.
6.5.3 The City shall also have authority to suspend the Work wholly or in part, for
such period as the City may deem necessary, due to unsuitable weather, or
to such other conditions as are considered unfavorable for the suitable
prosecution of the Work. Such temporary suspension of the Work will be
considered justification for time extensions to the Contract in an amount
equal to the period of such suspension.
The Contractor as directed by the City shall provide the provisions as
stipulated in Paragraph 1400-6.6.2 above. Such additional work shall be
compensated as provided for in Paragraph 1400-7.0, CHANGES IN SCOPE
OF WORK.
6.6 Termination of Contract
If at any time the Contractor is determined to be in material breach of the
Contract, notice thereof in writing will be served upon the Contractor and its
sureties, and should the Contractor neglect or refuse to provide means for a
satisfactory compliance with the Contract, as directed by the City Engineer, within
the time specified in such notice, the City shall have the authority to terminate
the operation of the Contract.
Upon such termination, the Contractor shall discontinue the Work, or such parts
of it as the City may designate. Upon such termination, the Contractor's control
shall terminate and thereupon the City or its fully authorized representative may
take possession of all or any part of the Contractor's materials, tools, equipment,
and appliances upon the premises and use the same for the purposes of
completing the Work and hire such force and buy or rent such additional
machinery, tools, appliances, and equipment, and buy such additional materials
and supplies at the Contractor's expense as may be necessary for the proper
conduct of the Work and for the completion thereof; or the City may employ other
parties to carry the Contract to completion, employ the necessary workers,
substitute other machinery or materials and purchase the materials contracted
for, in such manner as the City may deem proper; or the City may annul and
cancel the Contract and relet the Work or any part thereof. Any excess of cost
arising there from over and above the Contract price will be charged against the
Contractor and its sureties, who will be liable therefore.
In the event of such termination, all monies due the Contractor or retained under
the terms of this Contract shall be held by the City in an escrow account;
however, such holdings will not release the Contractor or its sureties from liability
for failure to fulfill the Contract. Any excess cost over and above the Contract
Amount incurred by the City arising from the termination of the operations of the
Contract and the completion of the Work by the City as above provided shall be
paid for by any available funds in the escrow account. The Contractor will be so
credited with any surplus remaining after all just claims for such completion have
been paid.
7.0 CHANGES IN THE SCOPE OF WORK
7.1 Change Orders
7.1.1 Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to sureties or
insurers, the City, through the City Engineer, may at any time or from time to
time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work; these will be authorized
by Field Directive, Field Order, or Change Order. A Change Order will not be
issued for a Field Directive unless the City Engineer concurs with an appeal by the
Contractor that such Field Directive is a change in the scope of the Contract. The
Contractor shall comply promptly with the requirements for all Change Orders,
Field Orders, or Field Directives. The work involved in Change Orders shall be
executed under the applicable conditions and requirements of the Contract
Documents. If any Field Order causes an increase or decrease in the Contract
Amount or an extension or shortening of the Contract Time, an equitable
adjustment will be made by issuing a Change Order. If the Contractor accepts a
Change Order that does not include a time extension, the Contractor waives any
claim for additional time for the work covered by that Change Order.
Additional or extra work performed by the Contractor without written
authorization of a Field Order or Change Order will not entitle the Contractor to
an increase in the Contract Amount or an extension of the Contract Time.
7.1.2 Extra work shall be that work not shown or detailed on the Contract
Drawings and not specified. Such work shall be governed by all applicable
provisions of the Contract Documents. In giving instructions, the City Engineer
shall have authority to make minor changes in the work, not involving extra cost,
and not inconsistent with the purposes of the work; but otherwise, except in an
emergency endangering life or property, no extra work or change shall be made
unless in pursuance of a written order by the City through the City Engineer, and
no claim for an addition to the total amount of the Contract shall be valid unless
so ordered.
7.1.3 In case any change increases or decreases the work shown, the Contractor
shall be paid for the work actually done at a mutually agreed upon adjustment to
the Contract price, based upon the provisions of Paragraph 1400-8.0 PROJECT
MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
7.1.4 If the Contractor refuses to accept a Change Order, the City may issue it
unilaterally. The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the Change
Order. The City shall provide for an equitable adjustment to the Contract and
compensate the Contractor accordingly. If the Contractor does not agree that
the adjustment is equitable, it may submit a claim in accordance with Paragraph
1400-7.3.2, Claims.
7.2 Differing Site Conditions
Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 7104, the Contractor shall promptly,
and before such conditions are disturbed, notify the City Engineer in writing, of
any:
a. Material that the Contractor believes may be material that is hazardous
waste, as defined in Section 25117 of the Health and Safety Code that is
required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in
accordance with provisions of existing law.
b. Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those
indicated.
c. Unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual nature, differing
materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as
inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract.
The City shall promptly, investigate the conditions, and if it finds that the
conditions do materially differ, or do involve hazardous waste, and cause a
decrease or increase in the Contractor's cost of, or the time required for,
performance of any part of the work the City shall cause to be issued a change
order under the procedures provided in Paragraph 1400-7.1, Change Orders.
In the event that a dispute arises between the City and the Contractor whether
the conditions materially differ, or involve hazardous waste, or cause a decrease
or increase in the Contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of any
part of the work, the Contractor shall not be excused from any scheduled
completion date provided for by the Contract, but shall proceed with all work to
be performed under the Contract. The Contractor shall retain any and all rights
provided either by Contract or by law which pertain to the resolution of disputes
and protests between the contracting parties, Paragraph 1400-7.3, Resolution
of Disputes.
No claim of the Contractor under this clause shall be allowed unless the
Contractor has given the notice required.
7.3 Resolution of Disputes
7.3.1 Contract Interpretation by the City Engineer - Questions
regarding the meaning and intent of the Contract Documents shall be
referred in writing by the Contractor to the City Engineer. The City Engineer
shall respond to the Contractor in writing with a decision.
7.3.2 Claims - Submission of a claim, properly certified, with all required
supporting documentation, and written rejection or denial of all or part of
the claim by the City, is a condition precedent to any action, proceeding,
litigation, suit or demand for arbitration by the Contractor.
7.3.2.1 Notice - If the Contractor disagrees with the City Engineer's decision
in Paragraph 1400-7.3.1, Contract Interpretation by the City Engineer,
or in any case where the Contractor deems additional compensation or a
time extension to the Contract period is due him for work or materials not
covered in the Contract or which the City Engineer has not recognized as
extra work, the Contractor shall notify the City Engineer, in writing, of his
intention to make claim. Claims pertaining to decisions provided in
Paragraph 1400-7.3.1 shall be filed in writing to the City Engineer within
five (5) days of receipt of such decision. All other claims notices for extra
work shall be filed in writing to the City Engineer prior to the commencement
of such work. Written notice shall use the words "Notice of Potential Claim".
Such Notice of Potential Claim shall state the circumstances and the reasons
for the claim but need not state the amount. Additionally, no claim for
additional compensation or extension of time for a delay will be considered
unless the provisions of Paragraphs 1400-6.3, Delays, and 6.4, Time
Extensions, are complied with. No claim filed after the date of final
payment will be considered.
It is agreed that unless notice is properly given, the Contractor shall not
recover costs incurred by him as a result of the alleged extra work, changed
work or other situation which had proper notice been given would have given
rise to a right for additional compensation.
The Contractor should understand that timely notice of potential claim is of
great importance to the City and is not merely a formality. Such notice
allows the City to consider preventative action, to monitor the Contractor's
increased costs resulting from the situation, to marshal facts, and to plan
its affairs. Such notice by the Contractor, and the fact that the City Engineer
has kept account of the cost as aforesaid, shall not in any way be construed
as proving the validity of the claim.
7.3.2.2 Submission of claim costs - Within 30 days after the last cost of
work for which the Contractor contends additional compensation is due, but
if costs are incurred over a span of more than 30 days, then within 15 days
after the thirtieth day and every month thereafter, the Contractor shall
submit to the City Engineer the costs incurred for the claimed matter.
Claims shall be made in itemized detail satisfactory to the City Engineer in
content, detail and format of presentation. If the additional costs are in any
respect not knowable with certainty, they shall be estimated. If the claim
is found to be just, it shall be allowed and paid for as provided in Section
1400-8.0, PROJECT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES.
7.3.2.3 Affidavit required - All claims submitted to the City shall be
accompanied with a type written affidavit containing the following language;
it must be signed, dated, and notarized on the Contractor's letterhead:
I, (must be an officer) , being the (title) of (contractor's name)
, declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the state of
California, and do personally certify and attest that: I have thoroughly
reviewed the attached claim for additional compensation and/or
extension of time, and know its contents, and said claim is made in good
faith; the supporting data is truthful and accurate; the amount
requested accurately reflects the contract adjustment for which the
contractor believes the City of La Quinta is liable; and further, that I am
familiar with California Penal Code Section 72 and California
Government Code Section 12560, Et Seq, pertaining to false claims, and
further know and understand that submission or certification of a false
claim may lead to fines, imprisonment and/or other severe legal
consequences.
7.3.2.4 Claim meetings - From time to time the City Engineer may call special
meetings to discuss outstanding claims. The Contractor shall cooperate and
attend, prepared to discuss outstanding claims, making available the
personnel necessary for claim resolution, and providing documents
reasonably requested by the City Engineer.
7.3.3 Resolution of Claims - For all contracts awarded during the effective
dates of Public Contract Code Section 20104, where claims cannot be
resolved between the parties, claims for three hundred and seventy-five
thousand dollars ($375,000) or less shall be resolved pursuant to the
provisions of that code section, which is summarized in Paragraphs 1400-
7.3.3.1 to 1400-7.3.3.5. For claims greater than three hundred and
seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000) Paragraphs 1400-7.3.3.2 to
1400-7.3.3.4 are applicable; however, Paragraph 1400-7.3.3.5, Civil
Actions for claims less than $375,000, is not applicable.
7.3.3.1 Claims Less Than $50,000
a. For claims of less than fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), the City Engineer
shall respond in writing to written claims within 45 days of receipt of the
claim in Paragraph 1400-7.3.2, Claims, or may request, in writing, within
30 days of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the
claim or relating to defenses or claims the City may have against the
Contractor.
b. If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and
provided pursuant to this section, upon mutual agreement of the City and
the Contractor.
c. The City Engineer's written response to the claim, as further documented,
shall be submitted to the Contractor within 15 days after receipt of the
further documentation or within a period of time no greater than that taken
by the Contractor in producing the additional information, whichever is
greater.
7.3.3.2 Claims Greater Than $50,000
a.For claims of over fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), the City Engineer shall
respond in writing to all written claims within 60 days of receipt of the claim
in Paragraph 1400-7.3.2, Claims, or may request, in writing, within 30 days
of receipt of the claim, any additional documentation supporting the claim
or relating to defenses or claims the City may have against the Contractor.
b.If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and
provided pursuant to this paragraph, upon mutual agreement of the City
and the Contractor.
c.The City Engineer's written response to the claim, as further documented,
shall be submitted to the Contractor within 30 days after receipt of the
further documentation, or within a period of time no greater than that taken
by the Contractor in producing the additional information or requested
documentation, whichever is greater.
7.3.3.3 Claim Conference - If the Contractor disputes the City Engineer's written
response, or if the City Engineer fails to respond within the time prescribed,
the Contractor may so notify the City, in writing, either within 15 days of
receipt of the City Engineer's response or within 15 days of the City
Engineer's failure to respond within the time prescribed, respectively, and
demand an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the
issues in dispute. Upon a demand, the City shall schedule a meet and
conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute.
7.3.3.4 Claim Filing - If the claim or any portion remains in dispute after the claim
conference noted in Paragraph 1400-7.3.3.4, Claim Conference, the
Contractor may file a claim pursuant to Chapter 1 (commencing with Section
900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6
of Title 1 of the Government Code. For purposes of those provisions, the
running of the period of time within which a claim must be filed shall be
tolled from the time the Contractor submits his or her written claim pursuant
to Paragraph 1400-7.3.2, Claims, until the time the claim is denied,
including any period of time utilized in the meet and confer process.
7.3.3.5 Civil Actions for Claims Less Than $375,000 - The following procedures
are established for all civil actions filed to resolve claims for less than three
hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000):
a. Within 60 days, but no earlier than 30 days, following the filing or responsive
pleading, the court shall submit the matter to non-binding mediation unless
waived by mutual stipulation of both parties. The mediation process shall
provide for the selection within 15 days by both parties of a disinterested
third person as mediator, shall be commenced within 30 days of the
submittal, and shall be concluded within 15 days from the commencement
of the mediation unless a time requirement is extended upon a good cause
showing to the court.
b. If the matter remains in dispute, the case shall be submitted to judicial
arbitration pursuant to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) of
Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, notwithstanding Section
1141.11 of that Code. The Civil Discovery Act of 1986 (Article 3
(commencing with Section 2016) of Chapter 3 of Title 3 of Part 4 of the Code
of Civil Procedure) shall apply to any proceeding brought under this
subdivision consistent with the rules pertaining to judicial arbitration.
c. In addition to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) of Title 3 of
Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, (A) arbitrators shall, when possible,
be experienced in construction law, and (B) any party appealing an
arbitration award who does not obtain a more favorable judgement shall, in
addition to payment of costs and fees under the chapter, also pay the
attorney's fees on appeal of the other party.
7.3.3.6 Unresolved Issues - Unless this Contract provides otherwise, all claims,
counterclaims, disputes, and other matters in question between the City and
the Contractor that are not resolved between the City and the Contractor
and are not governed by Public Contract Code 20104 shall be decided by a
court of competent jurisdiction. Arbitration shall not be used for resolution
of these disputes.
Should either party to this Contract bring legal action against the other, the
case shall be handled in the California county where the work is being
performed.
7.3.4 Records of Disputed Work - In proceeding with a disputed portion of the
Work, the Contractor shall keep accurate records of its costs and shall make
available, to the City Engineer, a daily summary of the hours and
classification of equipment and labor utilized on the disputed work, as well
as a summary of any materials or any specialized services which are used.
Such information shall be submitted to the City Engineer on a monthly basis,
receipt of which shall not be construed as an authorization for or acceptance
of the disputed work.
8.0 PROJECT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
8.1 Changes in Contract Price
Whenever corrections, alterations, or modifications of the work under this
Contract are ordered by the City Engineer and approved by the City and increase
the amount of work to be done, such added work shall be known as extra work;
and when such corrections, alterations, or modifications decrease the amount of
work to be done, such subtracted work shall be known as work omitted.
The difference in cost of the work affected by such change will be added to or
deducted from the amount of said Contract price, as the case may be, by a fair
and reasonable valuation, which shall be determined in one or more of the
following ways as directed by the City Engineer:
a. By unit prices subsequently fixed by agreement between the parties;
b. By an acceptable lump sum proposal from the Contractor; or
c. By Force Account (as described in Paragraph 1400-8.3, Force Account
Payment), when directed in writing and administered by the City through
its agents.
When required by the City Engineer, the Contractor shall submit, in the form
prescribed by the City Engineer, an itemized breakdown with supporting data of
the quantities and prices used in computing the value of any change that may be
ordered.
The City Engineer will review the Contractor's proposal for the change and
negotiate an equitable adjustment with the Contractor. After there is an
agreement the City Engineer will prepare and process the Change Order and
make a recommendation for action by the City. All Change Orders must be
approved by the City in writing before the work can be authorized and the Change
Order executed.
The prices agreed upon and any agreed upon adjustment in Contract Time shall
be incorporated in the written order issued by the City, which shall be written so
as to indicate an acceptance on the part of the Contractor as evidenced by its
signature. By signature of the Change Order, the Contractor acknowledges that
the adjustments to cost and time contained in the Change Order are in full
satisfaction and accord, payment in full, and so waives any right to claim further
cost and time impacts at any time during and after completion of the Contract
for the changes encompassed by the Change Order.
8.2 Negotiated Change Orders
Under the methods described in Paragraph 1400-8.1b and 8.1c above, the
Contractor shall submit substantiating documentation with an itemized
breakdown of Contractor and subcontractor direct costs, including labor, material,
equipment rentals, and approved services, pertaining to such ordered work in the
form and detail acceptable to the City Engineer. The direct costs shall include
only the payroll cost for workers and foremen, including wages, fringe benefits
as established by negotiated labor agreements or state prevailing wages,
workers' compensation and labor insurance, and labor taxes as established by
law. No other fixed labor burdens will be considered, unless approved in writing
by the City Engineer; the cost of materials used and equipment delivered and
installed in such work as substantiated by appropriate documents; the cost of
construction machinery and equipment based on fair rental or ownership values
acceptable to the City Engineer as described in Paragraph 1400-8.3, Force
Account Payment; and the cost of incidentals directly related to such work. The
direct costs shall not include any labor or office costs pertaining to the
Contractor's managers or superintendents, his office and engineering staff and
office facilities, or anyone not directly employed on such work, nor the cost of
rental of small tools as all such indirect costs form a part of the Contractor's
overhead expense.
Under the method described in Paragraph 1400-8.1b and 8.1c the maximum
percentage which will be allowed for the Contractor's combined overhead and
profit will be:
a. For work by its own organization, the Contractor may add the following
percentages:
• Direct Labor 25 percent
• Materials 15 percent
• Equipment (owned or rented) 15 percent
b. For all such work done by subcontractors, such subcontractor may add the
same percentages as the Contractor as listed in (1) above to its actual net
increase in costs for combined overhead and profit and the Contractor may
add up to ten (10) percent of the subcontractor's total for its combined
overhead and profit.
c. For all such work done by subtier-subcontractors, such sub-subcontractors
may add the same percentages as the Contractor as listed in (1) above to
its actual net increase in costs for combined overhead and profit and the
subcontractor may add up to ten (10) percent of the sub-subcontractor's
total for his combined overhead and profit. The Contractor may add up to
five (5) percent of the subcontractor's total for its combined overhead and
profit.
d. To the total of the actual costs and fees allowed hereinunder, not more than
two (2) percent shall be added for additional bond and insurance other than
labor insurance.
The above fees represent the maximum limits which will be allowed, and they
include the Contractor's and all subcontractors' indirect home office expenses and
all costs for cost proposal preparation.
When both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the combined
overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of the net increase, if any, for
each area of work, i.e. direct labor, materials, equipment, and subcontractors.
The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the City for any such
change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual
net decrease and a credit in accordance with the markups allowed under the use
of the method described in Paragraph 1400-8.3, Force Account Payment. The
Contractor shall not claim for anticipated profits on work that may be omitted.
8.3 Force Account Payment
If either the amount of work or payment for a Change Order cannot be
determined or agreed upon beforehand, the City may direct by written Change
Order or Field Order that the work be done on a force account basis. The term
"force account" shall be understood to mean that payment for the work will be
done on a time and expense basis, that is, on an accounting of the Contractor's
forces, materials, equipment, and other items of cost as required and used to do
the work. For the work performed, payment will be made for the documented
actual cost of the following:
a. Direct labor cost for workers, including foremen, who are directly assigned
to the force account work: Direct labor cost is the actual payroll cost,
including wages, fringe benefits as established by negotiated labor
agreements or state prevailing wages, workers' compensation and labor
insurance, and labor taxes as established by law. No other fixed labor
burdens will be considered, unless approved in writing by the City.
b. Material delivered and used on the designated work, including sales tax, if
paid for by the Contractor or its subcontractor.
c. Equipment rental, including necessary transportation for items having a
value in excess of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00).
d. Additional bond.
e. Additional insurance, other than labor insurance.
To the preceding costs, there shall be added the following fees for the Contractor,
subcontractor, or sub-subcontractor actually performing the work:
• A fixed fee not to exceed fifteen (15) percent of the costs of Items a, b, and
c above.
• To the total of the actual costs and fees allowed hereunder, not more than
two (2) percent shall be added for additional bond and insurance as the
cost of Items d and e above.
For work performed by an approved subcontractor, the Contractor may add to
the total of the actual costs and fixed fees allowed under the preceding paragraph
an additional fixed fee of five (5) percent of said total. No further compensation
will be allowed for the Contractor's administration of the work performed by the
subcontractor.
For work performed by a sub tier-subcontractor, the subcontractor may add to
the total of the actual costs and fixed fees allowed under the preceding paragraph
an additional fixed fee of five (5) percent of said total. No further compensation
will be allowed for the subcontractor's administration of the work performed by
the sub tier-subcontractor. The Contractor may add to the total of the actual
costs and fixed fees allowed under this paragraph an additional fixed fee of five
(5) percent of said total. No further compensation will be allowed for the
Contractor's administration of the work performed by the subcontractor.
The added fixed fees shall be considered to be full compensation, covering the
cost of general supervision, overhead, profit, and any other general expense.
The above fixed fees represent the maximum limits which will be allowed, and
they include the Contractor's and all subcontractors' indirect home office
expenses and all costs for cost proposal preparation and record keeping.
The City reserves the right to furnish such materials and equipment as it deems
expedient, and the Contractor shall have no claim for profit or added fees on the
cost of such materials and equipment.
For equipment under Item c above, rental or equivalent rental cost will be allowed
for only those days or hours during which the equipment is in actual use.
Payment shall be based on actual rental and transportation invoices but shall not
exceed the monthly rate in the Rental Rate Blue Book. Owner-operated
equipment rates shall not exceed the monthly rate in the Rental Rate Blue Book
plus the labor costs as provided in Item a. above. The rental cost allowed for
equipment will, in all cases, be understood to cover all fuel, supplies, repairs,
ownership, and incidental costs and no further allowances will be made for those
items, unless specific agreement to that effect is made. For Contractor owned
equipment, the rental rate shall be as listed for such equipment in the California
Department of Transportation publication entitled "Labor Surcharge and
Equipment Rental Rates", which is in effect on the date the work is accomplished.
When equipment is not listed in said publication, a suitable rental rate for such
equipment will be established by the City Engineer.
Prior to the commencement of force account work, the Contractor shall notify the
City Engineer of its intent to begin work. Labor, equipment and materials
furnished on force account work shall be recorded daily by the Contractor upon
report sheets furnished by the City Engineer to the Contractor. The reports, if
found to be correct, shall be signed by both the Contractor and City Engineer, or
inspector, and a copy of which shall be furnished to the City Engineer no later
than the working day following the performance of said work. The daily report
sheet shall thereafter be considered the true record of force account work
provided.
The Contractor shall maintain its records in such a manner as to provide a clear
distinction between the direct costs of work paid for on a force account basis and
the costs of other operations.
To receive partial payments and final payment for force account work, the
Contractor shall submit, in a manner approved by the City Engineer, detailed and
complete documented verification of the Contractor's and any of its
subcontractor's actual costs involved in the force account pursuant to the
pertinent Change Order or Field Order. Such costs shall be submitted within
thirty (30) days after said work has been performed. No payments will be made
for work billed and submitted to the City Engineer after the thirty (30) day period
has expired.
The force account invoice shall itemize the materials used and shall cover the
direct costs of labor and the charges for equipment rental, whether furnished by
the Contractor, subcontractor, or other forces. The invoice shall be in a form
acceptable to the City Engineer and shall provide names or identifications and
classifications of workers, the hourly rate of pay and hours worked, and also the
size, type, and identification number of equipment and hours operated. Material
charges shall be substantiated by valid copies of vendor's invoices.
When both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the combined
overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of the net increase, if any. The
amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the City for any such change
which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net
decrease and a credit in accordance with the markups allowed under the use of
the method described in this Paragraph. The Contractor shall not claim for
anticipated profits on work that may be omitted.
8.4 Time Extensions for Change Orders
If the Contractor requests a time extension for the extra work necessitated by a
proposed Change Order, the request must comply with the applicable
requirements within Section 2000, Special Provisions, Paragraph 4.3 Time
Impact Analysis.
9.0 PAYMENT
9.1 Scope of Payment
9.1.1 General - The Contractor shall accept the compensation, as herein
provided, as full payment for furnishing all labor, materials, tools,
equipment, and incidentals necessary for completing the Work according to
the Contract Documents, and no additional compensation will be allowed
therefor. Neither the payment of any partial payment estimate nor of any
retained percentage shall relieve the Contractor of any obligation to make
good any defective work or material.
9.1.2 Payment for Patents and Patent Infringement - All fees or claims
for any patented invention, article, or arrangement that may be used upon,
or in, any manner connected with the performance of the work or any part
thereof shall be included in the price bid for doing the work, and the
Contractor and its sureties shall defend, protect, and hold the City, its
consultants, the City Engineer, together with all their officers, agents, and
employees harmless against liability of any nature or kind for any and all
costs, legal expenses, and damages made for such fees or claims and
against any and all suits and claims brought or made by the holder of any
invention or patent, or on account of any patented or unpatented invention,
process, article, or appliance manufactured for or used in the performance
of the Contract, including its use by the City, unless otherwise specifically
stipulated in the Contract. Before final payment is made on the Contract,
the Contractor shall furnish an affidavit to the City regarding patent rights
for the project. The affidavit shall state that all fees and payments due as
a result of the work incorporated into the project or methods utilized during
construction have been paid in full. The Contractor shall certify in the
affidavit that no other fees or claims exist for work in this project.
9.1.3 Payment of Taxes - The Contractor shall pay and shall assume
exclusive liability for all taxes levied or assessed on or in connection with
the Contractor's performance of this Contract, including, but not limited to,
State and local sales and use taxes, Federal and State payroll taxes or
assessments, and excise taxes, and no separate allowance will be made
therefor, and all costs in connection therewith shall be included in the total
amount of the Contract price.
9.1.4 Payment for Labor and Materials - The Contractor shall pay and
require its subcontractors to pay any and all accounts for labor including
worker's compensation premiums, state unemployment and federal social
security payments and other wage and salary deductions required by law.
The Contractor also shall pay and cause its subcontractors to pay any and
all accounts for services, equipment, and materials used by the Contractor
and its subcontractors during the performance of work under this Contract.
Such accounts shall be paid as they become due and payable. If requested
by the City, the Contractor shall furnish proof of payment of such accounts
to the City.
9.2 Partial Payments
In consideration of the faithful performance of the work prosecuted in accordance
with the provisions of these Specifications and the Contract, the City will pay the
Contractor for all such work installed on the basis of percentage completion.
Payments will be made by the City to the Contractor on estimates duly certified
and approved by the City Engineer, based on the value of equipment installed
and tested, labor and materials incorporated into said permanent work by the
Contractor during the preceding month. Payments will not be made for
temporary construction unless specifically provided for in the Contract
Documents.
Partial payments will be made monthly based on work accomplished as of a day
mutually agreed to by the City and the Contractor.
The Contractor shall submit his estimate of the work completed during the prior
month and the work completed to date in a format corresponding to the accepted
cost breakdown. The City Engineer shall review the submitted estimate, and
upon approval, the Contractor may submit a detailed invoice for those amounts
approved by the City Engineer.
If requested, the Contractor shall provide such additional data as may be
reasonably required to support the partial payment request. If the City Engineer
does not agree with the Contractor's estimate of amount earned, the partial
payment request will be returned for revision. The City Engineer will be available
to meet to discuss the partial payment request prior to its re-submittal. When
the Contractor's estimate of amount earned conforms with the City Engineer's
evaluation, the City Engineer will calculate the amount due the Contractor,
prepare the progress payment request for signature by the Contractor, and
submit the recommended progress payment request for the City's approval and
processing.
Payment will be made by the City to the Contractor in accordance with City's
normal accounts payable procedures; the City shall retain amounts in accordance
with Paragraph 1400-9.4, Right to Withhold Amounts.
No such estimate or payment shall be required to be made, when in the
judgement of the City Engineer, the Work is not proceeding in accordance with
the provisions of the Contract, or when in the City Engineer's judgement, the
total value of the Work done since the last estimate amounts to less than One
Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00).
9.3 Partial Payments - Inclusion of Materials on Hand
No payment will be made for materials delivered to the site that are not yet
incorporated into the work.
9.4 Right to Withhold Amounts
9.4.1 Retention - The City will deduct from each partial payment and retain
as part security, five (5) percent of the amount earned until the final
payment.
Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300, for monies earned by the
Contractor and withheld by the City to ensure the performance of the
Contract, the Contractor, may, at his or her option, choose to substitute
securities meeting the requirements of said Section 22300. In the event the
Contractor desires to choose this option, the Contractor shall enter into an
escrow agreement with the City, and the escrow agent, a qualified bank to
be chosen by City, in the form of the contract included in the project
specifications. The costs of such escrow shall be paid by the Contractor.
The securities to be deposited in said escrow account shall be equivalent, in
fair market value, to the amount to be withheld as performance retention.
The securities shall be held in accordance with the provisions of Public
Contract Code Section 22300, and the implementing contract.
Contractor shall have the obligation of ensuring that such securities
deposited are sufficient so as to maintain, in total fair market value, an
amount equal to the cash amount of the sums to be withheld under the
Contract. If, upon written notice from the City, or from the appropriate
escrow agent, indicating that the fair market value of the securities has
dropped below the dollar amount of monies to be withheld by the City to
ensure performance, Contractor shall, within five days of the date of such
notice, post additional securities as necessary to ensure that the total fair
market value of all such securities held by the City, or in escrow, is
equivalent to the amount of money to be withheld by the City under the
Contract.
Any Contractor that desires to exercise this option shall give notice in writing
to City and shall thereafter execute the escrow agreement form provided in
Appendix A of these Specifications.
9.4.2 Other Withholds - In addition to the amount which the City may
otherwise retain under the Contract, the City may withhold a sufficient
amount or amounts of any payment or payments otherwise due the
Contractor, as in its judgement may be necessary to cover:
a. Payments which may be past due and payable for just claims against the
Contractor or any subcontractor for labor or materials furnished for the
performance of this Contract.
b. For defective work not remedied.
c. For failure of the Contractor to make proper payments to its subcontractors
or suppliers.
d. A reasonable doubt that the Contract can be completed for the balance then
unpaid.
e. Damage to another Contractor or third party, or to property.
f. Failure of the Contractor to keep its work progressing in accordance with its
progress schedule or maintaining current "As-Built" record drawings.
g. The City's costs for the Contractor's failure to complete within the allowed
time.
h. Cost of insurance arranged by the City due to cancellation or reduction of
the Contractor's insurance.
i. Failure of the Contractor to make proper submissions, as herein specified.
j. Failure to submit, revise, resubmit, or otherwise conform to the
requirements herein for preparing and maintaining a construction schedule.
k. Payments due the City from the Contractor.
l. Reduction of Contract Amount because of modifications.
m. The Contractor's neglect or unsatisfactory prosecution of the work including
failure to clean up.
n. Provisions of law that enable or require the City to withhold such payments
in whole or in part.
When the above reasons for withhold amounts are removed, payment may be
made to the Contractor for amounts withheld. The City in its discretion may apply
any withheld amount or amounts to the payment of valid claims. In so doing,
the City shall be deemed the agent of the Contractor, and any payment so made
by the City shall be considered as a payment made under the Contract by the
City to the Contractor, and the City shall not be liable to the Contractor for such
payment made in good faith. Such payments may be made without prior judicial
determination of the claim or claims. The City will render to the Contractor a
proper accounting of such funds disbursed in behalf of the Contractor.
9.5 Substantial Completion
When the Contractor considers that the Work is substantially complete, the
Contractor shall notify the City Engineer in writing. Upon receipt of the
notification, the City and/or its authorized representatives will make inspection,
to determine if the Work is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract
Documents so the City can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. If
items are found which prevent such use or occupancy, the City Engineer shall
notify the Contractor in writing of such items.
Upon the completion of such corrective work, the Contractor shall so notify the
City Engineer in writing. The City Engineer shall inspect the Work to determine
its acceptability for Substantial Completion and for determination of other items
which do not meet the terms of the Contract. Upon verification that the project
is substantially complete the City Engineer shall prepare a Certificate of
Substantial Completion. The Certificate shall establish the date of Substantial
Completion and the responsibilities of the City and Contractor for security,
maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and shall fix the
time, not to exceed 60 days, within which the Contractor shall finish all items on
the punch list accompanying the Certificate. When the preceding provisions have
been approved by both the City and the Contractor, they shall sign the Certificate
to acknowledge their written acceptance of the responsibilities assigned to them
in such Certificate.
By such acknowledgment, the Contractor agrees to pay the City's actual costs
including, but not limited to, charges for engineering, inspection and
administration incurred due to the failure to complete the punch list within the
time period provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion.
9.6 Final Inspection and Payment
Upon completion of the Work, and upon completion of final cleaning, the
Contractor shall so notify the City Engineer in writing. Upon receipt of the
notification, the City and/or its authorized representatives, will make the final
inspection, to determine the actual status of the Work in accordance with the
terms of the Contract. If materials, equipment, or workmanship are found which
do not meet the terms of the Contract, the City Engineer shall prepare a punch
list of such items and submit it to the Contractor.
Following completion of the corrective work by the Contractor, the City Engineer
shall notify the City that the Work has been completed in accordance with the
Contract. Final determination of the acceptability of the Work shall be made by
the City. After completion of the work, but prior to its acceptance by the City,
the last partial payment will be made to the Contractor in accordance with
Paragraph 1400-9.2, Partial Payments.
After receipt of the last partial payment, but prior to acceptance of the Work by
the City, the Contractor shall send a letter to the City Engineer. The letter,
pursuant to California Public Contract Code Section 7100, shall state that
acceptance of the final payment described below shall operate as and shall be, a
release to the City, its consultants, the City Engineer, and their duly authorized
agents, from all claim of and/or liability to the Contract arising by virtue of the
Contract related to those amounts. Disputed Contract claims in stated amounts
previously filed as provided in Paragraph 1400-7.3.2, Claims, may be specifically
excluded by the Contractor from the operation of the release. Following receipt
of all required Submittals and the City Engineer's written statement that
construction is complete and recommendation that the City accept the project,
the City will take formal action on acceptance.
Within ten (10) days of the acceptance by the City of the completed work
embraced in the Contract, the City will cause to be recorded in the office of the
County Recorder a Notice of Completion.
After thirty-five (35) days after recording Notice of Completion of the work
involved in the Contract, the City will pay the Contractor in lawful money such
sums of money as may be due the Contractor including all sums retained but
excluding such sums as have previously been paid the Contractor. This payment
will constitute the final payment to the Contractor under this Contract.
9.7 Warranty of Title
No material, supplies, or equipment for the work under this Contract shall be
purchased subject to any chattel mortgage, security agreement, or under a
conditional sale or other agreement by which an interest therein or any part
thereof is retained by the seller or supplier. The Contractor warrants good title
to all material, supplies, and equipment installed or incorporated in the work and
agrees upon completion of all work to deliver the premises, together with all
improvements and appurtenances constructed or placed thereon by the
Contractor, free from any claim, liens, security interest, or charges, and further
agrees that neither the Contractor nor any person, firm, or corporation furnishing
any materials or labor for any work covered by this Contract shall have any right
to a lien upon the premises or any improvement or appurtenances thereon.
SECTION 1500
SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS
1.0 CITY ENGINEER
The City Engineer for the City of La Quinta is:
Bryan McKinney, P.E.
Public Works Director/City Engineer
78-495 Calle Tampico
La Quinta, CA 92253
Phone: (760) 777-7045
2.0 CONSULTANTS
2.1 Materials Testing
Materials testing for this project will be provided by the City. The City inspector will
notify the Contractor when materials will be tested. However, testing may be random
as determined by City.
2.2 Survey
Not applicable. If survey is needed for this project it will be provided by the City.
The Contractor's requests for surveying shall be made to the Engineer a minimum of
forty-eight (48) hours prior to the time requested for said work. All requests for survey
work shall be approved by the City prior to issue of survey request.
If construction staking is provided and subsequently removed whether accidentally
or otherwise, or the contractor desires additional staking from the above sets, the
Contractor will be charged for re-staking at a fee of $245.00 per hour (4-hour
minimum).
3.0 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
11. It is agreed by the parties to the Contract that time is of the essence;
and that in the case all work is not completed before or upon the expiration
of the time limit set forth within Section 1300 Contract; Subsection 4,
damage will be sustained by the City and it is, therefore, agreed that the
Contractor will pay to the City an amount of $1,500 per work day minimum
AND/OR per the Caltrans LAPM calculation:
http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/LocalPrograms/lpp/98-09/LPP04-09.pdf
(pages 5-6). The damages described above will be deducted from any
money due the Contractor under this Contract; the Contractor and his
sureties shall be liable for any such excess cost.
12. The Contractor shall not be deemed in breach of its Contract and no
forfeiture due to delay shall be made because of any delays in the completion
of the work due to unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the
fault or negligence of the Contractor, provided the Contractor requests an
extension of time in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3
of the Standard Specifications. Unforeseeable causes of delay beyond the
control of the Contractor shall include acts of God, acts of a public enemy,
acts of the government, or acts of another contractor in the performance of
a contract with the City, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions,
strikes, freight embargoes, weather, or delays caused by failure of the City
or the owner of a utility to provide for removal or relocation of existing utility
facilities. Delays caused by actions or neglect of the Contractor, its agents,
employees, officers, subcontractors, or suppliers shall not be excusable.
Excusable delays (those beyond Contractor's control) shall not entitle the
Contractor to any additional compensation. The sole remedy of the
Contractor shall be to seek an extension of contract time.
4.0 SUBMITTALS
1. Definitions
A. Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples: Instruments prepared
and submitted by Contractor, for Contractor’s benefit, to
communicate to Engineer the Contractor’s understanding of the
design intent, for review and comment by Engineer on the
conformance of the submitted information to the general intent of
the design. Shop drawings, product data and samples are not
Contract Documents.
B. Shop Drawings: Drawings, diagrams, schedules and illustrations,
with related notes, specially prepared for the Work of the Contract,
to illustrate a portion of the Work.
C. Product Data: Standard published information (“catalog cuts”) and
specially prepared data for the Work of the Contract, including
standard illustrations, schedules, brochures, diagrams,
performance charts, instructions and other information to illustrate
a portion of the Work.
D. Samples: Physical examples that demonstrate the materials,
finishes, features, workmanship and other characteristics of a
portion of the Work. Accepted samples shall serve as quality basis
for evaluating the Work.
E. Other Submittals: Technical data, test reports, calculations,
surveys, certifications, special warranties and guarantees,
operation and maintenance data, extra stock and other submitted
information and products shall also not be considered to Contract
Documents but shall be information from Contractor to Engineer
to illustrate a potion of the Work for confirmation of understanding
of design intent.
2. Review of Submittals
A. Submittals shall be a communication aid between Contractor and
the Engineer by which interpretation of Contract Documents
requirements may be confirmed in advance of construction.
1. Reviews by Engineer and other design professionals shall be
only for general conformance with the design concept of the
Project and general compliance with the Drawings and
Specifications.
2. Engineer will review submittals as originally submitted and
the first resubmission. Costs for additional reviews shall be
reimbursed by Contractor to Owner by deductive Change
Order.
3. All submittals shall be approved by the Engineer and/or City
prior to installation
3. Required Submittals (May include but are not limited to):
A. Schedule
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
SECTION 2000
DIVISION 2 - GENERAL PROJECT REQUIREMENTS
1.0 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
The "Standard Specifications" of the City of La Quinta are contained in the latest
edition of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, including all
supplements, popularly known as the Green Book, as written and promulgated by
the Joint Cooperative Committee of the Southern California Chapter of the American
Public Works Association and the Southern California District of the Associated
General Contractors of California. Copies of the Standard Specifications are available
from the publisher, Building News Inc., as follows:
Bookstore Locations: see website for Southern California locations
Website: www.bnibooks.com
The Standard Specifications shall prevail in all cases except where a Contract
Document of a higher order, as defined in Section 1400-1.2 Discrepancies and
Omissions, provides a different requirement on a given topic or topic aspect. All
language in the Standard Specifications that is not in conflict with the language in
the prevailing Contract Documents on a given topic or topic aspect shall remain in
full force and effect, unless the language in the prevailing Contract Document
specifically cites the section number in the Standard Specification and says said
provision is in lieu that Standard Specification section.
1.1 Alternative Specifications – The Standard Specifications shall apply to this
project unless specifically referenced otherwise in the Contract Documents.
Wherever “State Standard Specifications” are referenced, it shall mean the
Standard Specifications, 2010, edition, published by the State of California Department
of Transportation, and wherever the “State Standard Plans” are referenced in the
Contract Documents, it shall mean the Standard Plans, 2010, edition, published by the
State of California Department of Transportation.
The Contractor may request bound copies of these documents from Caltrans at:
California Department of Transportation
Publication Distribution Unit
1900 Royal Oaks Drive
Sacramento, CA 95815-3800
(916) 263-0822, (916) 263-0865
Or, download these documents at no cost from the Caltrans website:
http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/esc/oe/construction_contract_standards/std_specs/2010_S
tdSpecs/2010_StdSpecs.pdf
Wherever the State Standard Specifications reference, Section 4-1.03d “Extra Work,”
it shall mean Paragraph 1400-7.0 Changes in the Scope of Work of these project
Specifications.
2.0 STANDARD PLANS
The Standard Plans of the City of La Quinta adopted by the City Council on August
21, 2001, shall apply to this project unless specifically stated otherwise in the
Contract Documents.
2.1 Alternative Guidance
2.1.1 California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (CA MUTCD)
The Standard Plans shall apply to this project unless specifically referenced otherwise
in the Contract Documents. Wherever “CA MUTCD” is referenced, it shall mean the
2014 edition of the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices, published
by the State of California.
The Contractor may download these documents at no cost from the Caltrans website:
http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/traffops/engineering/mutcd/ca_mutcd2014.htm
2.1.2 California Building Code, Part 2 (CBC)
The Contractor may download these documents at no cost from the California Building
Standards Commission website:
http://www.ecodes.biz/ecodes_support/Free_Resources/2013California/13Building/
13Building_main.html
2.1.3 California Electrical Code, Part 3 (CBC)
The Contractor may download these documents at no cost from the California Building
Standards Commission website:
http://www.bsc.ca.gov/Home/Current2013Codes.aspx
3.0 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
3.1 Attendees
The City and its consultants, and the Contractor and its superintendent, invited
subcontractors, and other concerned parties shall each be represented at the
conference by persons familiar with and authorized to conclude matters relating to
the work.
3.2 Agenda
The City Engineer will prepare an agenda for discussion of significant items relative
to contract requirements, procedures, coordination and construction.
4.0 PROGRESS SCHEDULES
4.1 General
Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall provide a Construction Schedule and
Cash Flow Projection. During the course of construction, the Contractor shall provide
a Weekly Activities Plan.
4.2 Construction Schedule
4.2.1 The schedule shall be submitted within five (5) days of Notice to Proceed and
accepted by the City Engineer.
4.2.2 The Contractor shall submit the schedule based on the Critical Path Method
(CPM). The schedule shall indicate preceding activity relationships and/or restraints
where applicable and a controlling path shall be indicated. The schedule shall be time
scaled and shall be drafted to show a continuous flow from left to right. The
construction schedule shall clearly show the sequence of construction operations and
specifically list:
a. The start and completion dates of all work items.
b. The dates of submittals, procurement, delivery, installation and
completion of each major equipment and material requirement.
c. Progress milestone events or other significant stages of completion.
d. The lead time required for testing, inspection and other procedures
required prior to acceptance of the work.
Activities shall be no longer than 10 workdays, except for submittals and delivery
items. If an activity takes longer, it shall be broken into appropriate segments of
work for measurement of progress. This limitation may be waived, upon approval of
the City Engineer, for repetitious activities of longer durations for which progress can
be easily monitored.
4.2.3 Any activity that cannot be completed by its original completion date shall be
considered to be "behind schedule."
4.2.4 At not less than monthly intervals and when requested by the City Engineer,
the Contractor shall submit a revised schedule for all work remaining. If, at any time,
the City Engineer considers the project completion date to be in jeopardy because of
activities "behind schedule," the Contractor shall submit additional schedules and
diagrams indicating how the Contractor intends to accomplish the remaining work to
meet the Contract completion date.
4.2.5 All change orders, regardless of origin, shall be reflected in the schedule.
4.3 Time Impact Analysis
4.3.1 When change orders are initiated, delays are experienced, or the Contractor
desires to revise the schedule logic, the Contractor shall submit to the City Engineer
a written Time Impact Analysis illustrating the influence of each change, delay, or
Contractor request on the current contract schedule completion date.
4.4 Weekly Activities Plan
On the last working day of every week the Contractor shall submit to the City
Engineer the Contractor's Plan of Activities for the following two weeks. The Plan of
Activities shall describe the activity and location of the activity.
4.5 Cash Flow Projection
A cash flow projection shall be submitted with the Construction Schedule. This cash
flow projection shall be revised and resubmitted when revisions of the Construction
Schedule will result in changes to the projected cash flow.
4.6 Lump Sum Price Breakdown
For work to be performed for a lump sum price, the Contractor shall submit a price
breakdown to the City Engineer prior to the first payment and within twenty (20)
calendar days after award of the Contract. The price breakdown, as agreed upon by
the Contractor and the City Engineer, shall be used for preparing future estimates for
partial payments to the Contractor, and shall list the major items of work with a price
fairly apportioned to each item. Mobilization, overhead, bond, insurance, other
general costs and profit shall be prorated to each item so that the total of the prices
for all items equal the lump sum price. At the discretion of the City Engineer,
mobilization, bond and insurance costs may be provided for separately if
accompanied by invoices to verify actual expenses.
The price breakdown will be subject to the approval of the City Engineer, and upon
request, the Contractor shall substantiate the price for any or all items and provide
additional level of detail, including quantities of work. The price breakdown shall be
sufficiently detailed to permit its use by the City Engineer as one of the bases for
evaluating requests for payments. The City Engineer shall be the sole judge of the
adequacy of the price breakdown.
5.0 SPECIAL CONTROLS
The Contractor shall take all reasonable means to minimize inconvenience and injury
to the public by dust, noise, diversion of storm water, or other operations under its
control.
5.1 Dust Control
The Contractor at its expense shall take whatever steps, procedures, or means as
are required to comply with Section 3000-4.2 and prevent abnormal dust conditions
being caused by its operations in connection with the execution of the Work.
5.2 Noise Abatement
Operations shall be performed so as to minimize unnecessary noise. Special
measures shall be taken to suppress noise during night hours. Noise levels due to
construction activity shall not exceed the levels specified by local ordinance.
Internal combustion engines used on the Work shall be equipped with a muffler of a
type recommended by the manufacturer. No internal combustion engine shall be
operated without said muffler.
5.3 Working Hours
Construction operations and maintenance of equipment within one half mile of human
occupancy shall be performed only during the time periods as follows, unless
otherwise approved by the City:
Monday - Friday 8:00 AM to 5:30 P.M.
The Contractor shall be responsible for any inspection and additional administration
costs incurred by the City for work by the Contractor after the hours defined above
on weekdays, or any work on weekends or holidays recognized by the City. Such
costs shall be withheld from the succeeding monthly progress payment. Any work in
Section 3000, SPECIFIC PROJECT REQUIREMENTS, specifically required to be
performed outside the normal working hours are excluded from the provisions of this
paragraph.
5.4 Drainage Control
In all construction operations, care shall be taken not to disturb the existing drainage
pattern whenever possible. Particular care shall be taken not to direct drainage water
onto private property. Drainage water shall not be diverted to streets or drainage
ways inadequate for the increased flow. Drainage means shall be provided to protect
the Work and adjacent facilities from damage to water from the site or due to altered
drainage patterns from construction operations.
Contractor shall provide, 48 hours in advance of an significant forecast of any likely
precipitation rainfall event of 0.5 inches or more, a Rainfall Event Action Plan (REAP)
specific for that event which, when implemented, is designed to protect all expose
construction portions of the site.
Temporary provisions shall be made by the Contractor to insure the proper
functioning of gutters, storm drain inlets, drainage ditches, culverts, irrigation
ditches, and natural water courses.
5.5 Construction Cleaning
The Contractor shall, at all times, keep property on which work is in progress and the
adjacent property free from accumulations of waste material or rubbish caused by
employees or by the work. All surplus material shall be removed from the site
immediately after completion of the work causing the surplus materials. Upon
completion of the construction, the Contractor shall remove all temporary structures,
rubbish, and waste materials resulting from his operations.
5.6 Disposal of Material
The Contractor shall make arrangements for disposing of materials outside the right-
of-way and the Contractor shall pay all costs involved. The Contractor shall first
obtain permission from the property owner on whose property the disposal is to be
made and absolve the City from any and all responsibility in connection with the
disposal of material on said property. When material is disposed of as above
provided, the Contractor shall conform to all required codes pertaining to grading,
hauling, and filling of earth.
5.7 Parking and Storage Areas
All stockpiled materials and parked equipment at the job site shall be located to avoid
interference with private property and to prevent hazards to the public. Locations of
stockpiles, parking areas, and equipment storage must be approved by the City
Engineer.
6.0 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS AND
PUBLIC
The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of public and private property
at and adjacent to the Work and shall exercise due caution to avoid damage to such
property, persons, or public in general. Contractor shall install fencing, open trench
signs, cones, or other protective devices as directed by the City. Site protection shall
be to the satisfaction of the City Engineer.
The Contractor shall repair or replace all existing improvements within the
right-of-way, which are not designated for removal (e.g., electrical, lighting,
curbs, sidewalks, survey points, fences, walls, signs, utility installations,
pavements, structures, etc.) which are damaged or removed as a result of
its operations. Repairs and replacements shall be at least equal to existing
improvements and shall match them in finish and dimension.
Trees, lawns, and shrubbery that are not to be removed shall be protected from
damage or injury. If damaged or removed because of the Contractor's operations,
they shall be restored or replaced in as nearly the original conditions and location as
is reasonably possible. Lawns shall be covered with sod seeded to the applicable
season, to the satisfaction of City.
The Contractor shall give reasonable notice to occupants or owners of adjacent
property to permit them to salvage or relocate plants, trees, fences, irrigation,
sprinklers, and other improvements within the right-of-way which are designated for
removal and would be destroyed because of the work.
7.0 EXISTING UTILITIES
7.1 General
Some [All or None] existing utilities are shown on the drawings; however, the
Contractor is responsible to verify exact location of all utilities prior to the start of
construction. Pursuant to Government Code Section 4216, et. seq., the Contractor
shall notify the appropriate required notification center. The notification center for
La Quinta can be reached by contacting UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT (USA) at 1-
800-422-4133 or dial 811. USA member utilities will provide the Contractor with the
precise locations of their substructures in the construction area when the Contractor
gives at least 48 hours of notice.
7.2 Notification and Location
At least two (2) working days before performing any excavation work, the Contractor
shall request the utility owners to mark or otherwise indicate the location of their
service.
It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to determine the exact location and depth
of all utilities, including service connections, which have been marked by the
respective owners and which he believes may affect or be affected by his operations.
If no pay item is provided in the Contract for this work, full compensation for such
work shall be considered as included in the prices bid for other items of work.
The Contractor shall notify the following agencies at least 48 hours in advance of
excavating around any of their structures. The following utility companies provide
service to the La Quinta area and can be contacted via the USA telephone number or
the number list below.
1. Southern California Gas Company, (909) 335-7851
2. Imperial Irrigation District, (760) 398-5823
3. Frontier Communications, (760) 778-3621
4. Coachella Valley Water District, (760) 398-2651
5. Spectrum, (760) 674-5451
7.3 Damage and Protection
The Contractor shall immediately notify the City Engineer and utility owner of any
damage to a utility.
7.4 Utility Relocation and Rearrangement
The right is reserved to the City and the owners of utilities or their authorized agents
to enter upon the Work area for the purpose of making such changes as are necessary
for the rearrangement of their facilities or for making necessary connections or
repairs to their properties. The Contractor shall cooperate with forces engaged in
such work and shall conduct his operations in such a manner as to avoid any
unnecessary delay or hindrance to the work being performed by such forces and shall
allow the respective utilities time to relocate their facility.
The Contractor assumes responsibility for the removal, relocation, or protection of
existing facilities wherein said facilities are identified by the Plans, field located by a
utility company, or as provided for in the General Requirements. The Contractor shall
coordinate with the owner of utility facilities for the rearrangement of said facilities.
In the event that underground utilities are found that are not shown in the Contract
Documents or are found to exist in a different location than shown in the Contract
Documents, the Contractor shall: (1) notify the City Engineer of the existence of said
facilities immediately; and (2) take steps to ascertain the exact location of all
underground facilities prior to doing work that may damage such facilities.
Requests for extensions of time arising out of utility rearrangement delays shall be
determined by City Engineer. In accordance with Government Code Section 4215
the Contractor shall not be assessed liquidated damages for delay in completion of
the project, when such delay is caused by the failure of the City or utility company
to provide for the removal or relocation of facilities for which they are the responsible
party as defined in Paragraph 2000-7.3, Damage and Protection.
Where it is determined by the City Engineer that the rearrangement of an
underground main, the existence of which is not shown on the Plans, Specifications,
or in the General Requirements, is essential in order to accommodate the
contemplated improvement, the City Engineer will provide for the rearrangement of
such facility by other forces or by the Contractor in accordance with the provisions of
Paragraph 1400-7.1, Change Orders.
When the General Requirements, Specifications, or Plans indicate that a utility is to
be relocated, altered or constructed by others, the City will conduct all negotiations
with the utility company and the work will be done at no cost to the Contractor.
Temporary or permanent relocation or alteration of utilities desired by the Contractor
for its own convenience shall be the Contractor's responsibility and it shall make
arrangements and bear all costs.
7.5 Underground Facilities
The Contractor is responsible for coordinating all project documentation, including
but not necessarily limited to, the Contract Documents and existing record drawings
for the determination of the location of all underground facilities.
The Contractor shall exercise care in all excavations to avoid damage to existing
underground facilities. This shall include potholing or hand digging in those areas
where underground facilities are known to exist until they have been sufficiently
located to avoid damage to the facilities.
Prior to fabrication, the Contractor shall verify the location and elevations of existing
underground facilities, which the Contractor is connecting to.
No additional compensation shall be provided the Contractor for compliance with the
provisions of this section or for the damage and repair of facilities due to the lack of
such care.
The California Public Utilities Commission mandates that, in the interest of public
safety, main line gas valves be maintained in a manner to be readily accessible and
in good operating condition. The Contractor shall notify The Gas Company's
Headquarters Planning Office at least 2 working days prior to the start of construction.
END OF SECTION
Exhibit E
Page 1 of 6
Exhibit E
Insurance Requirements
E.1 Insurance. Prior to the beginning of and throughout the duration of
this Agreement, the following policies shall be maintained and kept in full force
and effect providing insurance with minimum limits as indicated below and
issued by insurers with A.M. Best ratings of no less than A-VI:
Commercial General Liability (at least as broad as ISO CG 0001)
$1,000,000 (per occurrence)
$2,000,000 (general aggregate)
Must include the following endorsements:
General Liability Additional Insured
General Liability Primary and Non-contributory
Commercial Auto Liability (at least as broad as ISO CA 0001)
$1,000,000 (per accident)
Personal Auto Declaration Page if applicable
Errors and Omissions Liability
$1,000,000 (per claim and aggregate)
Workers’ Compensation
(per statutory requirements)
Must include the following endorsements:
Workers Compensation with Waiver of Subrogation
Workers Compensation Declaration of Sole Proprietor if applicable
Contracting Party shall procure and maintain, at its cost, and submit
concurrently with its execution of this Agreement, Commercial General
Liability insurance against all claims for injuries against persons or damages
to property resulting from Contracting Party’s acts or omissions rising out of
or related to Contracting Party’s performance under this Agreement. The
insurance policy shall contain a severability of interest clause providing that
the coverage shall be primary for losses arising out of Contracting Party’s
performance hereunder and neither City nor its insurers shall be required to
contribute to any such loss. An endorsement evidencing the foregoing and
naming the City and its officers and employees as additional insured (on the
Commercial General Liability policy only) must be submitted concurrently with
the execution of this Agreement and approved by City prior to commencement
of the services hereunder.
Contracting Party shall carry automobile liability insurance of
$1,000,000 per accident against all claims for injuries against persons or
Exhibit E
Page 2 of 6
damages to property arising out of the use of any automobile by Contracting
Party, its officers, any person directly or indirectly employed by Contracting
Party, any subcontractor or agent, or anyone for whose acts any of them may
be liable, arising directly or indirectly out of or related to Contracting Party’s
performance under this Agreement. If Contracting Party or Contracting
Party’s employees will use personal autos in any way on this project,
Contracting Party shall provide evidence of personal auto liability coverage for
each such person. The term “automobile” includes, but is not limited to, a
land motor vehicle, trailer or semi-trailer designed for travel on public roads.
The automobile insurance policy shall contain a severability of interest clause
providing that coverage shall be primary for losses arising out of Contracting
Party’s performance hereunder and neither City nor its insurers shall be
required to contribute to such loss.
Professional Liability or Errors and Omissions Insurance as
appropriate shall be written on a policy form coverage specifically designed to
protect against acts, errors or omissions of the Contracting Party and “Covered
Professional Services” as designated in the policy must specifically include
work performed under this agreement. The policy limit shall be no less than
$1,000,000 per claim and in the aggregate. The policy must “pay on behalf
of” the insured and must include a provision establishing the insurer’s duty to
defend. The policy retroactive date shall be on or before the effective date of
this agreement.
Contracting Party shall carry Workers’ Compensation Insurance in
accordance with State Worker’s Compensation laws with employer’s liability
limits no less than $1,000,000 per accident or disease.
If coverage is maintained on a claims-made basis, Contracting Party shall
maintain such coverage for an additional period of three (3) years following
termination of the contract.
Contracting Party shall provide written notice to City within ten
(10) working days if: (1) any of the required insurance policies is terminated;
(2) the limits of any of the required polices are reduced; or (3) the deductible
or self-insured retention is increased. In the event any of said policies of
insurance are cancelled, Contracting Party shall, prior to the cancellation date,
submit new evidence of insurance in conformance with this Exhibit to the
Contract Officer. The procuring of such insurance or the delivery of policies
or certificates evidencing the same shall not be construed as a limitation of
Contracting Party’s obligation to indemnify City, its officers, employees,
contractors, subcontractors, or agents.
E.2 Remedies. In addition to any other remedies City may have if
Contracting Party fails to provide or maintain any insurance policies or policy
Exhibit E
Page 3 of 6
endorsements to the extent and within the time herein required, City may, at
its sole option:
a. Obtain such insurance and deduct and retain the amount of the
premiums for such insurance from any sums due under this Agreement.
b. Order Contracting Party to stop work under this Agreement
and/or withhold any payment(s) which become due to Contracting Party
hereunder until Contracting Party demonstrates compliance with the
requirements hereof.
c. Terminate this Agreement.
Exercise any of the above remedies, however, is an alternative to
any other remedies City may have. The above remedies are not the exclusive
remedies for Contracting Party’s failure to maintain or secure appropriate
policies or endorsements. Nothing herein contained shall be construed as
limiting in any way the extent to which Contracting Party may be held
responsible for payments of damages to persons or property resulting from
Contracting Party’s or its subcontractors’ performance of work under this
Agreement.
E.3 General Conditions Pertaining to Provisions of Insurance Coverage
by Contracting Party. Contracting Party and City agree to the following with
respect to insurance provided by Contracting Party:
1. Contracting Party agrees to have its insurer endorse the third
party general liability coverage required herein to include as additional
insureds City, its officials, employees, and agents, using standard ISO
endorsement No. CG 2010 with an edition prior to 1992. Contracting Party
also agrees to require all contractors, and subcontractors to do likewise.
2. No liability insurance coverage provided to comply with this
Agreement shall prohibit Contracting Party, or Contracting Party’s employees,
or agents, from waiving the right of subrogation prior to a loss. Contracting
Party agrees to waive subrogation rights against City regardless of the
applicability of any insurance proceeds, and to require all contractors and
subcontractors to do likewise.
3. All insurance coverage and limits provided by Contracting Party
and available or applicable to this Agreement are intended to apply to the full
extent of the policies. Nothing contained in this Agreement or any other
agreement relating to City or its operations limits the application of such
insurance coverage.
Exhibit E
Page 4 of 6
4. None of the coverages required herein will be in compliance with
these requirements if they include any limiting endorsement of any kind that
has not been first submitted to City and approved of in writing.
5. No liability policy shall contain any provision or definition that
would serve to eliminate so-called “third party action over” claims, including
any exclusion for bodily injury to an employee of the insured or of any
contractor or subcontractor.
6. All coverage types and limits required are subject to approval,
modification and additional requirements by the City, as the need arises.
Contracting Party shall not make any reductions in scope of coverage (e.g.
elimination of contractual liability or reduction of discovery period) that may
affect City’s protection without City’s prior written consent.
7. Proof of compliance with these insurance requirements, consisting
of certificates of insurance evidencing all the coverages required and an
additional insured endorsement to Contracting Party’s general liability policy,
shall be delivered to City at or prior to the execution of this Agreement. In
the event such proof of any insurance is not delivered as required, or in the
event such insurance is canceled at any time and no replacement coverage is
provided, City has the right, but not the duty, to obtain any insurance it deems
necessary to protect its interests under this or any other agreement and to
pay the premium. Any premium so paid by City shall be charged to and
promptly paid by Contracting Party or deducted from sums due Contracting
Party, at City option.
8. It is acknowledged by the parties of this agreement that all
insurance coverage required to be provided by Contracting Party or any
subcontractor, is intended to apply first and on a primary, non-contributing
basis in relation to any other insurance or self-insurance available to City.
9. Contracting Party agrees to ensure that subcontractors, and any
other party involved with the project that is brought onto or involved in the
project by Contracting Party, provide the same minimum insurance coverage
required of Contracting Party. Contracting Party agrees to monitor and review
all such coverage and assumes all responsibility for ensuring that such
coverage is provided in conformity with the requirements of this section.
Contracting Party agrees that upon request, all agreements with
subcontractors and others engaged in the project will be submitted to City for
review.
10. Contracting Party agrees not to self-insure or to use any self-
insured retentions or deductibles on any portion of the insurance required
herein (with the exception of professional liability coverage, if required) and
Exhibit E
Page 5 of 6
further agrees that it will not allow any contractor, subcontractor, Architect,
Engineer or other entity or person in any way involved in the performance of
work on the project contemplated by this agreement to self-insure its
obligations to City. If Contracting Party’s existing coverage includes a
deductible or self-insured retention, the deductible or self-insured retention
must be declared to the City. At that time the City shall review options with
the Contracting Party, which may include reduction or elimination of the
deductible or self-insured retention, substitution of other coverage, or other
solutions.
11. The City reserves the right at any time during the term of this
Agreement to change the amounts and types of insurance required by giving
the Contracting Party ninety (90) days advance written notice of such change.
If such change results in substantial additional cost to the Contracting Party,
the City will negotiate additional compensation proportional to the increased
benefit to City.
12. For purposes of applying insurance coverage only, this Agreement
will be deemed to have been executed immediately upon any party hereto
taking any steps that can be deemed to be in furtherance of or towards
performance of this Agreement.
13. Contracting Party acknowledges and agrees that any actual or
alleged failure on the part of City to inform Contracting Party of non-
compliance with any insurance requirement in no way imposes any additional
obligations on City nor does it waive any rights hereunder in this or any other
regard.
14. Contracting Party will renew the required coverage annually as
long as City, or its employees or agents face an exposure from operations of
any type pursuant to this agreement. This obligation applies whether the
agreement is canceled or terminated for any reason. Termination of this
obligation is not effective until City executes a written statement to that effect.
15. Contracting Party shall provide proof that policies of insurance
required herein expiring during the term of this Agreement have been renewed
or replaced with other policies providing at least the same coverage. Proof
that such coverage has been ordered shall be submitted prior to expiration.
A coverage binder or letter from Contracting Party’s insurance agent to this
effect is acceptable. A certificate of insurance and an additional insured
endorsement is required in these specifications applicable to the renewing or
new coverage must be provided to City within five (5) days of the expiration
of coverages.
Exhibit E
Page 6 of 6
16. The provisions of any workers’ compensation or similar act will not
limit the obligations of Contracting Party under this agreement. Contracting
Party expressly agrees not to use any statutory immunity defenses under such
laws with respect to City, its employees, officials, and agents.
17. Requirements of specific coverage features, or limits contained in
this section are not intended as limitations on coverage, limits or other
requirements nor as a waiver of any coverage normally provided by any given
policy. Specific reference to a given coverage feature is for purposes of
clarification only as it pertains to a given issue and is not intended by any
party or insured to be limiting or all-inclusive.
18. These insurance requirements are intended to be separate and
distinct from any other provision in this Agreement and are intended by the
parties here to be interpreted as such.
19. The requirements in this Exhibit supersede all other sections and
provisions of this Agreement to the extent that any other section or provision
conflicts with or impairs the provisions of this Exhibit.
20. Contracting Party agrees to be responsible for ensuring that no
contract used by any party involved in any way with the project reserves the
right to charge City or Contracting Party for the cost of additional insurance
coverage required by this agreement. Any such provisions are to be deleted
with reference to City. It is not the intent of City to reimburse any third party
for the cost of complying with these requirements. There shall be no recourse
against City for payment of premiums or other amounts with respect thereto.
21. Contracting Party agrees to provide immediate notice to City of
any claim or loss against Contracting Party arising out of the work performed
under this agreement. City assumes no obligation or liability by such notice,
but has the right (but not the duty) to monitor the handling of any such claim
or claims if they are likely to involve City.
Exhibit F
Page 1 of 3
Exhibit F
Indemnification
F.1 Indemnity for the Benefit of City.
a. Indemnification for Professional Liability. When the law
establishes a professional standard of care for Contracting Party’s Services, to
the fullest extent permitted by law, Contracting Party shall indemnify, protect,
defend (with counsel selected by City), and hold harmless City and any and
all of its officials, employees, and agents (“Indemnified Parties”) from and
against any and all claims, losses, liabilities of every kind, nature, and
description, damages, injury (including, without limitation, injury to or death
of an employee of Contracting Party or of any subcontractor), costs and
expenses of any kind, whether actual, alleged or threatened, including,
without limitation, incidental and consequential damages, court costs,
attorneys’ fees, litigation expenses, and fees of expert consultants or expert
witnesses incurred in connection therewith and costs of investigation, to the
extent same are caused in whole or in part by any negligent or wrongful act,
error or omission of Contracting Party, its officers, agents, employees or
subcontractors (or any entity or individual that Contracting Party shall bear
the legal liability thereof) in the performance of professional services under
this agreement. With respect to the design of public improvements, the
Contracting Party shall not be liable for any injuries or property damage
resulting from the reuse of the design at a location other than that specified
in Exhibit A without the written consent of the Contracting Party.
b. Indemnification for Other Than Professional Liability. Other
than in the performance of professional services and to the full extent
permitted by law, Contracting Party shall indemnify, defend (with counsel
selected by City), and hold harmless the Indemnified Parties from and against
any liability (including liability for claims, suits, actions, arbitration
proceedings, administrative proceedings, regulatory proceedings, losses,
expenses or costs of any kind, whether actual, alleged or threatened,
including, without limitation, incidental and consequential damages, court
costs, attorneys’ fees, litigation expenses, and fees of expert consultants or
expert witnesses) incurred in connection therewith and costs of investigation,
where the same arise out of, are a consequence of, or are in any way
attributable to, in whole or in part, the performance of this Agreement by
Contracting Party or by any individual or entity for which Contracting Party is
legally liable, including but not limited to officers, agents, employees, or
subcontractors of Contracting Party.
c. Indemnity Provisions for Contracts Related to Construction
(Limitation on Indemnity). Without affecting the rights of City under any
Exhibit F
Page 2 of 3
provision of this agreement, Contracting Party shall not be required to
indemnify and hold harmless City for liability attributable to the active
negligence of City, provided such active negligence is determined by
agreement between the parties or by the findings of a court of competent
jurisdiction. In instances where City is shown to have been actively negligent
and where City’s active negligence accounts for only a percentage of the
liability involved, the obligation of Contracting Party will be for that entire
portion or percentage of liability not attributable to the active negligence of
City.
d. Indemnification Provision for Design Professionals.
1. Applicability of this Section F.1(d). Notwithstanding
Section F.1(a) hereinabove, the following indemnification provision shall apply
to a Contracting Party who constitutes a “design professional” as the term is
defined in paragraph 3 below.
2. Scope of Indemnification. When the law establishes a
professional standard of care for Contracting Party’s Services, to the fullest
extent permitted by law, Contracting Party shall indemnify and hold harmless
City and any and all of its officials, employees, and agents (“Indemnified
Parties”) from and against any and all losses, liabilities of every kind, nature,
and description, damages, injury (including, without limitation, injury to or
death of an employee of Contracting Party or of any subcontractor), costs and
expenses, including, without limitation, incidental and consequential
damages, court costs, reimbursement of attorneys’ fees, litigation expenses,
and fees of expert consultants or expert witnesses incurred in connection
therewith and costs of investigation, to the extent same are caused by any
negligent or wrongful act, error or omission of Contracting Party, its officers,
agents, employees or subcontractors (or any entity or individual that
Contracting Party shall bear the legal liability thereof) in the performance of
professional services under this agreement. With respect to the design of
public improvements, the Contracting Party shall not be liable for any injuries
or property damage resulting from the reuse of the design at a location other
than that specified in Exhibit A without the written consent of the Contracting
Party.
3. Design Professional Defined. As used in this
Section F.1(d), the term “design professional” shall be limited to licensed
architects, registered professional engineers, licensed professional land
surveyors and landscape architects, all as defined under current law, and as
may be amended from time to time by Civil Code § 2782.8.
F.2 Obligation to Secure Indemnification Provisions. Contracting
Party agrees to obtain executed indemnity agreements with provisions
Exhibit F
Page 3 of 3
identical to those set forth herein this Exhibit F, as applicable to the
Contracting Party, from each and every subcontractor or any other person or
entity involved by, for, with or on behalf of Contracting Party in the
performance of this Agreement. In the event Contracting Party fails to obtain
such indemnity obligations from others as required herein, Contracting Party
agrees to be fully responsible according to the terms of this Exhibit. Failure
of City to monitor compliance with these requirements imposes no additional
obligations on City and will in no way act as a waiver of any rights hereunder.
This obligation to indemnify and defend City as set forth in this Agreement are
binding on the successors, assigns or heirs of Contracting Party and shall
survive the termination of this Agreement.
ATTACHMENT 2
INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
Must be executed by proposer and submitted with the proposal
I, ________________________________________ (name) hereby acknowledge and
confirm that __________________________________ (name of company) has reviewed
the City’s indemnification and minimum insurance requirements as listed in Exhibits E and
F of the City’s Professional Services Agreement (Attachment 1); and declare that insurance
certificates and endorsements verifying compliance will be provided if an agreement is
awarded.
I am _________________________________ of ______________________________,
(Title) (Company)
Commercial General Liability (at least as broad as ISO CG 0001)
$1,000,000 (per occurrence); $2,000,000 (general aggregate)
Must include the following endorsements:
General Liability Additional Insured
General Liability Primary and Noncontributory
Commercial Auto Liability (at least as broad as ISO CA 0001)
$1,000,000 (per accident)
Personal Auto Declaration Page if applicable
Errors and Omissions Liability $1,000,000 (per claim and aggregate)
Worker’s Compensation (per statutory requirements)
Must include the following endorsements:
Worker’s Compensation Waiver of Subrogation
Worker’s Compensation Declaration of Sole Proprietor if applicable
ATTACHMENT 3
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT FORM
Must be executed by proposer and submitted with the proposal
I, ________________________________________ (name) hereby declare as follows:
I am _________________________________ of ______________________________,
(Title) (Company)
the party making the foregoing proposal, that the proposal is not made in the interest of,
or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization,
or corporation; that the proposal is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the proposer
has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other proposer to put in a false or
sham proposal, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed
with any proposer or anyone else to put in a sham proposal, or that anyone shall refrain
from proposing; that the proposer has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by
agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the proposal price of the
proposer or any other proposer, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the
proposal price, or of that of any other proposer, or to secure any advantage against the
public body awarding the agreement of anyone interested in the proposed agreement;
that all statements contained in the proposal are true; and, further, that the proposer has
not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her proposal price or any breakdown thereof,
or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative hereto, or paid, and will
not pay, any fee to any corporation, partnership, company, association, organization,
proposal depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham
proposal.
I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the
foregoing is true and correct.
Proposer Signature: __________________________________________________
Proposer Name: __________________________________________________
Proposer Title: __________________________________________________
Company Name: __________________________________________________
Address: __________________________________________________
ATTACHMENT 4
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RECEIPT OF ADDENDA
Must be executed by proposer and submitted with the proposal;
If no addenda has been issued, mark “N/A” under Addendum No. indicating
Not Applicable and sign
ADDENDUM NO. SIGNATURE INDICATING RECEIPT
ATTACHMENT 5
Project Scoping Summary
Base Scope
A. Demolition and protection of adjacent areas
B. Commercial Grade Carpet Tile, sample color options to be provided
C. Commercial Grade Paint, up to three different colors
D. Construct wall approximately 12’-4” high x 23’-5” long that is connected to
existing walls at the ends and does not connect to a ceiling. Existing framing is
metal.
E. Provide conduit and CAT5 wiring for eight (8) to ten (10) monitors that will be
furnished and mounted by others.
F. Provide conduit and electrical wiring for each monitor.
G. Provide recessed receptacles for each monitor.
H. Provide access panel on opposite side of wall for each monitor.
Optional Scope
A. Construct framing to create recessed space for monitors.
B. Construct door frame and door with locking handle
C. Construct store front with single door and locking handle
a.Aluminum base (2’-6” high) and frame with glass mounted in frame
b.Option to include Switchable Privacy Glass technology
D. Sawcut reinforced concrete slab to install new underground conduit and wiring
and pour concrete patch
E. Install four (4) in-ground data ports and four (4) in-ground electrical outlets
with data ports wired to server location at the monitor wall
Project Scoping Concept Drawings
Proposed Site Layout
Proposed Wall12'-4"Join ExistingwallProposed Wall12'-4"gJoin Existinggwall
Proposed WallJoin ExistingwallPdWllProposed WallJoin Existingwall
BACK-UP TMCTMC-LQ-03INTELLIGENT TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS PLANCITY OF LA QUINTATMC-LQ-04BACK-UP TMC ROOM LAYOUT
Project Scoping Concept Monitor Shop Drawing
Coachella Valley Association of Governments
Submittal No.:
Submittal Title:
Project Name:
Project Number:Sent To:
Person/Company Requesting Information:
Approved or Rejected:
Date of Approval or Rejection:
Approved or Rejected By:
Comments or Stamp:
Crosstown Electrical & Data 5454 Diaz Street Irwindale, CA 91706 626-813-6693
Replaces UNI-8000/8002 (Discontinued)
Crosstown Electrical & Data
Items to be Submitted:
DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER PART NUMBER
55" Bezel-Less Tiled LCD Video Wall Barco UNI-0007
CVAG Traffic Signal Synchronization Submitted By:Joseph P. Meidl
CV-2020-TSS-01 Justin Schlaefli
TKE Engineering, Inc.
SUBMITTAL COVER
4532-019.3 Date Submitted:08/17/21
Barco Display NEW MODEL Required Response Date:
P 1 / 1
Barco nv | Beneluxpark 21 | 8500 Kortrijk | Belgium
Registered office: President Kennedypark 35 | 8500 Kortrijk | Belgium
RPR Gent, afd. Kortrijk | BE 0473 191 041
T +32 00 123 456 | F +32 00 123 456 | www.barco.com
EOL/LTB Notification UniSee 800 (UNI-8002)
Date: 07-June-2021
To: Whom is concerned
From: Gerrit Vermeire, Director Product Management, LVX, Enterprise Division
EOL notification UniSee 800 (UNI-8002)
This announcement is to inform you that the UniSee 800 is going to be EOL as of
07.08.2021.
Please get back to us latest by 7th of August 2021 with your confirmed quantities in your
respective regions for us to plan the allocations and shipments accordingly.
The following products are affected by this phase-out and will become obsolete as
outlined below:
Product Part#
UNI-8000/8002 R9849346x, R9849347x, R98498002x, R9867379x, R9849360x
(x = B, F, FG, G, I, CN)
UNI-4000 connect R98494000x (x = B, F, FG, G, I, CN) [successors already in CPQ]
Curved kits R9867265/R9867372 [successor versions already in CPQ]
Service and repair demand will be covered according to Barco EOL policy, until the End-
of-Service date, as indicated below or until the end of an existing maintenance contract.
Plan Date
EOL/LTB notification 07.06.2021
End of Life 07.08.2021
Last Shipment 31.12.2021
End of Service 07.08.2024
The successor product is the next generation UniSee (UNI-0007) which will be
announced on the 17th of June and starts shipping from Mid of July ’21.
Kind Regards,
Gerrit Vermeire
Director Product Management, OX
Barco UniSee
55" bezel-less tiled LCD video wall platform for high-brightness applications
Bezel-less design with NoGap
technology, for high-
brightness use
Mounting structure with
automatic alignment for
ensured precision
Sense X automatic and
continuous calibration
Fastest servicing and
diagnosing
Modular, future-proof platform
The award-winning Barco UniSee® platform takes a completely new approach to
truly seamless LCD video walls. Redesigning and optimizing every component,
Barco UniSee is not only a step forward in terms of image quality, but also in
installation precision, ease-of-servicing, and reliability.
Bezel-less viewing experience, innovative mounting system
Barco UniSee's bezel-less design, which makes the inter-tile gap barely noticeable, enables spreading
content over multiple tiles without the interruption of a disturbing black border. The revolutionary
UniSee Mount uses the power of gravity to perfectly and automatically align panels – and keep them in
place over time. What's more, UniSee Mount also eases maintenance efforts, allowing swift undocking
of separate panels.
Sense X, automatic and continuous calibration for perfect uniformity
Sense X, the automatic, continuous color and brightness calibration system, ensures that the complete
wall gives a perfectly balanced image at all times. What’s more, Barco has also re-engineered the
design of the panels to counter all possible variations in brightness from the center to the edges.
Setup and maintenance can be performed even faster and more easily using the upgraded UniSee
Connect module. A wizard guides you through the complete installation process, and the individual
panels are automatically recognized by the software upon introduction. The local dimming feature
brings higher contrast, lower radiated heat and reduced power consumption. What's more, UniSee
Connect also allows default hardware enabled cloud connectivity for remote monitoring and
diagnostics.
Offering full system experiences
Besides its visualization portfolio, Barco offers a full range of content management solutions and
services to meet the needs of several applications. In addition, the Barco UniSee platform is
surrounded by several ecosystem partners, that offer tailored components to further increase the
platform's value. Think of touch overlays for increased interactivity, trim solutions for elegant
integration in the environment, mounting solutions to allow free-standing or curved set-ups, etc.
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS BARCO UNISEE
Panel
Resolution Full HD (1920 x 1080)
Backlight Direct LED
Aspect ratio 16:9
Luminance 700 cd/m2 (TYPICAL)
Contrast 1100:1 (TYPICAL)
White point native: 10,500 K (TYPICAL)
Screen haze 28%
Calibration Sense X automatic color and brightness calibration
Backlight lifetime 60,000 h (TYPICAL)
Viewing angle (H, V)178° | 178°
Uniformity 9 points: 98%
13 points: 98%
21 points: 92%
Cooling Fanless
Operating temperature 0°C - 40°C
Operational humidity 20% - 80% (non-condensing)
Storage temperature -20°C - 60°C
Storage humidity 10% - 90% (non-condensing)
Response time < 8 ms
Dimensions
Dimensions 1211.36 x 682.02 x 91.1 mm | 47.7" x 26.9" x 3.59" (internal SMPS)
1211,36 x 682.02 x 87.1 mm | 47.7" x 26.9" x 3.43" (external SMPS)
Active screen diagonal 55"
Weight 17.3 kg | 38.1 lbs (LCD net)
15.0 kg | 33.1 lbs (LCM net)
Bezel Width NA (bezel-less)
Connectivity
DisplayPort 2 DP1.2 inputs (DisplayPort 1.2 cables must be used when the cable length exceeds 3m /
10 feet)
1 DP1.2 output
HDMI 2 HDMI 2.0 inputs
02
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS BARCO UNISEE
USB 2 (only for power)
Ethernet port 2
HDCP Yes (v2.2)
Power
AC input voltage 100-240 VAC, 50-60 Hz
Power consumption Int. power supply Ext. power supply
700 nit 241W 227 W
500 nit 185 W 174 W
350 nit 139 W 130 W
Heat dissipation 700 nit 822 BTU/h 775 BTU/h
500 nit 631 BTU/h 594 BTU/h
350 nit 474 BTU/H 444 BTU/h
EMC Class A and follows CE, FCC or UL
Emission: EN 55032: 2012
EN 61000-3-2: 2014
EN 61000-3-3: 2013
Immunity: EN 55024: 2010
Product safety EN 60950-1: 2006 + A11: 2009 + A1: 2010 + A12: 2011 + A2: 2013
RoHS EN 50581: 2012
Components UNI-0001 / UNI-0002 / UNI-0004 / UNI-0005 & WME110
Notes UniSee Mount can support up to 10 rows in lanscape mode and 6 rows in portrait
ENABLING BRIGHT OUTCOMES
Last updated: 05 Jul 2021
Technical specifications are subject to change without prior notice. Please check www.barco.com for the latest information.
www.barco.com
Project Scoping Minimum Specifications
SECTION 01 5000
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
City of La Quinta 01 5000 - 1
Traffic Management Center Improvements
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 General
A. The Contractor must provide all temporary facilities and services required to complete the work
and to comply with OSHA and other applicable regulations.
B. The Contractor must maintain temporary facilities in a proper, safe, operating, and sanitary
condition for the duration of this Contract. Upon completion of this Contract, all such temporary
work and facilities shall be removed in their entirety.
1.2 Project Sign
A. The Contractor must construct and erect a minimum of two hard hat signs at locations designated
by the Engineer. The signs must be erected prior to the commencement of on-site work.
1.3 Sanitary Provisions
A. The Contractor must keep in neat and sanitary condition existing facilities for conveniences and
accommodations for the use of the construction personnel necessary to comply with the
requirements and regulations of the local department of health and of other authorities having
jurisdiction.
1.4 Approaches and Exits
A. The Contractor must provide all necessary approaches and exits required to properly execute the
work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not used)
END OF SECTION
SECTION 01 6000
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
City of La Quinta 01 6000 - 1
Traffic Management Center Improvements
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 Product Options and Substitutions
A. Provide Products that comply with Contract Documents, which are undamaged and new at time
of installation.
B. Provide Products complete with accessories, trim, finish, safety guards, and other devices and
details needed for complete installation and intended use and effect.
1.2 Product Delivery Requirements
A. Transport and handle Products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, using means and
methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft.
B. Schedule Product delivery to minimize long-term storage at the Project sites and prevent
overcrowding of construction spaces.
C. Coordinate Product delivery with installation schedule to assure minimum holding time for items
that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other
losses.
D. Deliver Products to Project site in undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed
container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing,
unpacking, protecting, and installing.
E. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that Products comply with project requirements, quantities
are correct, Products are undamaged, and properly protected.
F. Provide equipment and personnel to handle Products by methods to prevent soiling,
disfigurement, or damage.
1.3 Product Storage and Handling Requirements
A. Store and protect Products in accordance with manufacturers' published instructions, with seals
and labels intact and legible.
B. Store Products subject to damage by elements above ground, under cover in weathertight
enclosure, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. Maintain temperature and humidity
within range required by manufacturer's published instructions.
C. For exterior storage of fabricated Products, place on sloped supports, above ground.
D. Provide off-site storage and protection when Project site does not permit on-site storage or
protection.
E. Cover Products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to
avoid condensation or potential degradation of Product.
F. Provide equipment and personnel to store Products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement,
or damage.
G. Arrange storage of Products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify
Products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not used)
END OF SECTION
SECTION 01 7300
EXECUTION
City of La Quinta 01 7300 - 1
Traffic Management Center Improvements
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 Layout of Work
A. The Contractor must lay out its work to match existing or from City-established base lines and
benchmarks as indicated on the drawings. The Contractor shall be responsible for all
measurements based on them. The Contractor must furnish, at its own expense, all stakes,
templates, platforms, equipment, tools, materials, and labor as may be required in laying out any
part of the work from the base lines and benchmarks established by the City. The Contractor is
responsible for the execution of the work to those lines and grades established or indicated by
the Engineer.
1.2 Contractor's Temporary Use of Facilities and Equipment
A. No new facilities or equipment intended for the permanent installation, including materials-
handling vehicles, may be used for temporary purposes unless specified in the contract or unless
the Contractor has the written permission of the Engineer.
1.3 Cleaning
A. Cleaning During Construction:
1. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and
orderly condition.
2. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other
closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space.
3. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing and continue
cleaning to eliminate dust.
4. Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from site to a legal dump site.
B. Final Cleaning:
1. Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of surface
to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or
property, or that might damage finished surfaces.
2. Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each
surface or unit of Work to condition expected from a commercial building cleaning and
maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's published instructions.
3. Complete following cleaning operations before requesting the Engineer’s inspection for
Substantial Completion.
a. Clean Project Site, yard and grounds if applicable, in areas disturbed by construction
activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste materials, litter
and foreign substances. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petro-chemical
spills, stains and other foreign deposits. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor
paved, to a smooth even-textured surface.
b. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from
Project Site.
c. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition,
free of stains, films and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural
weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original
condition.
d. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs,
plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics and similar spaces.
SECTION 01 7300
EXECUTION
City of La Quinta 01 7300 - 2
Traffic Management Center Improvements
e. Broom clean concrete floors in unoccupied spaces.
f. Provide final cleaning, waxing, and buffing of resilient tile, in accordance with
manufacturer's requirements.
g. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows.
Remove glazing compounds and other substances that are noticeable
vision-obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged
transparent materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces.
h. Remove labels that are not permanent labels.
i. Touch-up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes and surfaces.
Replace finishes and surfaces that can not be satisfactorily repaired or restored, or
that show evidence of repair or restoration. Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels,
including mechanical and electrical name plates.
j. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, and other similar equipment.
Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings and other foreign
substances.
k. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains
resulting from water exposure.
l. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed
surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units
were operated without filters during construction.
m. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency.
Replace burned out bulbs, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and
mercury vapor fixtures.
n. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.
4. Remove temporary protection and facilities installed during construction to protect
previously completed installations during remainder of construction, unless otherwise
specified by City.
5. Comply with governing regulations and safety standards for cleaning operations. Remove
waste materials from Project Site and dispose of in accordance with requirements of local
authorities having jurisdiction.
a. Where extra materials of value remain after completion of construction have become
City property, store these materials as directed by the Engineer.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not used)
END OF SECTION
SECTION 01 7419
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
City of La Quinta 01 7419 - 1
Traffic Management Center Improvements
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes: Procedures for achieving the most environmentally conscious Work feasible
within the limits of the Construction Schedule, Contract Sum, and available materials, equipment,
and products.
1. Participate in promoting efforts of the City to create an energy-efficient and
environmentally-sensitive structure.
2. Use recycled-content, toxic-free, and environmentally-sensitive materials and equipment.
3. Use environmentally-sensitive procedures.
a. Protect the environment, both on-site and off-site, during demolition and construction
operations.
b. Prevent environmental pollution and damage.
c. Effect optimum control of solid wastes.
B. Related Documents: The Contract Documents, as defined in Section 011000 - Summary of Work,
apply to the Work of this Section. Additional requirements and information necessary to complete
the Work of this Section may be found in other documents and prevailing City Ordinances.
C. Related Sections:
- Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Temporary ventilation, progress
cleaning and waste removal.
- Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Substitutions.
- Section 02 41 19 – Selective Structure Demolition.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Adequate ventilation: Ventilation, including air circulation and air changes, required to cure
materials, dissipate humidity, and prevent accumulation of dust fumes, vapors, or gases.
B. Construction and demolition waste: Include solid wastes, such as building materials, packaging,
rubbish, debris, and rubble resulting from construction, remodeling, repair, and demolition
operations.
1. Rubbish: Includes both combustible and noncombustible wastes, such as paper, boxes,
glass, crockery, metal and lumber scrap, metal cans, and bones.
2. Debris: Includes both combustible and noncombustible wastes, such as leaves and tree
trimmings that result from construction or maintenance and repair work.
C. Chemical waste: Includes petroleum products, bituminous materials, salts, acids, alkalis,
herbicides, pesticides, organic chemicals, and inorganic wastes.
D. Diversion: Redirection of waste ordinarily deposited in a municipal landfill to a recycling facility or
to another destination for reuse.
E. Environmental pollution and damage: The presence of chemical, physical, or biological elements
or agents which adversely affect human health or welfare; unfavorably alter ecological balances;
or degrade the utility of the environment for aesthetic, cultural, or historical purposes.
F. Hazardous materials: Includes pesticides, biocides, and carcinogens as listed by recognized
authorities, such as the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and the International Agency for
Research on Cancer (IARC).
G. Interior final finishes: Materials and products that will be exposed at interior, occupied spaces;
including flooring, wallcovering, finish carpentry, and ceilings.
SECTION 01 7419
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
City of La Quinta 01 7419 - 2
Traffic Management Center Improvements
H. Municipal Solid Waste Landfill: A permitted facility that accepts solid, non-hazardous waste such
as household, commercial, and industrial waste, including construction and demolition waste.
I. Packaged dry products: Materials and products that are installed in dry form and are delivered to
the site in manufacturer's packaging; including carpets, resilient flooring, ceiling tiles, and
insulation.
J. Sediment: Soil and other debris that has been eroded and transported by storm or well
production runoff water.
K. Sanitary wastes:
1. Garbage: Refuse and scraps resulting from preparation, cooking, distribution, or
consumption of food.
2. Sewage: Domestic sanitary sewage.
L. Wet products: Materials and products installed in wet form, including paints, sealants, adhesives,
and special coatings.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Solid Waste Management and Environmental Protection Plan: Prepare and submit at the
Preconstruction Meeting a Solid Waste Management and Environmental Protection Plan
including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Procedures for Recycling/Re-Use Program in compliance with the City recycling code.
2. Schedule for application of interior finishes.
3. Revise and resubmit Solid Waste Management and Environmental Protection Plan as
required by the City.
a. Approval of the Contractor's Solid Waste Management and Environmental Protection
Plan, will not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for adequate and continuing
control of pollutants and other environmental protection measures.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 RECYCLING AND REUSE
A. Collection: Implement a recycling/reuse program that includes separate collection of waste
materials of the following types as appropriate to local and regional recycling/reuse facilities:
1. Asphalt.
2. Concrete.
3. Metal.
a. Ferrous.
b. Non-ferrous.
4. Wood.
5. Debris.
6. Glass.
7. Clay brick.
8. Paper/Cardboard.
9. Plastic.
10. Gypsum.
11. Paint.
12. Carpet.
13. Others as appropriate.
SECTION 01 7419
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
City of La Quinta 01 7419 - 3
Traffic Management Center Improvements
B. Recycling/reuse centers: Contact governmental solid waste offices, Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA) regional offices, and applicable non-profit organizations.
1. Asphalt
2. Concrete.
3. Metal.
4. Wood.
5. Debris.
6. Glass.
7. Clay brick.
8. Paper/Cardboard.
9. Plastic.
10. Gypsum.
11. Paint.
12. Carpet.
13. Others as appropriate.
C. Handling:
1. Clean materials which are contaminated prior to placing in collection containers. Deliver
materials free of dirt, adhesives, solvents, petroleum contamination, and other substances
deleterious to recycling process.
2. Arrange for collection by or delivery to the appropriate recycling or reuse facility.
D. Participate in re-use programs: identify local and regional re-use programs, including but not
limited to non-profit organizations such as schools, local housing agencies, and public arts
programs, that accept used materials. The following are examples for contractor's information
only.
1. National materials exchange network, such as CAL-MAX a free service provided by various
state and regional offices, designed to help businesses find markets for materials that
traditionally would be discarded. The premise of the program is that material discarded by
one business may be a resource for another business.
a. Items and regions covered by materials exchange programs may vary. Contact the
applicable regional materials exchange program. In California, contact CAL-MAX at
(916) 255-2369.
2. Habitat For Humanity, a non-profit housing organization that rehabilitates and builds
housing for low income families.
a. Sites requiring donated materials vary. Contact the national hotline (800) HABITAT.
E. Rebates, tax credits, and other savings obtained for recycled or re-used materials accrue to
Contractor.
3.2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS
A. Protection of natural resources: Preserve the natural resources within the Project boundaries and
outside the limits of permanent Work performed under this Contract in their existing condition or
restore to an equivalent or improved condition as approved by the Engineer, upon completion of
the Work.
1. Confine demolition and construction activities to work area limits indicated on the Drawings
and as directed by the Engineer.
a. Temporary construction: As specified in Section 015000 - Temporary Facilities and
Controls.
b. Demolition and salvage operations: As specified in Section 024119 - Selective
Structure Demolition.
c. Disposal operations for demolished and waste materials that are not identified to be
salvaged, recycled or reused:
1) Remove debris, rubbish, and other waste materials resulting from demolition
and construction operations, from site.
SECTION 01 7419
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
City of La Quinta 01 7419 - 4
Traffic Management Center Improvements
2) No burning permitted.
3) Transport materials with appropriate vehicles and dispose off-site to areas
which are approved for disposal by governing authorities having jurisdiction.
4) Avoid spillage by covering and securing loads when hauling on or adjacent to
public streets or highways. Remove spillage and sweep, wash, or otherwise
clean project site, streets, or highways.
5) Comply with applicable regulations.
2. Water resources as follows:
a. Comply with requirements of the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
(NPDES) and the State Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (SPDES).
b. Oily substances: Prevent oily or other hazardous substances from entering the
ground, drainage areas, or local bodies of water.
1) Store and service construction equipment at areas designated for collection of
oil wastes.
c. Mosquito abatement: Prevent ponding of stagnant water conducive to mosquito
breeding habitat.
d. Prevent run-off from site during demolition and construction operations.
3. Land resources: Prior to construction, identify land resources to be preserved within the
Work area. Do not remove, cut, deface, injure, or destroy land resources including trees,
shrubs, vines, grasses, top soil, and land forms without permission from The City.
4. Air Resources: Prevent creation of dust, air pollution, and odors.
a. Use water sprinkling, temporary enclosures, and other appropriate methods to limit
dust and dirt rising and scattering in air to lowest practical level.
1) Do not use water when it may create hazardous or other adverse conditions
such as flooding and pollution.
b. Store volatile liquids, including fuels and solvents, in closed containers.
c. Properly maintain equipment to reduce gaseous pollutant emissions.
d. Interior final finishes: Schedule construction operations involving wet products prior
to packaged dry products to the greatest extent possible in accordance with The City
approved Solid Waste Management and Environmental Protection Plan.
e. Temporary Ventilation: As specified in Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and
Controls, and as follows:
1) Provide adequate ventilation during and after installation of interior wet
products and interior final finishes.
2) Provide adequate ventilation of packaged dry products prior to installation.
Remove from packaging and ventilate in a secure, dry, well-ventilated space
free from strong contaminant sources and residues. Provide a temperature
range of 60-degrees F minimum to 90-degree F maximum continuously during
the ventilation period. Do not ventilate within limits of Work unless otherwise
approved by City Engineer.
f. Pre-occupancy ventilation: After final completion and prior to initial occupancy,
provide adequate ventilation for minimum 5 days. Pre-occupancy ventilation
procedures:
1) Use supply air fans and ducts only;
2) Temporarily seal exhaust ducts;
3) Temporarily disable exhaust fans;
4) Provide exhaust through operable windows or temporary openings.
5) Provide temporary exhaust fans as required to pull exhaust air from deep
interior locations. Stair towers may be used for exhausting air from the building
during the temporary ventilation.
6) After pre-occupancy ventilation and prior to final testing and balancing of HVAC
system, replace air filters and make HVAC system fully operational.
SECTION 01 7419
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
City of La Quinta 01 7419 - 5
Traffic Management Center Improvements
5. Noise Control: Perform demolition and construction operations to minimize noise.
Perform noise producing work in less sensitive hours of the day or week as directed by the
Engineer.
a. Repetitive, high level impact noise will be permitted only between the hours permitted
in the City Noise Ordinance. Do not exceed the limitations specified by OSHA.
b. Provide equipment, sound-deadening devices, and take noise abatement measures
that are necessary for compliance.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 01 7419
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
City of La Quinta 01 7419 - 6
Traffic Management Center Improvements
Appendix A
SUMMARY OF SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL AND DIVERSION
Project Name:
Contractor Name: License Number:
Contractor Address:
Solid Waste Date Amount Municipal Solid Recycling/Reuse Comments
Material Material Disposed/ Waste Facility Facility (if disposed,
Disposed/ Diverted (name, address, & (name, address, & state why
Diverted (ton or cu.yd) phone number) phone number) not diverted)
Asphalt
Concrete
Metal
Wood
Debris
Glass
Clay brick
Paper/
Cardboard
Plastic
Gypsum
Paint
Carpet
Other:
Signature: Date:
Appendix B
SECTION 02 4119
SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
City of La Quinta 02 4119 - 1
Traffic Management Center Improvements
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Procedures for demolition and removal of existing building elements.
2. Removal of designated building equipment and fixtures.
3. Salvaged items.
4. Salvaged material.
5. Salvaged items for re-use.
B. Related Documents: The Contract Documents, Summary of Work, apply to the Work of this
Section. Additional requirements and information necessary to complete the Work of this Section
may be found in other documents.
C. Related Sections:
1. Division 1 - Environmental Procedures: Recycling and reuse of waste materials.
1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. The extent of Selective Demolition Work is that Work necessary and required to facilitate the new
construction indicated.
B. Demolition shall be such that all construction, new and existing, can be performed, and completed
in accordance with the construction documents.
C. The contractor shall visit the project site and familiarize himself with the existing conditions and
project requirements.
D. Verify the scope of the Work under this Section including salvage material. The City will be
responsible for removing all materials and equipment which the City wishes to salvage prior to
the beginning of this Work. The Fire Department will be using areas on the project site for storage.
These areas shall be protected from damage during construction and no access to them will be
available to contractor during construction. City to provide list of areas being used for storage
prior to construction OR at the pre-construction meeting.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Performance Criteria:
1. Requirements of Structural Work: Do not cut structural work in a manner resulting in a
reduction of load-carrying capacity of load/deflection ratio.
2. Operational and Safety Limitations: Do not cut operational elements and safety-related
components in a manner resulting in a reduction of capacities to perform in a manner
intended or resulting in a decreased operational life, increased maintenance or decreased
safety.
3. Visual Requirements: Do not cut work which is exposed on the exterior or exposed in
occupied spaces of the building in a manner resulting in a reduction of visual qualities or
resulting in substantial evidence of the demolition work judged by the Engineer to be cut
and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.
4. Loading: Do not superimpose loads at any point upon existing structure beyond design
capacity including loads attributable to materials, construction equipment, demolition
operations and shoring and bracing.
SECTION 02 4119
SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
City of La Quinta 02 4119 - 2
Traffic Management Center Improvements
5. Vibration: Do not use means, methods, techniques or procedures which would induce
vibration into any element of the structure.
6. Fire: Do not use means, methods, techniques or procedures which would produce any fire
hazard unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
7. Water: Do not use means, methods, techniques or procedures which would produce
excessive water run-off, and water pollution.
8. Air Pollution: Do not use means, methods, techniques or procedures which would produce
uncontrolled dust, fumes or other damaging air pollution.
1.4 PROJECT SITE
A. Indicated "Existing Construction" was obtained from existing drawings or other information which
may not reflect actual conditions. The Contractor shall verify all existing conditions and notify the
Engineer of discrepancies before proceeding with the Work.
B. Perform the removal, cutting, drilling, etc., of existing work with extreme care, and using small
tools in order not to jeopardize the structural integrity of the building.
C. Occupancy: Contractor shall have full use of the facility during construction. After or prior to
construction, the contractor shall schedule and work around the Fire Department schedule. There
will be no access to the existing equipment bay except to place threshold ramps as noted on the
renovation plan.
D. Condition of Structure: The City assumes no responsibility for the actual condition of portions of
the structure to be demolished.
E. Partial removal: Items of salvageable value to the Contractor may be removed from the structure
as the work progresses if not claimed by the City. Salvaged items must be transported from the
site as they are removed.
F. Protection: Make sure that the safe passage of persons around the area of demolition is
maintained during the demolition operation. Conduct operations to prevent injury to adjacent
buildings, structures, other facilities, and persons.
1.5 PROTECTION OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION
A. Provide temporary protection of existing construction (floors, roof, and walls) when adjoining new
work and in traffic areas.
B. Provide temporary construction, constructed of framing and plywood, to protect existing
construction and surrounding surfaces from damage by movement of materials and personnel.
C. The contractor is responsible for all damage to existing structure and shall replace or repair all
areas of damage.
D. Repair, replace, or rebuild existing construction as required or as directed which has been
removed, altered or disrupted to allow for new construction. Existing construction shall be
corrected to match adjacent construction, new or existing.
E. Perform cutting of existing concrete and masonry construction with saws and core drills. Do not
use jack-hammers or explosives.
SECTION 02 4119
SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
City of La Quinta 02 4119 - 3
Traffic Management Center Improvements
1.6 SHORING AND BRACING
A. Provide temporary shoring of existing construction to allow removal of existing structural
elements. Maintain shoring until new structural elements are in place and accepted by the
Engineer and City Inspector(s).
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SALVAGED ITEMS
A. The Contract Documents indicate the existing materials that are to be reinstalled in the new
construction. The Contractor shall remove, protect and reinstall these items as indicated.
1. Items for "Reinstallation" will be indicated as such within the Contract Documents.
B. Materials scheduled for reinstallation which are damaged by the Contractor to the extent that they
cannot be reinstalled shall be replaced by the Contractor with equal quality material at no
additional cost to the City.
C. Coordinate with the Engineer on disposition of salvage items note scheduled for reinstallation,
demolished materials, and equipment. Salvaged materials, not reinstalled, shall be delivered, as
directed, to the City.
2.2 SALVAGED MATERIALS
A. Removed and salvaged materials of value not designated for reinstallation, unless claimed as
salvage by the City, shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the
premises by the Contractor and recycled, reused or disposed of as specified in Section 013543-
Environmental Procedures.
B. The City will remove or, under separate contract, have all materials and equipment which the City
requires removed prior to Work under this Section begins.
2.3 SALVAGED ITEMS FOR RE-USE
A. Materials and items scheduled for re-use which are damaged by the contractor to the extent which
they cannot be re-used shall be replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the City.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verification of existing conditions before starting work.
B. Verification of Conditions: Verify that field measurements, surfaces, substrates and conditions
are as required, and ready to receive Work.
SECTION 02 4119
SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
City of La Quinta 02 4119 - 4
Traffic Management Center Improvements
C. Report in writing to the Engineer prevailing conditions that will adversely affect satisfactory
execution of the Work of this Section. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions
have been corrected.
D. By beginning Work, Contractor accepts conditions and assumes responsibility for correcting
unsuitable conditions encountered at no additional cost to the City.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Temporary Support: Provide adequate temporary support for work to be cut to prevent failure.
Do not endanger other work.
B. Provide adequate protection of other work during selective demolition to prevent damage and
provide protection of the work from adverse weather exposure.
3.3 PROCEDURE
A. Employ only skilled tradesmen to perform selective demolition.
B. Cut work by methods least likely to damage work to the retained and work adjoining.
C. In general, where physical cutting action is required, cut work with sawing and grinding tools, not
with hammering and chopping tools. Core drill openings through concrete and masonry work.
D. Patch with seams which are durable and as invisible as possible. Comply with specified
tolerances for the work.
E. Where selective demolition terminates at a surface or finish to remain, completely remove all
traces of material selectively demolished, including mortar beds. Provide smooth, even, substrate
transition.
3.4 POLLUTION CONTROLS
A. Use temporary enclosures and other suitable methods to limit the amount of dust and dirt rising
and scattering in the air to the lowest practical level. Comply with AQMD standards.
B. Comply with governing authorities pertaining to environmental protection.
C. Clean adjacent portion of the structure and improvement of dust, dirt and debris caused by
demolition operations, as directed by the Engineer and governing authorities. Return adjacent
areas to its condition prior to the start of the work.
3.5 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
A. Collect, recycle, reuse, and dispose of demolished materials as approved by the City in the Solid
Waste Management and Environmental Protection Plan.
SECTION 02 4119
SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
City of La Quinta 02 4119 - 5
Traffic Management Center Improvements
3.6 SCHEDULE OF SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
A. Slab on Grade:
1. Where indicated, saw cut perimeter of existing slab minimum of 50 percent of slab
thickness to provide a breaking point to remove existing concrete.
2. Break concrete slab to be removed into portions easily removed, maximum 3-foot
dimensions in any side.
3. Remove all concrete pieces within removed area down to the existing subgrade.
B. Plumbing:
1. Remove all plumbing fixtures and accessories including all exposed supply, waste, and
vent piping.
2. Concealed piping within and below slab construction shall be identified, and capped a
minimum of 3 inches (8 cm) below finish floor.
C. Electrical Service:
1. All electrical circuits within the existing structure shall be abandoned from the existing
service entrance section, beyond.
2. Remove all abandoned electrical conduit, boxes, and wiring back to the existing electrical
service which is to remain.
D. Provide additional selective demolition as indicated and required by the Contract Documents and
as required for indicated new construction.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 03 2000
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
City of La Quinta 03 2000 - 1
Traffic Management Center Improvements
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Reinforcing steel bars.
2. Reinforcement accessories.
B. Related Documents: The Contract Documents, as defined in Division 1 - Summary of Work, apply
to the Work of this Section. Additional requirements and information necessary to complete the
Work of this Section may be found in other documents.
C. Related Sections:
1. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Coordination between concrete placement and
reinforcing.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Concrete Institute (ACI):
1. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings.
2. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
3. ACI SP-66 - American Concrete Institute - Detailing Manual.
B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
1. ASTM A 184 - Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete Reinforcement.
2. ASTM A 615 - Deformed and Plain Billet Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.
3. ASTM A 704 - Welded Steel Plain Bar or Rod Mats for Concrete Reinforcement.
C. American Welding Society (AWS):
1. AWS D 1.4 – Structural Welding Code for Reinforcing Steel.
D. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI):
1. CRSI - Manual of Practice.
2. CRSI 63 - Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars.
3. CRSI 65 - Recommended Practice for Placing Bar Supports, Specifications and
Nomenclature.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal Procedures:
1. Shop Drawings: Indicate bar sizes, spacing’s, locations, and quantities of reinforcing steel
[and wire fabric, bending and cutting schedules, and supporting and spacing device.
Include special reinforcement required for openings through concrete structures.
2. Assurance/Control Submittals;
a. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified
requirements.
b. Submit certified copies of mill test report of reinforcement materials analysis.
SECTION 03 2000
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
City of La Quinta 03 2000 - 2
Traffic Management Center Improvements
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with CRSI 63, 65 and Manual of Practice ACI 301, ACI SP-66, ACI
318, and ASTM A 184.
B. Reinforcement design is provided by the Structural Engineer of Record, experienced in design of
this work and licensed in the State where the Project is located.
1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Resource Management
1. Recycled Content
a. Steel Products: Post-consumer recycled content plus one half of pre-consumer
recycled content not less than 75 percent.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A 615, 60 ksi yield grade; deformed billet steel bars, unfinished.
B. Reinforcing Steel Mat: ASTM A 704, ASTM A 615, 60 ksi yield grade; steel bars or rods,
unfinished.
C. Dowels at Construction Joints: 1/4" x 4.5" Diamond Dowels by PNA Construction Technologies
or approved equal.
2.2 ACCESSORIES
A. Tie Wire: Minimum 16 gage annealed type.
B. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, and Spacers: Sized and shaped for strength and support of
reinforcement during concrete placement conditions including load bearing pad on bottom to
prevent vapor barrier puncture.
C. Special Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, and Spacers Adjacent to Weather Exposed Concrete
Surfaces: Plastic coated steel type (CRSI, Class 1) or stainless steel protected (CRSI, Class 2);
size and shape as required.
2.3 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate concrete reinforcing in accordance with ACI SP-66 and ACI 318.
B. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on drawings, at point of minimum stress. Review location
of splices with the Engineer.
SECTION 03 2000
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
City of La Quinta 03 2000 - 3
Traffic Management Center Improvements
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Division 1 - Execution: Verification of existing conditions before starting work.
B. Verification of Conditions: Verify that field measurements, surfaces, and conditions are as
required, and ready to receive Work.
C. Report in writing to the Engineer prevailing conditions that will adversely affect satisfactory
execution of the Work of this Section. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions
have been corrected.
D. By beginning Work, Contractor accepts conditions and assumes responsibility for correcting
unsuitable conditions encountered at no additional cost to the City.
3.2 PLACEMENT
A. Place, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. Do not deviate from required
position.
B. Do not displace or damage vapor barrier.
C. Accommodate placement of formed openings.
D. Maintain concrete cover around reinforcing in accordance with ACI 318.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field inspection.
B. Inspect reinforcing locations, bar types and sizes, wire ties, and welding (if applicable).
END OF SECTION
SECTION 03 3000
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
City of La Quinta 03 3000 - 1
Traffic Management Center Improvements
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Includes all labor, materials and appliances, and perform all operations in connection with the
installation of Concrete Work, and all related work incidental to the completion thereof, as shown
on the drawings, complete, in strict accordance with the drawings and as specified herein. Section
Includes:
1. Cast-in-place (CIP) concrete in building.
2. Finishing of concrete floor slabs and toppings. Concrete liquid surface treatment, sealer,
and slip-resistant coatings.
3. Expansion and contraction, control joints in CIP concrete.
4. Concrete curing and protection.
5. Non-shrink grout including installation and forming.
B. Related Documents: The Contract Documents, as defined in Division 1 - Summary of Work, apply
to the Work of this Section. Additional requirements and information necessary to complete the
Work of this Section may be found in other Documents and References in Section 1.2.
C. Related Sections: Related work specified elsewhere includes but may not be limited to
1. Section 03 20 00 - Concrete Reinforcement.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. General:
1. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced.
2. Where a date is given for reference standards, the edition of that date shall be used. Where
no date is given for reference standards, the latest edition available on the date of Notice
Inviting Bids shall be used.
B. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO)
1. AASHTO M182, “Standard Specification for Burlap Cloth Made from Jute or Kenaf and
Cotton Mats.”
C. Unless otherwise shown or specified, the work shall conform to the following standards and
recommendations of the American Concrete Institute (ACI), latest editions adopted:
1. ACI 117, “Standard Specification for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials.”
2. ACI 121R, “Quality Assurance Systems for Concrete Construction.”
3. ACI211.1, “Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight and Mass
Concrete.
4. ACI 212.2R, “Guide for Use of Admixtures in Concrete.”
5. ACI 214, “Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Strength Test Results of Concrete.”
6. ACI 301, “Specification for Structure /Concrete.”
7. ACI 302.1R, “Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction.”
8. ACI 304R, “Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete.”
9. ACI 304.2-R, "Placing Concrete by Pumping Methods."
10. ACI 305, “Hot Weather Concreting.”
11. ACI 306, “Cold Weather Concreting.”
12. ACI 306.1 “Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting.”
13. ACI 308, “Standard Practice for Curing Concrete.”
14. ACI 309R, “Guide for Consolidation for Concrete.”
SECTION 03 3000
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
City of La Quinta 03 3000 - 2
Traffic Management Center Improvements
15. ACI 315, “Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement.”
16. ACI 318, “Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete.”
17. ACI 347, “Guide to Formwork for Concrete.”
18. ACI 347.2R “Guide for Shoring/Reshoring of Concrete Multistory Buildings.”
19. ACI 503.2, “Standard Specification for Bonding Plastic Concrete to Hardened Concrete
with a Multi-Component Epoxy Adhesive.”
20. ACI SP-15, "Field Reference Manual" which includes ACI 301 "Specifications for Structural
Concrete for Buildings" and reference standards specified therein.
D. American Welding Society (AWS)
1. AWS D1.4, "Structural Welding Code Reinforcing."
E. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM).
1. ASTM A615, "Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete
Reinforcement."
2. ASTM C31, “Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the
Field.”
3. ASTM C33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates."
4. ASTM C39, "StandardTest Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete
Specimens."
5. ASTM C42, “Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed
Beams of Concrete.”
6. ASTM C94, "Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete."
7. ASTM C109, “Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement
Mortars (Using 2-in. or [50-mm] Cube Specimens)”
8. ASTM C114, "Standard Test Method for Chemical Analysis of Hydraulic Cement."
9. ASTM C138, "Standard Test Method for Unit Weight, Yield, and Air Content of Concrete
(Gravimetric) of Concrete."
10. ASTM C143, "Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement-Cement Concrete."
11. ASTM C150, "Standard Specification for Portland Cement."
12. ASTM C156, "Standard Test Method for Water Retention by Concrete Curing Materials."
13. ASTM C171, "Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete."
14. ASTM C173, "Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the
Volumetric Method."
15. ASTM C231, "Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the
Pressure Method."
16. ASTM C260, "Standard Specification for Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete."
17. ASTM C309, "Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing
Concrete.”
18. ASTM C311, “Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Fly Ash or Natural
Pozzolans for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland-Cement Concrete.”
19. ASTM C387, "Standard Specification for Packaged, Dry, Combined Materials for Mortars
and Concrete."
20. ASTM C457, “Standard Test Method for Microscopical Determination of Parameters of
the Air-Void System in Hardened Concrete.”
21. ASTM C494, "Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete."
22. ASTM C618, "Standard Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan
for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete."
23. ASTM C920, “Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants.”
24. ASTM C685, "Standard Specification for Concrete Made by Volumetric Batching and
Continuous Mixing.”
25. ASTM C989, “Standard Specification for Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag for Use
in Concrete and Mortars.”
26. ASTM C1260, “Standard Test Method for Potential Alkali Reactivity of Aggregates
(Mortar-Bar Method).”
SECTION 03 3000
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
City of La Quinta 03 3000 - 3
Traffic Management Center Improvements
27. ASTM C1567, “Standard Test Method for Potential Alkali Reactivity of Combinations of
Cementitious Materials and Aggregate (Accelerated Mortar-Bar Method).”
28. ASTM E154, "Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with
Earth Under Slabs, On Walls, or as Ground Cover.”
29. ASTM E1155, “Standard Test Method for Determining Floor Flatness and FL Floor
Levelness Numbers”
30. ASTM D2240, “Standard Test Method for Rubber Property-Durometer Hardness.”
F. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI),
1. CRSI "Manual of Standard Practice.”
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Division 1 - Submittal Procedures: Procedures for submittals.
1. Review of submittals will cover general design only. In no case shall submittal review relieve
the Contractor of the responsibility for strength of concrete, general or detailed dimension,
quality or quantity of materials, or any other conditions, functions, performance or
guarantees required.
2. Product Data:
a. Manufacturers' literature containing product and installation specifications and
details.
b. Where Manufacturer's specifications, recommendations, and/or directions are
required in this specification, deliver to the Engineer two (2) copies of such printed
specifications, recommendations, and/or directions for approval before any work is
commenced.
c. Sources of fine and coarse aggregate. Once approved, the source of fine and coarse
aggregate shall not be changed without written approval of the Engineer.
d. List of manufacturers and brand names for cement, mineral and liquid admixtures,
bond breakers, curing compounds, joint sealants, and materials other than
aggregates and reinforcing steel. Include product data sheets, instructions, and
specifications for use.
3. Batch Plant Equipment and Procedures
a. Supplier of concrete and ready-mix grout. Only one source will be approved for the
Contractor, including all subcontractors. All concrete and ready-mixed grout
supplied to the project shall originate from the approved single facility.
b. The following information shall be submitted:
1) Name of supplier.
2) Plant location.
3) Plant volume and output capacity.
4) Capacity of transit equipment.
5) Estimated travel time from plant to jobsite.
c. If the Contractor elects to use an on-site concrete batching plant, the following
information shall be submitted:
1) Drawings and data including proposed location of the batch plant on the site.
2) List of and performance data for material handling equipment.
3) Procedures for processing, handling, transporting, sorting, and proportioning
the materials for concrete.
d. All other data necessary to show the supplier’s capability to produce concrete of the
quality and quantity required.
4. Concrete Procedures
a. The following information shall be submitted:
1) Placement drawings for slab-on-grade shall be submitted indicating location
and size, placement sequence, joint locations, and embedded items.
2) Procedure for mixing and transporting concrete to the point of placement.
3) Procedures for placement of concrete.
SECTION 03 3000
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
City of La Quinta 03 3000 - 4
Traffic Management Center Improvements
4) Methods of obtaining and maintaining the required concrete temperature
during placement and initial curing.
5) Procedures for consolidating the concrete.
6) Procedures how concrete is finished and cured (slab-on-grade concrete).
5. Assurance/Control Submittals:
a. Test Reports: Submit the following reports directly to the Engineer from Testing
Laboratory, with copy to Contractor. Prepare reports in conformance with Section
01 40 00 - Quality Requirements.
b. Submit laboratory test reports for concrete materials and mix design test, including
certified copy of results of aggregate tested by ASTM C1260 or C1567. Mix designs
for each strength and type of concrete proposed for use. Details to be included are
found in section 2.7.
c. Certificates: Manufacturer's certificate that Products meet or exceed specified
requirements.
d. Qualification Documentation: Submit documentation of experience indicating
compliance with specified qualification requirements.
6. Delivery Tickets:
a. Copies of delivery tickets for each load of concrete delivered to site.
b. Indicate on each ticket information required by ASTM C94 including additional
information required herein.
c. Mix identification number on ticket shall match number on submitted and approved
mix design
d. Indicate number of drum revolution from when water is added until concrete is
discharged.
e. Submit copies to Testing Laboratory same day as concrete delivery.
7. Verification Samples:
a. At exposed concrete location provide a sample of concrete with medium broom
finish and sealed for Engineer’s approval.
B. Division 1 - Closeout Procedures and Training: Procedures for closeout submittals.
1. Project Record Documents: Accurately record the following:
a. Shop drawings shall be corrected to reflect actual field changes and become part of
the "Record As-Built Drawings".
2. Extra Products: Submit extra products as specified in this Section.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Division 1 - Product Requirements: Transport, handle, store, and protect Products.
B. Deliver materials in unopened containers with labels identifying contents.
C. Store powdered materials in dry area and in manner to prevent damage. Protect liquid materials
from freezing or exceeding maximum storage temperatures set by product manufacturer.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS OR SITE CONDITIONS
A. Jobsite Requirements:
1. Conform to ACI 305 R when placing concrete during hot weather.
2. Conform to ACI 306 R when placing concrete during cold weather.
SECTION 03 3000
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
City of La Quinta 03 3000 - 5
Traffic Management Center Improvements
1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Environmental Impact:
1. Concrete placement accessories:
a. Mixing equipment: Return excess concrete to supplier; minimize water used to wash
equipment.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with project requirements, manufacturers offering Products which may be
incorporated in the Work include the following:
1. Applied Concrete Technology, Inc.,
2. The Euclid Chemical Company,
3. Fortifiber Corporation,
4. ChemRex Inc.,
5. W.R. Meadows, Inc.,
6. Reef Industries,
7. Stego Industries LLC,
8. L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc.
9. Curecrete Chemical Company, Inc.
10. Midwest Floor Care Inc.,
11. General Resource Technology, Inc.,
12. Or approved equal
B. Division 1 - Product Requirements: Product options and substitutions. Substitutions: Permitted.
2.2 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Concrete:
1. Concrete shall be in accordance with ASTM C94. If a conflict exists between ASTM C94
and these specifications, these specifications shall govern.
B. Portland Cement: ASTM C150 – Type II unless otherwise specified or approved by the Engineer.
1. Assume full responsibility for the quality and soundness of cement. Cement is to be of one
type and from the same mill; it is to be of uniform color for all concrete with permanently
exposed concrete finishes.
C. Liquid admixtures: All admixtures shall be used in conformance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations. When air entraining admixtures, water reducing admixtures, high range water
reducing admixtures, and non-corrosive accelerating admixtures are used in any combination, all
products shall be from the same manufacturer or the ready-mix concrete producer shall certify
that they are compatible. The following admixtures are permitted when approved in writing prior
to use or are required as specified herein and shall be used in strict accordance with the
manufacturer's specifications or recommendations:
1. Calcium chloride: Conform to ACI 301. The water-soluble chloride ion level shall not
exceed 0.3 percent by weight of cement.
2. Air-entraining admixtures: ASTM C260 shall be used to achieve the specified air content
in all permanently exposed exterior concrete. For steel hard trowel interior slab finish, do
not use air entrainment admixtures. The total air entrainment (entrained and entrapped air)
must not exceed 3 percent. For steel trowel exterior slab finish, comply with ACI 318 and
ACI 302.
a. Euclid: AEA-92 or Air Mix 200.
b. BASF: Micro-Air, MBVR-Standard, and MB AE 90.
SECTION 03 3000
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
City of La Quinta 03 3000 - 6
Traffic Management Center Improvements
c. Sika: Sika AEA-14, Sika AEA-15, and Sika Air.
d. W.R. Grace: Darex EH, Darex II AEA, Daravair AT60, Daravair 1400, and Daravair
1000.
e. Or approved equal.
3. Water-reducing admixtures: Conform to ASTM C494, Type A, containing not more chloride
ions than allowed in paragraph C., above.
a. Euclid: Eucon WR series or Eucon MR.
b. BASF: Masterpave, Masterpave N, PolyHeed 997, Pozzolith 220N, and Glenium
7500.
c. W.R. Grace: Daracem 55 and Daracem 65, WRDA 82 and WRDA with HYCOL.
d. Sika: Sikament HP, Plastocrete 161, and Sikament 686.
e. General Resource Technology: Polychem 400 NC and Polychem 1000.
f. Or approved equal.
4. Water-reducing/accelerating admixtures: Conform to ASTM C494, Type C or E having
long-term test results showing non-rusting on metal deck and reinforcing steel.
a. Euclid: Accelguard series.
b. BASF: Pozzutec 20+, Pozzolith NC 534, and Rheocrete CNI.
c. Sika: Sika Rapid-1 and Plasocrete 161FL.
d. W.R. Grace: Lubricon NCA, Polarset, and DCI.
e. Or approved equal.
5. Water-reducing/retarding admixtures: Conform to ASTM C494, Type D containing not
more than 1 percent chloride ions.
a. Euclid: Eucon Retarder series.
b. BASF: Delvo Stabilizer, Masterpave series, and Pozzolith 100XR, 200N, 220N and
322N.
c. Sika: Plastimet.
d. W.R. Grace: Daratard 17, WRDA-64, and WRDA-82.
e. Or approved equal.
6. High-range/water-reducing (HRWR) admixtures: Conform to ASTM C494, Type F or G
super plasticizers containing 1 percent maximum chloride ions may be used with low slump
(3 inches maximum) concrete to produce flowable concrete (up to 8 inches slump) with
early strength gain and 28-day strengths equal to reference concrete. HRWR admixture
may be used providing not more than 60 minutes is allowed from addition of admixture to
final placement of concrete. HRWR admixture shall be used in concrete with a maximum
water/ cement ratio of 0.50 or less and is suggested in the following:
a. In pumped concrete.
b. In concrete topping slabs
c. In lieu of the specified water-reducing admixture (Type A) where confinement of
placing due to heavy reinforcement or narrow space requires flowable concrete.
d. Where more than 30 minutes is required between the addition of admixtures to final
placement of the concrete, a combination of water-reducing, set controlling
admixtures (ASTM C494, Types A, D, & E) as in Master Builders Company
"Synergized Performance System" may be used.
1) Euclid: Eucon 37 or Eucon 537.
2) BASF: Rheobuild 1000, Glenium 3000 NS, and Glenium 3400NV.
3) Sika: Sikament 300, Viscocrete 2100, and Sikament 686.
4) W.R. Grace: Daracem 100, ADVA Cast 530, Mira 92, and ADVA Cast 575.
5) Or approved equal.
D. Fly ash: Conform to ASTM C618. The use of a quality fly ash will be permitted as a cement-
reducing admixture (minimum 15 percent and maximum 25 percent). Fly ash used in concrete
shall be from a single source and of a single class in combination with Portland cement of a single
SECTION 03 3000
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
City of La Quinta 03 3000 - 7
Traffic Management Center Improvements
source and single class unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The fly ash shall meet all of
the requirements of ASTM C618, Class C or Class F, with the following special requirements:
The loss on ignition in Table 1 shall not exceed 3 percent. Compliance to Table 1A shall apply.
The amount retained on the 325 sieve in Table 2 shall not exceed 34 percent. Where a Type II
low-alkali cement is specified, the total C3A shall be less than 8 percent of total cementitious
material. The chemical analysis of the fly ash shall be reported in accordance with ASTM C311.
Quality assurance testing and reports for a minimum of six months shall be submitted by the fly
ash supplier. The option to use fly ash must be approved prior to use.
E. Granulated Blast Furnace Slag is an alternative to fly ash and shall conform to ASTM C989 Grade
100 0r 120. Granulated blast furnace slag may be used as a substitute for a maximum of 30
percent of Portland cement.
F. Certification: Certification of the above requirements is required from the admixture manufacturer
prior to mix design review and approval by the Engineer. Upon request by the Engineer, a
qualified representative is to be provided to assure proper use of admixtures. Use of admixtures,
other than listed above will be permitted only when approved by the Engineer.
G. Aggregates:
1. Normal-weight concrete - ASTM C33. For slabs, also conform to combined aggregate
grading recommendations of ACI 302 and ACI 302.1R, unless otherwise permitted by the
Engineer.
2. All concrete exposed to the weather shall conform to the limits of deleterious substances
and physical properties of Table 3, ASTM C 33.
3. Local aggregates: Local aggregates not complying with ASTM C33 but which have been
shown by special test or actual service to produce concrete of adequate strength and
durability may be used when acceptable to the Engineer.
4. The nominal size of an aggregate particle shall not exceed:
a. 20 percent of the narrowest dimension between sides of forms.
b. 33 percent of the depth of slabs.
c. 75 percent of the dimension between reinforcing bars.
d. 75 percent of the dimension between reinforcing bars and forms.
5. Maximum size of coarse aggregates and minimum cementitious contents: ACI 301 and
ACI 302.1R.
6. Concrete aggregate alkali-silica reactivity (ASR) shall be tested in accordance with ASTM
C1260 with a 14-day expansion (no supplementary cementing materials) or ASTM C1567
(with supplementary cementing materials) of less than 0.1 percent. Materials (cement,
supplementary cementing materials, and aggregates) to be used in the concrete shall be
tested. Coarse aggregates and fine aggregates shall be individually tested. If two grades of
coarse aggregates are blended, they shall be individually tested.
7. Abrasive aggregates non-slip finishes: Fused aluminum oxide grits, or crushed emery, as
abrasive for non-slip finish with emery aggregate containing not less that 40 percent
aluminum oxide and not less than 25 percent ferric oxide. Use material that is factory-
graded, packaged, rustproof, non- glazing, and unaffected by freezing, moisture, and
cleaning materials.
H. Water:
1. Clean, potable, and free of injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali, organic or other deleterious
matter not detrimental to concrete; drinkable.
2. Water shall contain no more than 650 parts per million of chlorides as Cl or more than 1000
parts per million of sulfates as SO4. In no case shall the water contain an amount of
impurities that will cause a change in the setting time of Portland cement of neither more
than 25 percent nor a reduction in compressive strength of mortar at 14 days of more than
5 percent when compared to the results obtained with distilled water when tested in
accordance with ASTM C109.
SECTION 03 3000
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
City of La Quinta 03 3000 - 8
Traffic Management Center Improvements
3. Water used for curing shall not contain impurities in amounts to cause discoloration of the
concrete or mortar or to produce etching of the surface.
4. Recycled water shall conform to ASTM C94.
2.3 CURING/SEALING/HARDENERS
A. Dissipating liquid membrane-forming compounds for curing concrete; Conform to ASTM C309,
Type 1. Curing compound shall be compatible with floor sealer or finish used. Low VOC.
1. Euclid: VOX Kurex DR VOX series; waterborne products.
2. W.R. Meadows: 1100-Clear series.
3. Edoco: Burke Aqua Resin Cure.
4. L&M Construction Chemicals: Cure R.
5. BASF: Kure 200W
6. Or approved equal.
B. Method of curing shall be approved by the finish flooring applicator where finishes are indicated.
C. Liquid Densifier/Sealer/Hardener: to be applied on exposed concrete floors cured with dissipating
membrane forming curing compound to harden and densify concrete surfaces. Sealers are to be
clear, chemically reactive, a waterborne solution of silicate or siliconate materials and proprietary
components, odorless, and colorless.
1. ChemMasters: Chemisil Plus
2. Conspec Marketing and Manufacturing Co., Inc. Intraseal
3. Euclid Chemical Company: Euco Diamond Hard (Liquid Sealer and Hardener)
4. L&M Construction Chemicals: Seal Hard (Liquid Sealer and Hardener)
5. Curecrete Chemical Company: Ashford Formula (Liquid Sealer and Hardener)
6. W.R. Meadows, Inc.: Liqui-Hard
7. Sika: Sikafloor 3S
8. Sonneborn: Kure-N-Harden
9. Symons Corporation: Buff Hard
10. Or approved equal.
2.4 JOINTS AND EMBEDDED ITEMS:
A. Construction and Contraction Joints: Comply with ACI 301 and recommendations of ACI 302.1R.
Sealant shall be two-part semi- rigid epoxy, and shall have minimum Shore A Hardness of 80
when measured with ASTM D2240.
B. Isolation Joints: Fillers shall consist of 1/8-inch width strips of neoprene, synthetic rubber, or
approved substitute, extending the full depth of the slab. Sealant shall be two-part elastomeric
type, polyurethane base.
2.5 VAPOR BARRIER/RETARDER
A. Provide cover over prepared soil, above aggregate subbase material at slabs-on-grade, where
shown on the plans. Use only materials which are resistant to decay when coated in accordance
with ASTM E154.
1. Vapor Retarder: Polyethylene sheet not less than 10 mils thick, or
2. Vapor Barrier:
a. Stego: Stego Wrap Vapor Barrier 10 –mil
b. Fortifiber: Moistop and Moistop Ultra 10.
c. Insulation Solution Viper Vaporcheck 10.
d. Or approved equal
SECTION 03 3000
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
City of La Quinta 03 3000 - 9
Traffic Management Center Improvements
3. Vapor Barrier:
a. Stego: Stego Wrap Vapor Barrier 15 –mil
b. Fortifiber: Moistop and Moistop Ultra 15.
c. W.R. Grace: Florprufe 120.
d. Insulation Solution Viper Vaporcheck 16
e. Or approved equal
2.6 PROPORTIONING
A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete by either laboratory trial batch or
field experience methods as specified in ACI 301. If laboratory trial batch method is used, use an
independent testing facility acceptable to the Engineer for preparing and reporting proposed mix
designs.
B. Concrete types and strengths: Minimum 28 Day Compressive Strength shall be per design
requirements but not less than:
1. Paving base, paving slab-on-grade, pads, columns, beams, walls, foundations, and
footings: 3,000 psi.
2. Slab-on-grade:2,500 psi.
3. All concrete exposed to weather shall be air entrained (ASTM C260).
4. All concrete shall be normal weight except as noted above.
When the concrete mix design is developed from laboratory trial batching, adjust proportions to
produce a design mix at least 1200 psi greater than the specified strength.
When the field experience method is used, the required average compressive strength shall be
determined in accordance with ACI 318.Documentation that proposed concrete proportions will
produce an average compressive strength equal to or greater than the required average
compressive strength shall consist of a field strength test record representing materials and
proportions to be used for this project. A field strength test record shall consist of at least 10
consecutive tests encompassing a period of time of not less than 45 days and made within the
past 12 months.
Also, see general and specific notes on structural drawings.
C. Weights: All concrete shall be normal-weight concrete unless otherwise designated on the
structural drawings.
D. Aggregate gradation: For slabs, also conform to combined aggregate grading recommendations
of ACI 302.1R, unless otherwise permitted. For all other concrete not otherwise noted the coarse
aggregate gradation shall conform to ASTM C33 size no. 57 or larger.
E. Durability: Conform to ACI 301.
1. All concrete exposed to potentially destructive weathering, such as freezing and thawing,
or to de-icer chemicals is to be air-entrained, 6 percent +1percent, a minimum six sacks
cementitious per cubic yard of concrete, 0.45 maximum water-cementitious ratio, and, 4-
inch maximum slump.
2. Water-cement ratio: For concrete subject to freezing and thawing or deicer chemicals, the
water-cement ratio shall not exceed 0.53 by weight including any water added to meet
specified slump in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C94 unless otherwise noted.
F. Slump: Conform to ACI 301.
1. 3 ½ inch maximum for consolidation by vibration
2. 5 inch maximum for consolidation by other methods
3. 8 inch maximum for flowable concrete. Concrete containing HRWR admixture (super
plasticizer): 3 inch maximum before addition of HRWR
SECTION 03 3000
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
City of La Quinta 03 3000 - 10
Traffic Management Center Improvements
4. Where field conditions require slump to exceed that specified above, the increased slump
shall be obtained by the use of a superplasticizer only, and the Contractor shall obtain
written approval from the Engineer who may require an adjustment to the mix.
G. Slab-On-Grade
1. Concrete shall conform to ACI 302.1R except that the minimum 28-day compressive
strength shall be 4000 psi.
2. The minimum cementitious content shall be in accordance with ACI 302.1R Table 6.2.
3. The maximum water-cementitious ratio shall be 0.48.
4. The maximum water content shall not be greater than 250 lbs per cubic yard of concrete.
5. The air content shall be less than 3 percent.
H. Production of concrete: Conform to ACI 301:
1. Cast-in-place concrete used in the work shall be produced at a single off-site batching plant
or may be produced at an on-site batch plant.
2. All concrete shall be proportioned conforming to the approved mix designs and of the
materials contained in those approved mixes. A certified copy of the design weights for
each mix shall be kept at the producing plant for each class of concrete used on the project.
3. Plant equipment and facilities are to conform to the "Check List for Certification of Ready-
Mixed Concrete Production Facilities" of the National Ready-Mixed Concrete Association
(NRMCA) and have NRMCA or approved certification within the past year.
4. Coarse aggregates shall be washed and, if necessary, shall be uniformly moistened just
before batching. Each size of coarse aggregate shall be batched from separate bins as
required to produce the combined grading requirements.
5. Prior to adding a high-range water reducer (super plasticizer), slump shall not exceed the
working limit. The high-range water reducing admixture shall be accurately measured and
pressure-injected into the mixer as a single dose. If added at the jobsite, the field
dispensing system shall conform to the same requirements as a plant system and tested
prior to each day’s operation. After the addition of the high-range water reducer, the
concrete shall be mixed at mixing speed for a minimum of 5 minutes.
6. Ready-mixed and on-site batched concrete shall be batched, mixed, and transported in
accordance with ASTM C94.
a. Truck mixers and their operation shall ensure that the discharged concrete is
uniformly within acceptable limits of consistency, mix, and grading. All mechanical
details of the mixer, such as water-measuring and discharge apparatus, conditions
of the blades, speed of rotation, general mechanical condition of the unit, and
clearance of the drum shall be checked before the use of the unit will be permitted.
b. Truck mixers shall be equipped with approved revolution counters by which the
number of revolutions of the drum or blades may readily be verified. The water tank
system of the truck shall be equipped with gauges that permit accurate
determination of the tank contents.
c. Each batch of concrete shall be mixed in a truck mixer for not less than 80
revolutions of the drum or blades and at the rate of rotation designated as mixing
speed by the manufacturer of the equipment. Additional mixing, if any, shall be at
the speed designated as the agitating speed by the manufacturer of the equipment.
All materials, including mixing water but excluding any high-range water reducers
added onsite, shall be in the mixer drum before actuating the revolution counter for
determining the number of revolutions of mixing.
d. The concrete producer shall furnish duplicate delivery tickets, one for the Contractor
and one given to the Owner’s Representative for each batch of concrete. The
information provided on the delivery ticket shall include the quantity of materials
batched including the amount of free water in the aggregate and any water added
onsite. Show the date, time of day batched, and if ready-mixed the time of discharge
from the truck. The quantity of water that can be added at the site without exceeding
the maximum water-cementitious ratio specified shall be noted on the delivery ticket.
SECTION 03 3000
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
City of La Quinta 03 3000 - 11
Traffic Management Center Improvements
7. Concrete produced by on-site volumetric batching and continuous mixing if approved shall
conform to ASTM C685.
8. For concrete produced on site with a central batch plant, mixing shall be done in an
approved batch mixer.
a. The Contractor shall maintain and operate the on-site batch plant and transportation
equipment in a manner that will produce the results specified in this section.
b. The Engineer reserves the right to reject the proposed on-site plant if, in his/her
opinion, the on-site plant will interfere with other operations or impair the quality of
the concrete.
c. The quantities of cement, pozzolanic materials, and aggregates used in each batch
shall be determined by automatic weighing. The quantity of water shall be
determined by weighing or volumetric measurement.
d. The weighing equipment for aggregates shall be readily adjustable both to
compensate for variation in moisture content of the aggregates and for changing mix
proportions. Moisture-sensing devices shall automatically compensate the
aggregate weights for changes in moisture content. The charging of weigh hoppers
directly from aggregate handling equipment such as front-end loaders will not be
permitted.
e. Mixers in centralized batching and mixing plants shall be arranged so that mixing
actions can be observed from a location convenient to the mixing-plant operator’s
station.
f. Equipment shall be provided that discharges pozzolanic material into the cement
hopper only after the addition of the Portland cement. Pozzolanic materials shall be
stored in such a manner as to permit ready access for the purpose of inspection and
sampling and be suitably protected against contamination of moisture. Should any
pozzolan show evidence of contamination or be otherwise unsuitable, the Engineer
will reject it and require that it be removed from the site.
g. Dispensers for admixtures shall have the capacity of the full quantity of the properly
diluted solution required for each batch. They shall be maintained in a clean and
freely operating condition. Admixtures shall be added to the premeasured water for
the batch or shall be discharged into the batch by flowing automatically and uniformly
into the stream of mixing water from the beginning to end of its flow into the mixer.
Equipment for measurement shall give visual confirmation of the accuracy of the
measurement for each batch.
h. The central batch mixer shall be rotated at a speed recommended by the
manufacturer and mixing shall be continued for a minimum of 1-1/2 minutes after all
materials are in the drum.
i. Each stationary mixer shall be equipped with a mechanically operated timing and
signaling device that will indicate and ensure the completion of the required mixing
period and will count the batches.
j. All concrete shall be mixed until there is a uniform distribution of the materials and
shall be discharged completely before the mixer is recharged.
9. The Engineer may increase the mixing time when the charging and mixing operations fail
to produce a delivered batch in which variations of consistency, mix, or grading are within
the limits specified.
10. Variations in consistency during the discharge of a single batch shall not exceed 1 inch of
slump, except that a greater variation will be permitted if the slump of the concrete
decreases and no water is added. Variations in mix and in grading of different parts of the
delivered batch shall be within limits stated in ASTM C94.
11. Water shall be introduced prior to, during, and following mixer-charging operations.
12. When a mixer produces unsatisfactory results, it shall be repaired promptly and effectively,
or it shall be replaced.
13. Mixers shall not be loaded in excess of their rated capacity.
14. Overmixing, such as to require addition of water to preserve the required consistency or to
reduce slump, will not be permitted.
15. All other concrete: Conform to ACI 301
SECTION 03 3000
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
City of La Quinta 03 3000 - 12
Traffic Management Center Improvements
16. Use of accelerating admixtures in cold weather and retarding admixtures in hot weather
shall not relax placement requirements specified herein.
17. All concrete placed at ambient temperatures below 50 degrees F is to contain an approved
accelerator. The concrete temperature when delivered at the site shall be at least 50
degrees F.
18. All concrete placed at ambient temperatures above 80 degrees F is to contain an approved
retarder.
19. All concrete required to be air-entrained is to contain an approved air-entraining admixture.
20. When improved workability, pumpability, lower water-cement ratio, or high ultimate and/or
early strength is required, the HRWR admixture (super plasticizer) may be used.
21. Ensure air content for slabs with steel trowel finish is less than 3.0 percent.
22. The concrete shall be of such consistency and composition that it can be worked readily
into the corners and angles of the forms and around reinforcement without permitting
materials to segregate or free water to collect on the surfaces. Within the limiting
requirements, adjust the consistency of the concrete as may be necessary to produce
mixtures which will be placeable with reasonable methods of placing and compacting.
Maintain on the job at all times adequate extra cement to be used at rate of 1/2 sack cement
per cubic yard concrete for each 2" slump increase for corrections due to wetness desired
or obtained. No water shall be added to concrete except with the approval of the City
inspector.
23. No water shall be added to concrete except with the approval of the City inspector. The
water-cementitious ratio stated on the approved mix designs shall not be exceeded unless
approved by the Engineer. Re-tempered concrete shall be mixed for not less than 80
revolutions of the drum or blades and at the rate of rotation designated as mixing speed by
the manufacturer of the equipment.
24. Adjustments to concrete mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by Contractor
when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results, or other
circumstances warrant at no additional cost to City. Laboratory test data for revised mix
design and strength results must be submitted and accepted before using in work.
2.7 REINFORCING MATERIALS
A. Section 03 20 00: Concrete Reinforcement
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Division 1 - Execution: Verification of existing conditions before starting work.
B. Verification of Conditions: Verify that field measurements, surfaces, substrates and conditions
are as required, and ready to receive Work.
C. Report in writing to the Engineer prevailing conditions that will adversely affect satisfactory
execution of the Work of this Section. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions
have been corrected and approved by the Engineer.
D. By beginning Work, Contractor accepts conditions and assumes responsibility for correcting
unsuitable conditions encountered at no additional cost to the City.
3.2 INSTALLATION - GENERAL
SECTION 03 3000
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
City of La Quinta 03 3000 - 13
Traffic Management Center Improvements
A. Install all cast-in-place concrete work in accordance with ACI 301 except as herein specified.
B. All bearing materials shall be inspected by the Engineer prior to placing concrete. The Engineer
shall be the sole judge as to the suitability of the bearing material.
C. Compact stone base aggregate to thickness indicated on drawings. Proof roll stone screenings
topping to provide smooth hard surface on which to place slab. Surface should not show footprints
or truck tracks when driven over.
D. Immediately before placing concrete, spaces to be occupied by concrete shall be free from
standing water, ice, mud, and debris.
E. Concrete shall not be deposited under water or where water in motion may injure the surface
finish of the concrete.
F. Immediately before placing concrete for exterior sidewalk, curb and gutter, pavements, and slab-
on-grade, subbases and compacted subgrades shall be thoroughly moistened, but not muddied,
by sprinkling with water. Surfaces shall be kept moist by frequent sprinkling, as required, up to
the time of placing of concrete.
G. Place and properly support reinforcing steel and anchor bolts.
3.3 REINFORCEMENT
A. Placement: Section 03 20 00 - Concrete Reinforcement
3.4 METHODS OF PLACEMENT AND PLACING CONCRETE
A. Placement: Conform to ACI 301:
1. Maintain concrete cover around reinforcing as per Section 3.3 above and ACI 301.
2. The methods and equipment used for transporting concrete to the site work and the time
that elapses during transportation shall not cause segregation of coarse aggregate or
slump loss in excess of 1 inch when measured at the point of discharge.
3. Concrete shall be placed within 90 minutes after the water has been added to the cement
and aggregates. Concrete shall be placed prior to initial concrete set.
B. Depositing Concrete
1. Deposit concrete as near its final position as possible to avoid segregation due to
rehandling or flowing. Hoppers, tremies, pump line, ducts, chutes, or other methods
approved by the Engineer shall be used to deposit concrete in its final position within the
specified time limits and without segregation of the mix.
2. The sequence of concrete placement and the number, type, position, and design of joints
shall be approved by the Engineer prior to concrete placement.
3. Place floor slabs-on-grade by "strip cast" method.
C. Conveyor Belts and Chutes
1. Chutes or conveyor belts shall not be used except as approved by the Engineer.
2. Concrete shall be conveyed from the mixer to the place of final deposit by methods that
will prevent separation and loss of material.
3. Chutes longer than 50 feet and conveyor belts longer than 110 feet will not be permitted.
D. Pumping of Concrete
1. The type and operation of a concrete pump shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer.
The equipment used in placing the concrete and the method of its operation shall introduce
the concrete into the forms without high velocity.
E. Joints
1. Joints shall be vertical in walls and horizontal in slabs.
2. Dowel bars and tie bars shall be inspected
SECTION 03 3000
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
City of La Quinta 03 3000 - 14
Traffic Management Center Improvements
3. Control joints for controlling concrete shrinkage shall be provided in floor slabs, walls,
decks, conduits, and channels as shown on the plans or approved by the Engineer.
4. Joint spacing and sawcut depth for slab-on-grade shall be as follows:
a. Sawed control (contraction) joints for pavements and slab-on-grade shall be
installed as soon as practical so as not to ravel the concrete but less than 12 hours.
b. The minimum sawcut joint depth shall be 1/4 of the slab thickness unless an early-
entry SOFF-CUT saw is used in accordance with manufacturer recommendations
(typically sawed between 1 to 4 hours after finishing to a 1-inch minimum depth.
c. Joint spacing shall in feet shall not exceed 2-1/2 times the slab thickness in inches
unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
d. The long dimension of a slab shall not exceed 1.5 times the short dimension unless
otherwise approved by the Engineer.
5. If there is a delay in casting but prior to concrete initial set, the concrete placed after the
delay shall be thoroughly spaded and consolidated at the edge of that previously placed to
avoid cold joints. Concrete shall then be brought to correct level and struck off with a
straight edge. Bullfoats shall be used to smooth slab surfaces, leaving it free of humps or
hollows.
6. Where placing concrete is interrupted long enough for the concrete to take its initial set,
the working face shall be made a construction joint.
a. Preparation and disposition of unplanned cold joints in walls shall be approved by
the Engineer.
b. For slab-on-grade, pavements, sidewalk, and curb and gutter, concrete shall be
removed back to the nearest planned joint and a construction joint installed.
7. Unless otherwise noted on the drawings, where concrete is to be placed against existing
concrete, except in the case of expansion joints, the joint face of the existing concrete shall
be roughened.
a. Before new concrete is placed against hardened concrete, the bonding surface of
the existing concrete shall be roughened to an amplitude of 0.25 inch using bush
hammers, abrasive blasting, or high-pressure water blasting.
b. Fresh concrete may be green-cut with water blasting and hand tools to remove
concrete laitance and spillage and to expose sound aggregate.
c. The prepared surfaces of hardened concrete shall be kept thoroughly wet during the
24-hour period immediately prior to the placement of the new concrete. Wetting shall
be accomplished by continuous sprinkling or by covering exposed surfaces with wet
burlap.
d. Where shown on the drawings or permitted by the Engineer, bond-preventing
compound shall be applied by brush in accordance with the manufacturer’s printed
instructions.
F. Consolidation
1. Concrete for slabs 8 inches thick or less may be consolidated with vibrating screeds. Slabs
between 8 to 12 inches thick shall be compacted with internal vibrators and (optionally)
with vibrating screeds.
2. Concrete shall be consolidated by vibration to the maximum practicable density. The
concrete shall be free from pockets of coarse aggregate and entrapped air.
3. Consolidation shall be carried on continuously with the placing of concrete.
G. Repair of surface defects: ACI 301.
1. Inspect concrete surfaces and surfaces to be painted immediately upon removal of forms
Irregularities shall be immediately rubbed or ground to secure a smooth, uniform, and
continuous surface.
2. Clean surfaces of tie holes. Tie holes shall be filled solid with patching mortar.
3. Surfaces to be smoothed shall not be plastered or coated.
4. Patch imperfections as needed or as directed by the Engineer. Repairs in accordance with
Section 3.8 shall not be made until the surface has been inspected and repair methods
have been approved by the Engineer.
SECTION 03 3000
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
City of La Quinta 03 3000 - 15
Traffic Management Center Improvements
3.5 FINISHING
A. Slabs: Minimum slab surface tolerance must satisfy ACI 301 and ACI 302.1R as measured in
accordance with ASTM E1155.
1. Slabs-on-grade:
a. For exposed slabs, install semi-rigid epoxy sealant in construction and contraction
joints after slab has a minimum of 60 days or otherwise approved by the Engineer.
b. Separate slabs-on-grade from vertical surfaces with 1/2-inch-thick joint filler. Extend
joint filler from bottom of slab to within 1/8 inch of finished slab surface.
c. Allowable tolerance for slab on grade surfaces, measured in accordance with ACI
117 and ASTM E1155, shall meet or exceed an overall value of FF35/Fl25, with
minimum local value of FF24/FL17.
2. Concrete Finishes:
a. The following will not be permitted on slab or floor finishes:
1) Dusting dry cement or sand on the surface to absorb excess moisture.
2) Use of a mortar finishing coat.
3) Excessive troweling or manipulation that brings water or a large number of
fines to the surface.
4) Use of a Fresno.
5) Addition of water to the surface during the finishing operation.
6) Use of the floor during construction in a manner that leads to marring or
staining the finish.
b. Surface preparation
1) The concrete shall be brought up evenly to slightly above finished grade and
shall be thoroughly compacted and consolidated. The top shall be struck off
to accurately established grade strips or grade blocks. Complete screeding
before any excess moisture or bleedwater is present on the surface.
2) After bull floating, defer additional finishing operations until the concrete has
stiffened sufficiently to sustain foot traffic pressure with an indentation of not
more than ¼ inch.
c. Floor Slabs: Steel trowel finish unless otherwise noted on the plans. The finish
surface shall match that of the adjacent existing concrete. As soon as the moisture
sheen has disappeared from the floated surface and the concrete has hardened
sufficiently to prevent drawing moisture and fine materials to the surface, the surface
shall be steel troweled to produce a smooth, hard, uniform finish. Final steel
troweling shall be conducted after the concrete is hard enough that no mortar
accumulates on the trowel when manipulated with heavy pressure. Machine
finishing may be used for troweling.
d. Exposed concrete slabs shall be sealed or sealed and hardened using a liquid
compound compatible with the curing method used as described in: 3.7 Curing,
Protection, Liquid Hardeners and Sealers of this Section.
3.6 CURING, PROTECTION, LIQUID HARDENERS AND SEALERS
A. Curing Compound
1. All curing methods shall be placed immediately after final finishing (i.e., within two hours).
Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that experience shows the most important time
of curing is from three to four hours after placing and extending five to six hours thereafter.
It is extremely important, therefore, to prevent loss of moisture, particularly during this
period when concrete is especially vulnerable to plastic shrinkage cracks. All exposed
surfaces of concrete including floor slabs, whether or not they receive a finish flooring, shall
be protected from premature drying for a minimum of seven days.
2. Apply the specified curing compound in strict accordance with manufacturer’s written
instructions. Curing compound shall not be diluted by the addition of solvents or thinners,
nor shall it be altered in any other manner. Curing compound that has become chilled and
SECTION 03 3000
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
City of La Quinta 03 3000 - 16
Traffic Management Center Improvements
is too viscous for satisfactory application shall be heated by steam or hot water bath until
it has proper fluidity. The temperature of the compound shall not exceed 100 ºF. Curing
compound shall not be heated by direct exposure of the container to fire.
3. When used on an unformed concrete surface, application of the first coat of curing
compound shall commence immediately after finishing operations have been completed.
When curing compound is used on a formed concrete surface, the surface shall first be
moistened with a fine spray of water immediately after the forms have been removed. The
spray shall be continued until the surface does not readily absorb further water. As soon
as the surface film of water has disappeared and the surface is almost dry, the first coat of
curing compound shall be applied. In the event that application is delayed on either formed
or unformed surfaces, the surface shall be kept continuously moist until the compound has
been applied or the specified period of water curing has elapsed.
4. Surfaces shall be sprayed uniformly with 2 coats of curing compound. Each coat shall
provide a minimum coverage of 1 gallon per 250 square feet of surface. As soon as the
first coat has become dry, a second coat shall be applied in the same manner. The direction
of application of the second coat shall be perpendicular to the first coat. The curing
compound shall be sprayed using approved pneumatic or pump driven equipment having
the following characteristics:
a. Separate lines to the nozzle for material and for compressed air
b. A filtering system for the removal or entrapment of contaminants
c. A constant application pressure
5. Curing compound shall not be used on any concrete surface specified to receive additional
concrete, coatings, grout, and chemical treatment
B. Protection
1. The contractor shall allow no traffic and take precautions to avoid damage to the membrane
of the curing compound for a period of not less than 28 days. Damage shall be repaired
immediately to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
2. Special care shall be taken to prevent avoid damaging the surfaces and joints due to load
stresses from construction equipment, heavy shock, and excessive vibration. During
construction activities, concrete shall be protected against damage with plywood or other
approved materials until final acceptance by the Engineer.
C. All floor slabs shall be cured using products and methods compatible with selected floor
adhesives, toppings, and other finish materials.
D. Sealing Coat: Uniformly apply a continuous sealing coat of curing and sealing compound to
hardened concrete by power spray or roller according to manufacturer’s written instruction.
3.7 PATCHING AND REPAIR
A. Concrete will be considered by the Engineer as not conforming to the intent of the drawings and
specifications for the following reasons:
1. Concrete is not formed as shown on the drawings.
2. Concrete is not in true alignment or level.
3. Concrete which exhibits a defective surface.
4. Concrete with defects that reduce the structural integrity of a member or members.
5. Concrete jointed slabs with uncontrolled random cracking.
B. Non-conforming concrete to required thickness, lines, details, and elevations will be rejected by
the Engineer and shall be modified or replaced with concrete that conforms to the contract
requirements without a claim by the Contractor for additional cost or extension of contract time.
C. Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair, or replace exposed concrete except upon express direction of
City Engineer for each individual area. Should the City Engineer grant permission for the
Contractor to attempt restoration of a defective area by patching or other repair methods, such
permission shall not be considered a waiver of the Engineer’s right to require complete removal
SECTION 03 3000
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
City of La Quinta 03 3000 - 17
Traffic Management Center Improvements
of the defective area if, in the Engineer’s opinion, the restoration does not provide the structural
or aesthetic integrity of the member or members.
D. All repairs of defective areas shall conform to ACI 301. On areas requiring treatment of defects
and until such repairs have been completed, only water cure will be permitted
E. At any time prior to final acceptance, concrete found to be defective, damaged, or not in
accordance with the specifications shall be repaired or removed and replaced with acceptable
concrete.
3.8 ACCEPTANCE OF STRUCTURE
A. Comply with ACI 301 and modifications in this section.
B. Completed concrete work, which meets all applicable requirements, will be accepted without
qualification.
C. Completed concrete work which fails to meet one or more requirements but which has been
repaired to bring it into compliance will be accepted without qualification.
D. Completed concrete work which fails to meet one or more requirements and which cannot be
brought into compliance may be accepted or rejected by the City Engineer. In this event,
modifications may be required to assure that remaining work complies with the requirements.
E. The costs of any additional tests or analysis, including additional architectural and engineering
services, performed to prove the adequacy of the concrete work, shall be borne by the Contractor
without extension of contract time.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 07 9200
JOINT SEALANTS
City of La Quinta 07 9200 - 1
Traffic Management Center Improvements
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Preparing sealant substrate surfaces.
2. Sealant and backing.
B. Related Documents: The Contract Documents, as defined in Summary of Work, apply to the
Work of this Section. Additional requirements and information necessary to complete the Work
of this Section may be found in other documents.
C. Related Sections:
1. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-In-Place Concrete: Sealants used in conjunction with concrete.
2. Section 08 22 00 – Fiberglass Plastic Doors & Frames: Sealants used in conjunction with
metal frames.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
1. ASTM C717 - Standard Terminology of Building Seals and Sealants.
2. ASTM C834 - Specification for Latex Sealants.
3. ASTM C920 - Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants.
4. ASTM D1056 - Flexible Cellular Material- Sponge or Expanded Rubber.
B. Federal Specifications (FS):
1. FS SS-S-200 - Sealing Compounds, Two Component, Elastomeric, Polymer Type, Jet-
Fuel Resistant, Cold Applied.
2. FS TT-S-1657 - Sealing Compound, Single Component Butyl Rubber Based Solvent
Release Type (for Buildings and other Types of Construction).
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Division 1 - Submittal Procedures: Procedures for submittals.
1. Product Data: Product chemical characteristics, performance criteria, substrate
preparation, limitations, and color availability.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Division 1 - Product Requirements: Transport, handle, store, and protect products.
B. Deliver Products in manufacturer's original unopened containers or packages with labels intact,
identifying product and manufacturer, date of manufacture, lot number, shelf life, curing time, and
mixing instructions, where applicable.
C. Store and handle materials to prevent deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature
changes, contaminants, or other causes.
SECTION 07 9200
JOINT SEALANTS
City of La Quinta 07 9200 - 2
Traffic Management Center Improvements
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS OR SITE CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements: Install sealant during manufacturer's recommended temperature
ranges and weather conditions for application and cure. Consult manufacturer when sealant
cannot be applied during recommended conditions.
1.6 WARRANTY
A. Closeout Procedures and Training: Procedures for closeout submittals.
B. Warranty:
1. Submit written warranty signed by sealant manufacturer agreeing to replace sealants and
accessories which fail because of loss of cohesion or adhesion or which do not cure.
2. Warranty Period: 5 years or longer per the manufacturers’ standard warranties.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with project requirements, manufacturers offering specified items which
may be incorporated into the work include the following:
1. Bostik, Inc.
2. Backer Rod Mfg. Inc.
3. Dow Corning.
4. GE Silicones.
5. Mameco International.
6. Nomaco, Inc.
7. Pecora Corporation.
8. Sika Corporation.
9. Sonneborn Building Products Div. ChemRex, Inc.
10. Tremco.
11. USG Corp.
12. Watson Bownam & Acme Corp.
13. Will-Seal
14. Or approved equal.
2.2 BUILDING SEALANTS (See Sealant Schedule at the end of this Section for specific use of
sealants.)
A. Urethanes:
1. Type 1: Two-Part Urethane: Self-Leveling, ASTM C920, Type M, Grade P, Class 25.
a. Chem-Calk CC-550, by Bostik.
b. Vulkem 245, by Mameco.
c. Vulkem 255, Wide-Joint, by Mameco.
d. NR-200 Urexpan, by Pecora Corporation.
e. Or approved equal.
2. Type 2: Two-Part Urethane: Non-Sag, ASTM C920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 25.
a. Chem-Calk 500, by Bostik.
b. Vulkem 227, by Mameco.
c. Sonolastic NP 2, by Sonneborn Building Products, ChemRex Inc.
d. Or approved equal.
3. Type 3: One-Part Urethane: Self-Leveling, ASTM C920, Type S, Grade P, Class 25.
SECTION 07 9200
JOINT SEALANTS
City of La Quinta 07 9200 - 3
Traffic Management Center Improvements
a. Vulkem 45, by Mameco.
b. Urexpan NR-201, by Pecora Corporation.
c. Sonolastic SL1, by Sonneborn Building Products, ChemRex Inc.
d. Sikaflex 1C-SL by Sika.
e. Or approved equal.
4. Type 4: One-Part Urethane: Non-Sag, ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25.
a. Chem-Calk 900, by Bostik.
b. Vulkem 116, by Mameco.
c. Sonolastic NP I, by Sonneborn Building Products, ChemRex Inc.
d. Or approved equal.
B. Silicones:
1. Type 1: One-Part Silicones: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50.
a. 795 Silicone Building Sealant, by Dow Corning.
b. 864 Architectural Silicone Sealant, by Pecora Corporation.
c. Or approved equal.
2. Type 2: One-Part Silicones: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25.
a. 999-A Silicone Building & Glazing Sealant, Dow Corning.
b. Construction 1200 Sealant, General Electric Company.
c. Or approved equal.
3. Type 3: One-Part Silicones: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25. Vertical Surfaces
Only.
a. Construction 1200 Sealant, General Electric Company.
b. 999-A, Dow Corning.
c. 860 Glaziers and Contractors Silicone Sealant, by Pecora Corporation. (colors only)
d. Or approved equal.
4. Type 4: One-Part Silicones: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25 or 50.
a. 786 Mildew Resistant Silicone Sealant, Dow Corning.
b. SCS 1700 Sanitary Sealant, General Electric.
c. 898 Silicone Sanitary Sealant, Pecora Corporation.
d. Or approved equal.
C. Acrylics, Latex:
1. Type 1: One-Part Acrylic Latex, Non-Sag, ASTM-C-834-76.
a. Chem-Calk 600, by Bostik.
b. LC-130, by MACCO Adhesives, The Glidden Company.
c. Easa-ply ALS, by W. R. Meadows, Inc.
d. AC-20+Silicone Acrylic Latex, by Pecora Corporation.
e. Sonolac, Sonneborn Building Products, ChemRex Inc.
f. Or approved equal.
D. Acoustical Sealants:
1. Type 1: AC-20 FTR Acoustical and Insulation Sealant, by Pecora Corporation.
2. Type 2: 60+ Unicrylic, by Pecora Corporation.
3. Type 3: Sheetrock Acoustical Sealant, by United States Gypsum.
4. Or approved equal.
E. Butyls:
1. Type 1: One-Part Butyl, Non-Sag, FS TT-S-1657.
a. Chem-Calk 300, by Bostik.
b. BC-158 Butyl Rubber, by Pecora Corporation. (ASTM C1085)
c. Or approved equal.
F. Preformed Compressible & Non-Compressible Fillers:
1. Type 1: Backer Rod - Closed cell polyethylene foam:
a. HBR Backer Rod, by Nomaco.
SECTION 07 9200
JOINT SEALANTS
City of La Quinta 07 9200 - 4
Traffic Management Center Improvements
b. #92 Greenrod, by Nomaco.
c. Sonofoam Closed-Cell Backer Rod, Sonneborn Building Products, ChemRex Inc.
d. Or approved equal.
2. Type 2: Backer Rod - Open cell polyurethane foam:
a. Denver Foam, by Backer Rod Mfg Inc.
b. Foam Pack II, by Nomaco.
c. Or approved equal.
3. Type 3: Neoprene compression seals:
a. WE, WF, and WG Series, by Watson Bowman & Acme Corp.
b. Will-Seal 150 Precompressed Expanding Foam Sealants, by Will-Seal, a Division of
Illbruck.
c. Or approved equal.
4. Type 4: Butyl Rod: Kirkhill Rubber Co. or approved equal.
G. Bond Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape of plastic as recommended by sealant manufacturer, to
be applied to sealant-contact surfaces where bond to substrate of joint filler must be avoided for
proper performance of sealant
2.3 COLORS
A. Generally, use sealant colors matching color of material joint is located in.
B. Where a joint occurs between two materials of differing colors and Contractor cannot determine
which material to match, contact the Engineer for selection.
2.4 ACCESSORIES
A. Joint Cleaner: Provide type of joint cleaning compound recommended by sealant manufacturer
for joint surfaces to be cleaned.
B. Primer: As recommended by sealant manufacturer.
C. Masking tape and similar accessories to protect surfaces from damage.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Execution: Verification of existing conditions before starting work.
B. Verification of Conditions: Verify that field measurements, surfaces, substrates and conditions
are as required, and ready to receive Work.
1. Verify that joint widths are in conformance with sealant manufacturer allowable limits.
2. Verify that contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have been cleaned form joint
and joint properly prepared.
C. Report in writing to the Engineer prevailing conditions that will adversely affect satisfactory
execution of the Work of this Section. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions
have been corrected.
D. By beginning Work, Contractor accepts conditions and assumes responsibility for correcting
unsuitable conditions encountered at no additional cost to the City.
SECTION 07 9200
JOINT SEALANTS
City of La Quinta 07 9200 - 5
Traffic Management Center Improvements
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Prepare and size joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Clean substrates of dirt,
laitance, dust, or mortar using solvent, abrasion, or sandblasting as recommended by
manufacturer. Remove loose materials and foreign matter which might impair adhesion of
sealant.
B. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. Verify sealant is suitable
for substrate. Verify that sealant is paintable if painted finish is indicated.
C. Protect materials surrounding work of this Section from damage or disfiguration.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install sealant in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions.
B. Prime or seal joint surfaces where recommended by sealant manufacturer. Do not allow primer
or sealer to spill or migrate onto adjoining surfaces.
C. Install backer rod and bond breaker tape where required by manufacturer.
D. Install preformed compressible and non-compressible fillers in accordance with manufacturer's
published instructions.
E. Install sealants to depths recommended by sealant manufacturer in uniform, continuous ribbons
free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags, "wetting" joint bond surfaces
equally on both sides.
F. Tool joints concave unless shown otherwise. Where horizontal joints are between a horizontal
surface and a vertical surface, fill joint to form slight cove so that joint will not trap moisture and
foreign matter. Dry tool joints. Do not use soap, water, or solvent to tool joints.
G. Epoxy Floor Joint Sealant: Install sealant at floor construction and control joints in accordance
with manufacturer's published instructions and initially under manufacturer's supervision.
3.4 CURING
A. Cure sealants in compliance with manufacturer's published instructions.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Remove excess and spillage of sealants promptly as the work progresses, using materials and
methods as recommended by sealant and substrate manufacturers. Clean adjoining surfaces to
eliminate evidence of spillage without damage to adjoining surfaces or finishes.
3.6 SEALANT SCHEDULE
A. Exterior Sealants:
1. Perimeters of exterior openings where frames and other penetrations meet exterior facade
of building: precast concrete, brick, CMU, polymer reinforced concrete.
a. Sealant Urethane Type 2
b. Sealant Silicone Type 1 (for prefinished materials only)
SECTION 07 9200
JOINT SEALANTS
City of La Quinta 07 9200 - 6
Traffic Management Center Improvements
2. Setting bed for threshold and saddles.
a. Sealant Acoustical Type 1
B. Interior Sealants:
1. Seal interior perimeters of exterior openings.
2. Expansion and control joints on interior of exterior masonry walls.
3. Perimeters of interior hollow metal and aluminum frames.
4. For all of the above interior joints:
a. Sealant Urethane Type 2
b. Sealant Urethane Type 4
c. Sealant Silicone Type 1 (for prefinished materials only)
5. Exposed interior control joints in drywall and concealed joints.
a. Sealant Acrylic, Latex, Type 1
b. Sealant Acoustical Type 1
c. Sealant Acoustical Type 3
d. Sealant Butyl Type 1
6. Perimeter of toilet room fixtures and bath fixtures: sinks, urinals, water closets, tubs,
showers, basins, vanities, etc.
a. Sealant Silicone Type 4
7. Interior expansion and control joints in floor surfaces exposed to foot traffic.
a. Sealant Urethane Type 2
b. Sealant Urethane Type 4
c. Preformed Compressible & Non-Compressible Filler Type 1
END OF SECTION
SECTION 08 1113
METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
City of La Quinta 08 1113 - 1
Traffic Management Center Improvements
GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Hollow Metal doors and frames.
B. Related Documents: The Contract Documents, as defined in Section 01 10 00 - Summary of
Work, apply to the Work of this Section. Additional requirements and information necessary to
complete the Work of this Section may be found in other documents.
C. Related Sections:
1. Section 08 71 00 - Door Hardware: Hardware coordination.
2. Section 09 91 00 - Painting: Field painting and finishing of doors and frames.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
1. ASTM A 152 - Methods for Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.
2. ASTM A 653/A 653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheets, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized)
or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process; 1996.
B. Door Hardware Institute (DHI):
1. DHI - The Installation of Commercial Steel Doors and Steel Frames, Insulated Steel Doors
in Wood Frames and Builder's Hardware.
2. DHI A115 Series - Specifications for Steel Doors and Frame Preparation for Hardware.
C. Steel Door Institute (SDI):
1. SDI-100 - Recommended Specifications Standard Steel Doors and Frames.
2. SDI-105 - Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Procedures for submittals.
1. Product Data: Indicate door materials, gauges, configurations, and location of cut-outs
hardware reinforcement, and finish.
a. Shop Drawings: Indicate door elevations, internal reinforcement, closure method,
and cut-outs for louvers.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND PROTECTION
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Transport, handle, store, and protect products.
B. Protect doors and frames with resilient packaging.
C. Break seal on-site to permit ventilation.
SECTION 08 1113
METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
City of La Quinta 08 1113 - 2
Traffic Management Center Improvements
PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with project requirements, manufacturers offering items which may be
incorporated in the Work include the following:
1. Amweld Building Products, Incorporated,
2. Ceco Door Products,
3. Curries Company,
4. Republic Builders Products,
5. Steelcraft,
6. Or approved equal
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Interior Doors: SDI-100, Level II - Heavy-Duty - 1-3/4 inch, Model 1 - Full Flush Design, 18 gage
cold-rolled steel.
B. Interior Frames: 16 gage, cold-rolled steel, mitered and welded, 2-inch profile, for installation in
a metal or wood stud and gypsum board partition.
2.3 CORE CONSTRUCTION
A. Provide one of the following core constructions;
1. Interior Doors: Kraft Honeycomb, Phenolic treated.
2.4 ACCESSORIES
A. Rubber Silencers: Resilient rubber.
2.5 PROTECTIVE COATINGS
A. Bituminous Coating: Fibered asphalt emulsion.
B. Primer: Exposed surfaces shall be cleaned, treated with Bonderite chemical and given one
baked-on shop coat of grey rust inhibiting primer.
2.6 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate unit’s rigid, neat, and free from warp or buckle. Fabricate KD or welded as specified.
Weld exposed joints continuously; grind, dress, and make smooth, flush and invisible.
B. Reinforce units to receive surface applied finish hardware.
C. Prepare frame for silencers. Provide three single rubber silencers for single doors and two single
silencers on frame head at double doors without mullions.
D. Primer: Air dried.
SECTION 08 1113
METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
City of La Quinta 08 1113 - 3
Traffic Management Center Improvements
EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verification of Conditions: Verify that field measurements, surfaces, substrates and conditions
are as required, and ready to receive Work.
B. Report in writing to the Engineer prevailing conditions that will adversely affect satisfactory
execution of the Work of this Section. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions
have been corrected.
C. By beginning Work, Contractor accepts conditions and assumes responsibility for correcting
unsuitable conditions encountered at no additional cost to the City.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install frames in accordance with SDI-105.
B. Install doors in accordance with DHI.
C. Install doors in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions, of size, and at locations
indicated.
D. Coordinate with adjacent wall construction for anchor placement.
E. Field paint doors and frames as specified in Section 09 91 00.
F. The frame is to be mounted to the studding in such a manner to prevent a spreading of the frame
from the studs of less than 1/2 inch.
3.3 CONSTRUCTION
A. Interface with Other Work:
1. Coordinate frame installation with size, location, and installation.
2. Coordinate with door opening construction, door frame, and door hardware installation.
B. Site Tolerances:
1. Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/16 inch measured with straight edge, corner to corner.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Quality Requirements: Field inspection.
B. Inspect metal door and frame installation, alignment, attachment to structure, and operation.
3.5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Adjust hardware for smooth and balanced door movement.
B. Execution and Closeout Requirements: Cleaning installed Work.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 08 1400
WOOD DOORS
City of La Quinta 08 1400 - 1
Traffic Management Center Improvements
GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Flush wood doors.
B. Related Documents: The Contract Documents, as defined in Section 01 10 00 - Summary of
Work, apply to the Work of this Section. Additional requirements and information necessary to
complete the Work of this Section may be found in other documents.
C. Related Sections:
1. Section 08 11 00 – Metal Frames: Metal frames for wood doors.
2. Section 08 71 00 - Door Hardware: Hardware coordination.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM);
1. ASTM E 152 - Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.
B. Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI):
1. AWI 1300 - Flush Hollow and Solid Core Doors.
C. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):
1. NEMA LD-3 - High Pressure Decorative Laminates.
D. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
1. NFPA 80 2007 Edition- Specification for Fire Doors and Windows.
E. Window and Door Manufactures Association (WDMA):
1. WDMA I.S. 1A-97 - Architectural Wood Flush Doors
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal Procedures: Procedures for submittals.
1. Shop Drawings: Illustrate door opening criteria, elevations, sizes, types, swings, special
blocking for hardware, and factory machining criteria. Indicate cutouts for door louvers.
2. Assurance/Control Submittals:
a. Certificates: Manufacturer's certificate that Products meet or exceed specified
requirements.
b. Qualification Documentation: Submit documentation of experience indicating
compliance with specified qualification requirements.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with AWI 1300 for Custom Grade.
B. Regulatory Requirements:
1. Fire door construction: Conform to ASTM E 152.
2. Installed Fire Rated Door Assembly: Conform to NFPA 80.
SECTION 08 1400
WOOD DOORS
City of La Quinta 08 1400 - 2
Traffic Management Center Improvements
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND PROTECTION
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Transport, handle, store, and protect products.
B. Package, deliver, and store doors in accordance with AWI Section 01 33 00.
PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with project requirements, manufacturers offering items which may be
incorporated in the Work include the following:
1. Algoma Hardwoods, Inc., Algoma, WI, (800) 678-8910.
2. Eggers Industries, Neena, WI, (920) 722-6444.
3. Mohawk Flush Doors, Inc., Northumberland, PA (717) 473-3557.
4. Marshfield DoorSystems, Incorporated, Marshfield, WI (800) 869-3667.
5. Or Equal.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Interior Doors - Solid Core Wood Doors: AWI 1300.
1. Thickness: Indicated on Drawings.
2. Veneer: AWI 1300-S-9 SLC-5 ME.
3. Face Veneer: AWI Custom quality mahogany, clear coat finish to match existing doors in
facility.
4. Core Construction:
a. Non-Fire-Rated: SLC solid stave lumber.
2.3 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate non fire-rated doors in accordance with AWI 1300.
B. Furnish and install lock blocks at lock edge, and top of door closer for hardware reinforcement.
C. Vertical Exposed Edge of Stiles:
1. Wood Doors: Of same species as veneer facing.
D. Bond edge banding to cores.
E. Factory machine door for door hardware in accordance with hardware requirements and
dimensions. Do not machine for surface hardware.
F. Factory fit doors for frame opening dimensions identified on approved shop drawings.
EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verification of Conditions: Verify that field measurements, surfaces, substrates and conditions
are as required, and ready to receive Work.
SECTION 08 1400
WOOD DOORS
City of La Quinta 08 1400 - 3
Traffic Management Center Improvements
B. Report in writing to City Representative prevailing conditions that will adversely affect satisfactory
execution of the Work of this Section. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions
have been corrected.
C. By beginning Work, Contractor accepts conditions and assumes responsibility for correcting
unsuitable conditions encountered at no additional cost to the City.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install non fire-rated doors in accordance with AWI Quality Standards requirements.
B. Machine cut for hardware. Install door hardware specified in Section 087100.
C. Install door louvers plump and level.
3.3 CONSTRUCTION
A. Interface with Other Work:
1. Coordinate frame installation with size, location, and installation.
2. Coordinate with door opening construction, door frame, and door hardware installation.
B. Site Tolerances:
1. Conform to AWI requirements for fit and clearance tolerances.
2. Conform to AWI 1300 requirements for maximum diagonal warp.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect door and frame installation, alignment, attachment to structure, hardware installation and
operation.
3.5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Adjust hardware for smooth and balanced door movement.
3.6 PROTECTION
A. Protect finished Work from damage.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 08 5113
ALUMINUM WINDOWS
City of La Quinta 08 5113 - 1
Traffic Management Center Improvements
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Tubular aluminum extruded windows with fins of the following type(s):
Picture Window
B. Related Sections:
1. Sec 07 92 00 - Joint Sealants
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal Requirements:
1. Product Data.
2. Shop Drawings: Include window schedule, window elevations, sections and details, and
multiple window assembly details.
3. Samples:
a. Color samples: Minimum 1x4 inch samples of aluminum with painted or anodized
color.
b. Glass, showing specified tint color.
4. Quality Assurance/Control Submittals:
a. Qualifications: Proof of manufacturer’s qualifications.
b. U-Factor and structural rating charts required for AAMA and NFRC labeling
requirements.
c. Installation Instructions – AAMA 2400 “Mounting Flange Installation”.
B. Closeout Submittals; submit following items:
1. Temporary window labels marked to identify windows that labels were applied to.
2. Maintenance instructions.
3. Special Warranties.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Overall Standards: Comply with ANSI/AAMA 101.I.S.2, except as otherwise noted herein.
B. Qualifications:
1. Manufacturer Qualifications:
a. Minimum five years’ experience in producing aluminum windows of the type(s)
specified.
b. Member AAMA, NFRC.
c. Certification for insulated glass window:
1) AAMA: Windows shall be Gold Label certified with label attached to frame per
AAMA requirements.
2) NFRC: Windows shall be NFRC certified with temporary U-factor label applied to
glass and an NFRC tab added to permanent AAMA frame label.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Reference Division 1 - Product Storage and Handling Requirements
B. Follow manufacturer’s instructions on label applied to windows.
1.5 WARRANTY
A. Commercial Special Warranty:
1. 10-year Commercial Warranty.
SECTION 08 5113
ALUMINUM WINDOWS
City of La Quinta 08 5113 - 2
Traffic Management Center Improvements
2. Guarantees windows against defects in manufacturing and workmanship including costs
for parts and labor
3. For complete warranty details visit milgard.com.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURER
A. Milgard Manufacturing, Inc.; Tel. [1. 800.MILGARD = 1 (800/645-4273)]
1010 54th Avenue East
Tacoma, WA 98424; Additional Tel. No. (253)922-2030
B. Window Series: Milgard® Aluminum Picture Window Series 710S
C. Substitutions: Section 01 25 00 – Substitution Procedures
1. JELD-WEN
2. Andersen
3. Or equal.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Aluminum: Comply with requirements of AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-05, 6063-T5
temper for strength, corrosion resistance and application of required finish.
B. Extruded frame members are to be .060” in thickness for structural walls.
2.3 GENERAL PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS:
A. Thermal Performance: Comply with NFRC 100.
B. Air Leakage, Water Resistance, Structural Test: Comply with ANSI/AAMA 101/I.S.2.
C. Forced-Entry Resistance: Comply with ASTM E 588.
2.4 WINDOW TYPES:
A. Picture Window – Series 710S.
1. Frame with 1” Fin
2.5 GLAZING
A. Insulated Glass Units: ASTM E 774, Class A, 1-inch thick overall.
1. Glazing Type: Clear/SunCoat® Low-E, argon gas filled.
2. Both panes of glass to be tempered
3. Spacer Bar: Aluminum box spacer.
2.6 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate frames and sash with mechanically joined corners. Corners are fastened with
corrosion resistant screws and sealed with an acrylic sealant.
B. All fixed glass is exterior glazed and all sashes are marine glazed with flexible PVC glazing.
The fixed glazing shall be removed without disassembly of a sash. The vents will need to
be disassembled to replace the glazing.
SECTION 08 5113
ALUMINUM WINDOWS
City of La Quinta 08 5113 - 3
Traffic Management Center Improvements
2.7 FINISHES
A. Frame and Sash Color: Dark Bronze Anodized Exterior & Interior Finish unless noted
otherwise in drawings: Provide AA-C22-A32 Class II Bronze, minimum 0.4 mils thick,
electrolytically deposited color anodized finish, unless noted otherwise in drawings.
2.8 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Windows inspected in accordance with manufacturer’s Quality Control Program as required
by AAMA Gold Label certification.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine openings in which windows will be installed.
1. Verify that framing complies with AAMA 2400 “Mounting Flange Installation”.
2. Verify that fasteners in framed walls are fully driven and will not interfere with
window installation.
B. Coordinate with responsible entity to correct unsatisfactory conditions.
C. Commencement of work by installer is acceptance of substrate conditions.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install windows in framed walls in accordance with AAMA 2400 “Mounting Flange
Installation”.
B. Do not remove temporary labels.
3.3 CLEANING
A. Remove temporary labels and retain for Closeout Submittals.
B. Clean soiled surfaces and glass using a mild detergent and warm water
Solution with soft, clean cloths.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 08 7100
DOOR HARDWARE
City of La Quinta 08 7100 - 1
Traffic Management Center Improvements
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Door hardware, including electric hardware.
2. Power supplies for electric hardware.
3. Door position switches.
B. Related Divisions:
1. Division 06 – door hardware installation
2. Division 08 – Metal doors and frames
C. Specific Omissions: Hardware for the following is specified or indicated elsewhere.
1. Windows.
2. Cabinets, including open wall shelving and locks.
3. Signs.
4. Toilet accessories, including grab bars.
5. Installation.
6. Rough hardware.
7. Conduit, junction boxes & wiring.
1.2 REFERENCES:
A. Use date of standard in effect as of Bid date.
1. American National Standards Institute
a) ANSI 156.18 – Materials and Finishes.
2. BHMA – Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association
3. 2014 California Building Code
a) Chapter 11B – Accessibility to Public Buildings, Public Accommodations,
Commercial Buildings and Public Housing
4. DHI – Door and Hardware Institute
5. NFPA – National Fire Protection Association
a) NFPA 80 2013 Edition – Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening
Protectives.
b) NFPA 105 – Smoke and Draft Control Door Assemblies
c) NFPA 252 – Fire Tests of Door Assemblies
6. UL – Underwriters Laboratories
a) UL10C – Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.
b) UL 305 – Panic Hardware
7. WHI – Warnock Hersey Incorporated State of California Building Code
8. Local applicable codes
9. SDI – Steel Door Institute
10. WI – Woodwork Institute
11. AWI – Architectural Woodwork Institute
12. NAAMM – National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers
B. Abbreviations
1. Manufacturers: see table at 2.1.A of this section
2. Finishes: see 2.8 of this section.
SECTION 08 7100
DOOR HARDWARE
City of La Quinta 08 7100 - 2
Traffic Management Center Improvements
1.3 SUBMITTALS & SUBSTITUTIONS
A. SUBMITTALS: Submit six copies of schedule per D. Only submittals printed one sided
will be accepted and reviewed. Organize vertically formatted schedule into “Hardware
Sets” with index of doors and headings, indicating complete designations of every item
required for each door or opening. Minimum 10pt font size. Include following
information:
1. Type, style, function, size, quantity and finish of hardware items.
2. Use BHMA Finish codes per ANSI A156.18.
3. Name, part number and manufacturer of each item.
4. Fastenings and other pertinent information.
5. Location of hardware set coordinated with floor plans and door schedule.
6. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule.
7. Mounting locations for hardware.
8. Door and frame sizes, materials and degrees of swing.
9. List of manufacturers used and their nearest representative with address and
phone number.
10. Catalog cuts.
11. Point-to-point wiring diagrams.
12. Manufacturer’s technical data and installation instructions for electronic
hardware.
13. Date of jobsite visit.
B. Bid and submit manufacturer’s updated/improved item if scheduled item is discontinued.
C. Deviations: Highlight, encircle or otherwise identify deviations from “Schedule of Finish
Hardware” on submittal with notations clearly designating those portions as deviating
from this section.
D. If discrepancy between drawings and scheduled material in this section, bid the more
expensive of the two choices, note the discrepancy in the submittal and request direction
from Architect for resolution.
E. Substitutions per Division 1. Include product data and indicate benefit to the Project.
Furnish operating samples on request.
F. Furnish as-built/as-installed schedule with closeout documents, including keying
schedule, riser and point-to-point wiring diagrams, manufacturers’ installation, adjustment
and maintenance information, and supplier’s final inspection report.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Qualifications:
1. Hardware supplier: direct factory contract supplier who employs a certified
architectural hardware consultant (AHC), available at reasonable times during
course of work for project hardware consultation to Owner, Architect and
Contractor.
a) Responsible for detailing, scheduling and ordering of finish hardware.
Detailing implies that the submitted schedule of hardware is correct and
complete for the intended function and performance of the openings.
B. Hardware: Free of defects, blemishes and excessive play. Obtain each kind of hardware
(latch and locksets, exit devices, hinges and closers) from one manufacturer.
C. Exit Doors: Operable from inside with single motion without the use of a key or special
knowledge or effort.
SECTION 08 7100
DOOR HARDWARE
City of La Quinta 08 7100 - 3
Traffic Management Center Improvements
D. Fire-Rated Openings: NFPA 80 compliant. Hardware UL10C (positive pressure)
compliant for given type/size opening and degree of label. Provide proper latching
hardware, non-flaming door closers, approved-bearing hinges, and resilient seals.
Coordinate with wood door section for required intumescent seals. Furnish openings
complete.
E. Furnish hardware items required to complete the work in accordance with specified
performance level and design intent, complying with manufacturers’ instructions and code
requirements.
F. Pre-Installation Meetings: Initiate and conduct with supplier, installer and related trades,
coordinate materials and techniques, and sequence complex hardware items and
systems installation. Include manufacturers' representatives of locks, panic hardware
and door closers in the meetings. Convene prior to commencement of related work.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:
A. Delivery: coordinate delivery to appropriate locations (shop or field).
1. Permanent keys and cores: secured delivery direct to Owner’s representative.
B. Acceptance at Site: Items individually packaged in manufacturers’ original containers,
complete with proper fasteners and related pieces. Clearly mark packages to indicate
contents, locations in hardware schedule and door numbers.
C. Storage: Provide securely locked storage area for hardware, protect from moisture,
sunlight, paint, chemicals, dust, excessive heat and cold, etc.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS AND COORDINATION:
A. Where exact types of hardware specified are not adaptable to finished shape or size of
members requiring hardware, provide suitable types having as nearly as practical the
same operation and quality as type specified, subject to Architect’s approval.
B. Coordination: Coordinate hardware with other work. Furnish hardware items of proper
design for use on doors and frames of the thickness, profile, swing, security and similar
requirements indicated, as necessary for proper installation and function, regardless of
omissions or conflicts in the information on the Contract Documents. Furnish related trades
with the following information:
1. Location of embedded and attached items to concrete.
2. Location of wall-mounted hardware, including wall stops.
3. Location of finish floor materials and floor-mounted hardware.
4. At masonry construction, coordinate with the anchoring and hollow metal supplier
prior to frame installation by placing a strip of insulation, wood, or foam, on the
back of the hollow metal frame behind the rabbet section for continuous hinges,
as well as at rim panic hardware strike locations, silencers, coordinators, and
door closer arm locations. When the frame is grouted in place, the backing will
allow drilling and tapping without dulling or breaking the installer’s bits.
5. Locations for conduit and raceways as needed for electrical, electronic and
electro-pneumatic hardware items. Fire/life-safety system interfacing. Point-to-
point wiring diagrams plus riser diagrams to related trades.
6. Coordinate: low-voltage power supply locations.
7. Coordinate: back-up power for doors with automatic operators.
8. Coordinate: flush top rails of doors at out swinging exteriors, and throughout
where adhesive-mounted seals occur.
9. Manufacturers’ templates to door and frame fabricators.
SECTION 08 7100
DOOR HARDWARE
City of La Quinta 08 7100 - 4
Traffic Management Center Improvements
C. Check Shop Drawings for doors and entrances to confirm that adequate provisions will
be made for proper hardware installation.
D. Environmental considerations: segregate unused recyclable paper and paper product
packaging, uninstalled metals, and plastics, and have these sent to a recycling center.
E. Prior to submittal, carefully inspect existing conditions to verify finish hardware required to
complete Work, including sizes, quantities, existing hardware scheduled for re-use, and
sill condition material. If conflict between the specified/scheduled hardware and existing
conditions, submit request for direction from Architect. Include date of jobsite visit in the
submittal.
1. Submittals prepared without thorough jobsite visit by qualified hardware expert will
be rejected as non-compliant.
1.7 WARRANTY:
A. Part of respective manufacturers’ regular terms of sale. Provide manufacturers’ written
warranties.
B. Include factory order numbers with close-out documents to validate warranty information,
required for Owner in making future warranty claims:
1. Minimum warranties:
a) Locksets: Three years
b) Extra Heavy-Duty Cylindrical Lock: Seven Years
c) Exit Devices: Three years mechanical
One year electrical
d) Closers: Thirty years mechanical
Two years electrical
e) Hinges: One year
f) Other Hardware Two years
1.8 COMMISSIONING:
A. Conduct these tests prior to request for certificate of substantial completion:
1. With installer present, test door hardware operation with climate control system
and stairwell pressurization system both at rest and while in full operation.
2. With installer, access control contractor and electrical contractor present, test
electrical, electronic and electro-pneumatic hardware systems for satisfactory
operation.
3. With installer and electrical contractor present, test hardware interfaced with
fire/life-safety system for proper operation and release.
SECTION 08 7100
DOOR HARDWARE
City of La Quinta 08 7100 - 5
Traffic Management Center Improvements
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturers and their abbreviations used in this schedule:
GLY Glynn-Johnson Hardware
IVE H. B. Ives
LCN LCN Closers
SCE Schlage Electronics
SCH Schlage Lock Company
VON Von Duprin
ZER Zero International
2.2 HINGING METHODS:
A. Drawings typically depict doors at 90 degrees. Doors will actually swing to maximum
allowable. Use wide-throw conventional or continuous hinges as needed up to 8 inches
in width to allow door to stand parallel to wall for true 180-degree opening. Advise
architect if 8-inch width is insufficient.
B. Conform to manufacturer’s published hinge selection standard for door dimensions,
weight and frequency, and to hinge selection as scheduled. Where manufacturer’s
standard exceeds the scheduled product, furnish the heavier of the two choices, notify
Architect of deviation from scheduled hardware.
C. Conventional Hinges: Steel or stainless-steel pins and approved bearings. Hinge open
widths minimum, but of sufficient throw to permit maximum door swing.
1. Out swinging exterior doors: non-ferrous with non-removable (NRP) pins and
security studs.
2. Non-ferrous material exteriors and at doors subject to corrosive atmospheric
conditions.
2.3 LOCKSETS, LATCHSETS, DEADBOLTS:
D. Extra Heavy-Duty Cylindrical Locks and Latches: as scheduled.
1. Chassis: cylindrical design, corrosion-resistant plated cold-rolled steel, through-
bolted.
2. Locking Spindle: stainless steel, integrated spring and spindle design.
3. Latch Retractors: forged steel. Balance of inner parts: corrosion-resistant plated
steel, or stainless steel.
4. Latch bolt: solid steel.
5. Backset: 2.75 inches typically, more or less as needed to accommodate frame,
door or other hardware.
6. Lever Trim: accessible design, independent operation, spring-cage supported,
minimum 2.00 inches clearance from lever mid-point to door face.
7. Electric operation: Manufacturer-installed continuous duty solenoid.
8. Strikes: 16 gage curved steel, bronze or brass with 1.00-inch-deep box
construction, lips of sufficient length to clear trim and protect clothing.
9. Lock Series and Design: Schlage D series, “Rhodes” design.
10. Certifications:
a) ANSI A156.2, 1994, Series 4000, Grade 1.
b) UL listed for A label and lesser class single doors up to 4 feet x 8 feet.
SECTION 08 7100
DOOR HARDWARE
City of La Quinta 08 7100 - 6
Traffic Management Center Improvements
11. Accessibility: Require not more than 5 lb. to retract the latch bolt or deadbolt, or
both, per CBC 2013 11B-404.2.7 and 11B-309.4.
E. Standard Duty Cylindrical Locks and Latches: as scheduled.
1. Chassis: cylindrical design, corrosion-resistant plated cold-rolled steel, through-
bolted.
2. Locking Spindle: stainless steel, interlocking design.
3. Latch Retractors: forged steel. Balance of inner parts: corrosion-resistant plated
steel or stainless steel.
4. Backset: 2.75 inches typically, more or less as needed to accommodate frame,
door or other hardware.
5. Lever Trim: accessible design, independent operation, spring-cage supported,
minimum 2.00 inches clearance from lever mid-point to face of door.
6. Lock Series and Design: Schlage AL series, “Saturn” design.
7. Certifications:
a) ANSI A156.2, 1994, Series 4000, Grade 2.
b) UL listed for A label and lesser class single doors up to 4 feet x 8 feet.
8. Accessibility: Require not more than 5 lb. to retract the latch bolt or deadbolt, or
both, per CBC 2013 11B-404.2.7 and 11B-309.4.
2.4 EXIT DEVICES / PANIC HARDWARE
A. General features:
1. Independent lab-tested 1,000,000 cycles.
2. Push-through push-pad design. No exposed push-pad fasteners, no exposed
cavities when operated. Return stroke fluid dampeners and rubber bottoming
dampeners, plus anti-rattle devices.
3. Deadlocking latch bolts, 0.75-inch projection.
4. End caps: impact-resistant, flush-mounted. No raised edges or lips to catch
carts or other equipment.
5. No exposed screws to show through glass doors.
6. Non-handed basic device design with center case interchangeable with all
functions, no extra parts required to effect change of function.
7. Releasable in normal operation with 15-pound maximum operating force per
UBC Standard 10-4, and with 32-pound maximum pressure under 250-pound
load to the door.
8. Exterior doors scheduled with XP-series devices: Static load force resistance of
at least 2000 pounds.
9. Accessibility: Require not more than 5 lb. to retract the latch bolt, per CBC 2013
11B-404.2.7 and 11B-309.4.
a) Mechanical method: Von Duprin “AX- “feature, where touchpad directly
retracts the latch bolt with 5 lb. or less of force.
b) Electrical method: Von Duprin’s “RX-QEL- “where lightly pressing the
touchpad with 5 lb. or less of force closes an electric switch, activating
quiet electric latch retraction.
B. Specific features:
1. Non-Fire Rated Devices: cylinder dogging.
2. Lever Trim: breakaway type, forged brass or bronze escutcheon min. 0.130-inch
thickness, compression spring drive, match lockset lever design.
SECTION 08 7100
DOOR HARDWARE
City of La Quinta 08 7100 - 7
Traffic Management Center Improvements
3. Rod and latch guards with sloped full-width kickplates for doors fitted with surface
vertical rod devices with bottom latches.
4. Fire-Labeled Devices: UL label indicating “Fire Exit Hardware”. Vertical rod devices
less bottom rod (LBR) unless otherwise scheduled.
5. Impact recessed devices: 1.25-inch projection when push-pad is depressed.
Sloped metal end caps to deflect carts, etc. No pinch points to catch skin
between touch bar and door.
6. Delayed Egress Devices: Function achieved within single exit device component,
including latch, delayed locking device, request-to-exit switch, nuisance alarm, remote
alarm, key switch, indicator lamp, relay, internal horn, door position input, external inhibit
input plus fire alarm input. NFPA 101 “Special Locking Arrangement” compliant.
7. Electrically Operated Devices: Single manufacturer source for electric latch
retraction devices, electrically controlled trim, power transfers, power supplies,
monitoring switches and controls.
8. Removable Mullions: Removable with single turn of building key. Securely
reinstalled without need for key. Furnish storage brackets for securely stowing
the mullion away from the door when removed.
C. Surface Closers: [1461]
1. Full rack-and-pinion type cylinder with removable non-ferrous cover and cast-iron
body. Double heat-treated pinion shaft, single piece forged piston, chrome-
silicon steel spring.
2. ISO 2000 certified. Units stamped with date-of-manufacture code.
3. Independent lab-tested 5,000,000 cycles.
4. Non-sized, non-handed and adjustable. Place closers inside building, stairs and
rooms.
5. Plates, brackets and special templating when needed for interface with particular
header, door and wall conditions and neighboring hardware.
6. Adjust doors to open with not more than 5.0-pounds pressure to open at exterior
doors and 5.0-pounds at interior doors. As allowed per 2013 California Building
Code Section 11B-404.2.9, local authority may increase the allowable pressure
for fire doors to achieve positive latching, but not to exceed 15-pounds.
a) Exception: exterior doors’ pressure-to-open may be increased to 8.5-
pounds if: at a single location, and one of a bank of eight leaf’s or fraction
of eight, and one leaf of this bank is fitted with a low- or high-energy
operator.
7. Separate adjusting valves for closing speed, latching speed and backcheck,
fourth valve for delayed action where scheduled.
8. Extra-duty arms (EDA) at exterior doors scheduled with parallel arm units.
9. Exterior door closers: tested to 100 hours of ASTM B117 salt spray test, furnish
data on request.
10. Exterior doors: seasonal adjustments not required for temperatures from 120
degrees F to 0 degrees F, furnish checking fluid data on request.
11. Non-flaming fluid, will not fuel door or floor covering fires.
12. Pressure Relief Valves (PRV) not permitted.
2.7 OTHER HARDWARE
A. Automatic Flush Bolts: Low operating force design.
B. Overhead Stops: Non-plastic mechanisms and finished metal end caps. Field-
changeable hold-open, friction and stop-only functions.
SECTION 08 7100
DOOR HARDWARE
City of La Quinta 08 7100 - 8
Traffic Management Center Improvements
C. Kick Plates: Four beveled edges, .050 inches minimum thickness, height and width as
scheduled. Sheet-metal screws of bronze or stainless steel to match other hardware.
D. Door Stops: Provide stops to protect walls, casework or other hardware.
1. Unless otherwise noted in Hardware Sets, provide floor type with appropriate
fasteners. Where floor type cannot be used, provide wall type. If neither can be
used, provide overhead type.
2. Locate overhead stops for maximum possible opening. Consult with Owner for
furniture locations. Minimum: 90deg stop / 95deg dead stop. Note degree of
opening in submittal.
E. Sound-reducing adjustable seals: coordinate lockset backsets, rim exit device strikes,
and parallel arm closers. Fabricate 7ga “Z”-brackets as bridging pieces to facilitate
installation. Brackets: mild carbon steel, or stainless steel.
F. Automatic door bottoms: low operating force units. Doors with automatic door bottoms
plus head and jamb seals cannot require more than two pounds operating force to open
when closer is disconnected.
1. Include automatic type door bottoms, as opposed to fixed sweeps, at stairs and
elevator lobbies to allow fine-tuning of pressurization systems.
G. Thresholds: As scheduled and per details. Comply with CBC 2013 11B-404.2.5.
Substitute products: certify that the products equal or exceed specified material’s
thickness. Proposed substitutions: submit for approval.
2. Saddle thresholds: 0.125 inches minimum thickness.
3. Exteriors: Seal perimeter to exclude water and vermin. Use sealant complying with
requirements in Division 7 "Thermal and Moisture Protection". Minimum 0.25-inch
diameter fasteners and lead expansion shield anchors, or Red-Head #SFS-1420 (or
approved equivalent) Flat Head Sleeve Anchors. National Guard Products’
“COMBO” or Pemko Manufacturing’s “FHSL”.
4. Fire-rated openings, 90-minutes or less duration: use thresholds to interrupt floor
covering material under the door where that material has a critical radiant flux value
less than 0.22 watts per square centimeter, per NFPA 253. Use threshold unit as
scheduled. If none scheduled, include a 0.25in high 5in wide saddle in the bid, and
request direction from Architect.
5. Fire-rated openings, 3-hour duration: Thresholds, where scheduled, to extend full
jamb depth.
6. Acoustic openings: Set units in full bed of Division-7-compliant, leave no air space
between threshold and substrate.
7. Plastic plugs with wood or sheet metal screws are not an acceptable substitute for
specified fastening methods.
8. Fasteners: Generally, exposed screws to be Phillips or Robertson drive. Pinned
TORX drive at high security areas. Flat head sleeve anchors (FHSL) may be
slotted drive. Sheet metal and wood screws: full-thread. Sleeve nuts: full length
to prevent door compression.
H. Through-bolts: Do not use. Coordinate with wood doors; ensure provision of proper
blocking to support wood screws for mounting panic hardware and door closers.
Coordinate with metal doors and frames; ensure provision of proper reinforcement to
support machine screws for mounting panic hardware and door closers.
1. Exception: surface-mounted overhead stops, holders, and friction stays.
I. Silencers: Interior hollow metal frames, 3 for single doors, 4 for pairs of doors. Leave no
unfilled/uncovered pre-punched silencer holes. Intent: door bears against silencers,
seals make minimal contact with minimal compression – only enough to affect a seal.
SECTION 08 7100
DOOR HARDWARE
City of La Quinta 08 7100 - 9
Traffic Management Center Improvements
2.8 FINISH:
A. Generally: BHMA 626 Satin Chromium.
1. Areas using BHMA 626: furnish push-plates, pulls and protection plates of BHMA
630, Satin Stainless Steel, unless otherwise scheduled.
B. Door closers: factory powder coated to match other hardware, unless otherwise noted.
1. Provide satin-chrome plated arms, tracks and covers where scheduled bright
metallic powder coat (MTLPC) not available.
2.9 KEYING REQUIREMENTS:
A. Key System: existing Keying system. Initiate and conduct meeting(s) with Owner to
determine system structure, furnish Owner’s written approval of the system; do not order
keys or cylinders without written confirmation of actual requirements from the Owner.
Furnish temporary construction-keyed and permanent cylinders. Contractor to
demonstrate to the Owner that temporary keys no longer operate the locking cylinders at
the end of the project.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 ACCEPTABLE INSTALLERS:
A. Can read and understand manufacturers’ templates, suppliers’ hardware schedule and
printed installation instructions. Can readily distinguish drywall screws from
manufacturers’ furnished fasteners. Available to meet with manufacturers’
representatives and related trades to discuss installation of hardware.
3.2 PREPARATION:
A. Ensure that walls and frames are square and plumb before hardware installation. Make
corrections before commencing hardware installation. Installation denotes acceptance of
wall/frame condition.
B. Locate hardware per SDI-100 and applicable building, fire, life-safety, accessibility, and
security codes.
1. Notify Architect of code conflicts before ordering material.
2. Locate latching hardware between 34 inches to 44 inches above the finished
floor, per California Building Code, Section 1008.1.9.2 and 11B-404.2.7.
3. Locate panic hardware between 36 inches to 44 inches above the finished floor.
4. Where new hardware is to be installed near existing doors/hardware scheduled
to remain, match locations of existing hardware.
C. Overhead stops: before installing, determine proposed locations of furniture items,
fixtures, and other items to be protected by the overhead stop's action.
D. Existing frames and doors to be retrofitted with new hardware:
1. Field-verify conditions and dimensions prior to ordering hardware. Fill existing
hardware cut outs not being reused by the new hardware. Remove existing
hardware not being reused, return to Owner unless directed otherwise.
2. Remove existing floor closers not scheduled for reuse, fill cavities with non-
shrinking concrete and finish smooth.
SECTION 08 7100
DOOR HARDWARE
City of La Quinta 08 7100 - 10
Traffic Management Center Improvements
3. Cut and weld existing steel frames currently prepared with 2.25-inch height
strikes. Cut an approximate 8-inch section from the strike jamb and weld in a
reinforced section to accommodate specified hardware’s strike.
4. Patch and weld flush filler pieces into existing door hardware preparations in
steel doors and frames, leave surfaces smooth.
5. Glue in solid wood block fillers to fill cut outs in existing wood doors, sand
surfaces smooth. Alternatively, use an approved epoxy-based wood filler
product, submit product data for approval.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install hardware per manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations. Do not install
surface-mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrate. Set units level,
plumb and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrate for proper
installation and operation. Remove and reinstall or replace work deemed defective by
Architect.
1. Gaskets: install jamb-applied gaskets before closers, overhead stops, rim strikes,
etc.; fasten hardware over and through these seals. Install sweeps across
bottoms of doors before astragals, cope sweeps around bottom pivots, trim
astragals to tops of sweeps.
2. When hardware is to be attached to existing metal surface and insufficient
reinforcement exists, use RivNuts, NutSerts or similar anchoring device for
screws.
3. Use manufacturers' fasteners furnished with hardware items, or submit Request
for Substitution with Architect.
4. Replace fasteners damaged by power-driven tools.
B. Locate floor stops no more than 4 inches from walls and not within paths of travel. See
paragraph 2.2 regarding hinge widths, door should be well clear of point of wall
reveal. Point of door contact no closer to the hinge edge than half the door width.
Where situation is questionable or difficult, contact Architect for direction.
C. Core concrete for exterior door stop anchors. Set anchors in approved non-shrink grout.
D. Locate overhead stops for minimum 90 degrees at rest and for maximum allowable
degree of swing.
E. Drill pilot holes for fasteners in wood doors and/or frames.
F. Lubricate and adjust existing hardware scheduled to remain. Carefully remove and give
to Owner items not scheduled for reuse.
G. Field-verify existing conditions and measurements prior to ordering hardware. Fill existing
hardware cut outs not being used by the new hardware.
H. Remove existing hardware not being reused. Tag and bag removed hardware, turn over
to Owner.
I. Where existing wall conditions will not allow door to swing using the scheduled hinges,
provide wide-throw hinges and if needed, extended arms on closers.
J Provide manufacturer’s recommended brackets to accommodate the mounting of closers
on doors with flush transoms.
3.4. ADJUSTING
A. Adjust and check for proper operation and function. Replace units, which cannot be
adjusted to operate freely and smoothly.
SECTION 08 7100
DOOR HARDWARE
City of La Quinta 08 7100 - 11
Traffic Management Center Improvements
1. Hardware damaged by improper installation or adjustment methods: repair or
replace to Owner’s satisfaction.
2. Adjust doors to fully latch with no more than 1 pound of pressure.
a) Door closer valves: turn valves clockwise until at bottom – do not force.
Turn valves back out one and one-half turns and begin adjustment process
from that point. Do not force valves beyond three full turns
counterclockwise.
3. Adjust delayed-action closers on fire-rated doors to fully close from fully-opened
position in no more than 10 seconds.
4. Adjust door closers per 1.9 this section.
A. Inspection of fire door assemblies and means-of-egress panic-hardware doors: Per 2013
NFPA-80 5.2.1: hire an independent third-party inspection service to prepare a report
listing these doors, and include a statement that there are zero deficiencies with the fire-
rated assemblies and the openings with panic hardware.
B. Fire-rated doors:
1. Wood doors: adjust to 0.125 inches clearance at heads, jambs, and meeting
stiles.
2. Steel doors: adjust to 0.063 inches minimum to 0.188 inches maximum
clearance at heads, jambs, and meeting stiles.
3. Adjust wood and steel doors to 0.75 inches maximum clearance (undercut)
above threshold or finish floor material under door.
C. Final inspection: Installer to provide letter to Owner that upon completion installer has
visited the Project and has accomplished the following:
1. Has re-adjusted hardware.
2. Has evaluated maintenance procedures and recommend changes or additions,
and instructed Owner’s personnel.
3. Has identified items that have deteriorated or failed.
4. Has submitted written report identifying problems.
3.5 DEMONSTRATION:
A. Demonstrate mechanical hardware and electrical, electronic and pneumatic hardware
systems, including adjustment and maintenance procedures.
3.6 PROTECTION/CLEANING:
A. Cover installed hardware, protect from paint, cleaning agents, weathering, carts/barrows,
etc. Remove covering materials and clean hardware just prior to substantial completion.
B. Clean adjacent wall, frame and door surfaces soiled from installation / reinstallation
process.
3.7 SCHEDULE OF FINISH HARDWARE
A. See door schedule in drawings for hardware set assignments.
B. Do not order material until submittal has been reviewed, stamped, and signed by
Architect’s door hardware consultant.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 09 0565
MOISTURE TESTING FOR FLOORING INSTALLATION
City of La Quinta 09 0565 - 1
Traffic Management Center Improvements
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Moisture, alkali and bond testing of existing and new concrete slabs on grade and
elevated slabs scheduled to receive adhered flooring.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Division 01 - General Requirements.
2. Division 09 Finishes: Flooring Sections.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International (ASTM):
1. ASTM D7234 – Standard Test Method for Pull-Off Adhesion Strength of Coatings
on Concrete Using Portable Pull-Off Adhesion Testers.
2. ASTM F710 – Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient
Flooring.
3. ASTM F1869 – Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission
Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride.
4. ASTM F2170 – Standard Test Method for Determining Relative Humidity in
Concrete Floor Slabs Using in situ Probes.
1.03 TESTING REQUIREMENTS
A. Perform the following tests:
1. At new and existing concrete slabs on grade and below grade:
a. Moisture Vapor Emission Rate testing per ASTM F1869.
b. Relative Humidity testing per ASTM F2170.
c. pH testing per ASTM F710.
d. Bond testing per D7234 or manufacturer recommendations.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Floor Covering and Adhesive Manufacturers' Product Literature: For each specific
combination of substrate, floor covering, and adhesive to be used; indicating:
1. Moisture, humidity and pH limits.
SECTION 09 0565
MOISTURE TESTING FOR FLOORING INSTALLATION
City of La Quinta 09 0565 - 2
Traffic Management Center Improvements
2. Manufacturer's bond/compatibility test procedure.
B. Test Report: Submit on chart form with small scale floor plans showing the location of each
test performed.
1. Submit report for relative humidity test in accordance to ASTM F2170. Include pH,
moisture vapor emission, and adhesion test results.
2. Indicate areas where the test results exceed the floor covering manufacturer's
limits and indicate proposed remediation procedures.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Tests indicated in this Section shall be performed by CONTRACTOR or a qualified
independent testing agency retained and paid by CONTRACTOR. OWNER may perform
testing at its own expense to compare to CONTRACTOR’s test results.
B. Testing kits:
1. Moisture-Vapor Emission: Prepackaged anhydrous calcium chloride test kits
conforming to requirements of ASTM F-1869.
2. Alkalinity: Calibrated digital pH meter in accordance with ASTM F-710.
3. Relative Humidity: Relative humidity concrete moisture testing equipment conforming
to ASTM F-2170.
1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Project areas to be tested shall be at the same temperature and humidity expected during
normal use. These temperature and humidity levels shall be maintained for 48 hours prior to,
and during the testing. If this is not possible, temperature and relative humidity ranges shall
be within ranges indicated in the applicable ASTM test method.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS – NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Prior to test placement, CONTRACTOR shall clean concrete slabs and have them free of
foreign substances, such as residual adhesives, curing or hardening compounds, adhesive
removers, sealers, paints and other foreign materials that might prevent adhesive bond.
These materials shall be removed not less than 24 hours prior to the placement of the test
kits. Testing when floor coverings have never been installed may waive the 24 hours wait
period.
B. The test site temperature and humidity shall be in conformance to Article “Environmental
Conditions”.
SECTION 09 0565
MOISTURE TESTING FOR FLOORING INSTALLATION
City of La Quinta 09 0565 - 3
Traffic Management Center Improvements
C. Minimum number of tests: For Moisture Vapor Emission Rate, Relative Humidity and pH
testing, provide three for the first 1,000 square feet of floor area, and at least one for each
additional 1,000 square feet or fraction thereof.
3.02 MOISTURE VAPOR EMISSION TESTING (MVEP)
A. MVEP testing shall be performed in accordance to ASTM F1869.
B. Unless more stringent requirements are recommended by flooring manufacturer, the
maximum allowable moisture release at time of flooring installation shall be three pounds
per 24 hours per 1,000 square feet.
C. Weigh test dish on site prior to start of test. Scale must report weight to 0.1 grams. Record
weight and start time. Expose Calcium Chloride and set dish on concrete surface. Install test
containment dome and allow test to proceed for 60 – 72 hours.
D. Retrieve the test dish by carefully cutting through containment dome. Close and reseal test
dish. Weigh test dish on site recording weight and stop time. Calculate and report results as
"pounds of emission per 1,000 sq. ft. per 24 hours".
E. In the event the MVEP value exceeds the value specified in this Article and the flooring
manufacturer recommended limits, CONTRACTOR shall propose remediation to OWNER. In
new concrete slab construction, remediation shall be at no cost to OWNER.
3.03 RELATIVE HUMMIDITY TESTING
A. Relative humidity testing shall be performed in conformance to ASTM F2170.
B. Choose test areas where high moisture levels are suspected. Holes in new concrete slabs
may be cast or drilled. Depth of holes shall be 40% of slab thickness for slabs drying only
from the top, and 20% when drying from top and bottom, as indicated on ASTM F2170.
Determine the concrete thickness of each type of slab to be tested and calculate depth of
holes.
1. Hole shall be drilled dry; do not use water for cooling or lubrication. Drill holes in the
concrete and insert test liners. Hole shall not be more than 0.04 inches, or one
millimeter, larger than the test liner.
2. Before placing concrete, secure liner tube to formwork or steel reinforcing to avoid
displacement during concrete placement, consolidation and finishing. Secure a solid
rod into the liner and protruding slightly above the top of the liner to exclude fresh
concrete from entering the liner.
C. Clean the area around the hole with a vacuum cleaner and vacuum the dust out of the hole.
Immediately, set the sleeve by tapping the sleeve into the hole with a hammer or mallet.
D. Remove the sleeve plug and place probe into the sleeve assuring that it reaches the bottom
of the test hole. Connect the probe lead wire to the meter, and turn meter on. Allow time for
the probe to sit in the test sleeve to achieve moisture equilibrium before taking relative humidity
readings. Probe shall be at the same temperature as the concrete before the reading. Check
for drift and follow meter manufacturer recommendations.
E. Record the relative humidity to the nearest percent and temperature to the nearest degree.
Record location of hole within the structure and depth of probe. Use the relative humidity probe
SECTION 09 0565
MOISTURE TESTING FOR FLOORING INSTALLATION
City of La Quinta 09 0565 - 4
Traffic Management Center Improvements
to measure the ambient air temperature and relative humidity above the slab in the vicinity of
the test location. Remove the liner and fill the hole with a cementitious patching compound.
F. In the event the relative humidity exceeds 75% and the flooring manufacturer recommended
limits, CONTRACTOR shall propose remediation to OWNER. In new concrete slab
construction, remediation shall be at no cost to OWNER.
3.04 PH LEVEL TESTING
A. Perform testing in accordance to ASTM F710, and at the same time as the vapor emission
and relative humidity tests.
B. Place several drops of water onto the concrete surface to form a puddle approximately 1” in
diameter. Allow the water to set for 60 +/- 5 seconds. Dip the pH paper into the water and
remove immediately, compare color to chart provided by paper supplier to determine pH
reading. Record and report results.
C. When using pH Pencil and pH Meters, follow the instrument manufacturer’s instructions.
D. The surface of the concrete should have a pH of 9 or less. In the event the pH exceeds this
value and the flooring manufacturer recommended pH limits, CONTRACTOR shall propose
remediation to OWNER. In new concrete slab construction, remediation shall be at no cost
to OWNER.
3.05 BOND TEST
A. Perform bond testing in accordance to ASTM D4541 or per manufacturer’s recommendations.
B. Select appropriate locations for the bond tests such as near walls or in light traffic areas.
Spaced test samples approximately 50 feet apart throughout the designated installation area.
Number of tests will be as determined by the recommended spacing of 50 feet.
C. Use the flooring material and recommended adhesives. Install 3' x 3' panels using the exact
techniques that will be used for the flooring installation. It is recommended that tests be spaced
approximately 50 feet apart throughout the designated installation area. Tape edges of panels
to prevent edge drying of adhesive. Protect test panel from traffic.
D. After 72 hours of placing the flooring, remove tape and observe whether it is bonded tightly to
the floor, by trying to lift the edges with a scraper or other means, or pull flooring from the
subfloor by hand. Determine if bonding is suitable for flooring installation.
E. At locations where membrane, primer, leveler or patch are applied, perform applicable bond
testing recommended by flooring manufacturer to assure adequate bondage of flooring to
substrate.
F. Success or failure shall be determined by visual interpretation and the amount of physical
effort required to remove the floor covering. If the flooring material can be removed it will
indicate failure of the bond test. If the flooring requires a great deal of effort to pull it up, the
bond test can be considered successful, providing no sign of moisture is found. In the event
that bond failure occurs in new concrete slab construction, remediation shall be at no cost to
OWNER.
SECTION 09 0565
MOISTURE TESTING FOR FLOORING INSTALLATION
City of La Quinta 09 0565 - 5
Traffic Management Center Improvements
3.05 CLEAN UP
A. Remove rubbish, debris and waste materials and legally dispose of off the Project site.
3.06 PROTECTION
A. Protect the Work of this section until installation of finish flooring.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 09 2900
GYPSUM BOARD
City of La Quinta 09 2900 - 1
Traffic Management Center Improvements
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Walls and Ceilings.
2. Cementitious backer board.
3. Accessories.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Related Sections:
1. Rough Carpentry/Metal Framing (to be provided by Architect)
2. Section 07 92 00 – Joint Sealants.
3. Section 09 91 00 – Painting.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C1396 – 11 Standard Specifications for Gypsum Board.
B. ASTM C473 – 12 Standard Test Methods for Physical Testing of Gypsum Panel Products.
C. ASTM C1629 – Standard Classification for Abuse-Resistant Non-decorated Interior Gypsum
Panel Products and Fiber-Reinforced Cement Panels.
1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Level 3 (highest) for hard- and soft-body impact when tested in accordance with ASTM C1629.
B. Average water absorption for panels is not greater than (5) percent by weight after a two-hour
immersion when tested in accordance with ASTM C473.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of Division 1 – Submittal Procedures.
B. Product Data: Manufacturer’s data sheets on each product to be used, including:
1. Preparation instructions and recommendations.
2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations.
3. Installation methods.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Quality Standards: GA-216 – Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of
Gypsum Board.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation.
1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS
SECTION 09 2900
GYPSUM BOARD
City of La Quinta 09 2900 - 2
Traffic Management Center Improvements
A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits
recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental
conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with project requirements, manufacturers offering items which may be
incorporated in the Work include the following:
1. United States Gypsum Company.
2. National Gypsum Properties, LLC.
3. American Gypsum.
3. Or approved equal.
B. Requests for substitutions will be considered in accordance with provisions of Division 1 –
Product Requirements.
2.2 GYPSUM BOARD
A. 5/8”-inch thick Hi-impact XP Gypsum Board moisture and mold resistant paper faced gypsum
board with superior impact resistance with tapered edges, face paper folded around long edges
to reinforce and protect core, ends cut square and finished smooth.
B. Paper facing: Moisture and mold resistant, 100% recycled face paper and back paper.
C. Core: Noncombustible, moisture- and mold-resistant.
1. Fiberglass reinforcing mesh imbedded in core adjacent to back paper
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Corner Beads and Edge Trim: GA 201 and GA 216.
B. Joint Materials: Reinforcing tape and joint compound.
C. Fasteners: Type S12 screws.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Division 1 - Execution: Verification of existing conditions before starting work.
B. Verification of Conditions: Verify that field measurements, surfaces, substrates and conditions
are as required, and ready to receive Work.
C. Report in writing to the Engineer prevailing conditions that will adversely affect satisfactory
execution of the Work of this Section. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions
have been corrected and approved by Engineer.
SECTION 09 2900
GYPSUM BOARD
City of La Quinta 09 2900 - 3
Traffic Management Center Improvements
D. By beginning Work, Contractor accepts conditions and assumes responsibility for correcting
unsuitable conditions encountered at no additional cost to the City.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and as indicated on the Drawings.
B. Fasten gypsum board to furring or framing with screws.
C. Tape, fill, and sand joints.
3.3 FINISH LEVEL SCHEDULE
A. Level 4: Walls and ceilings are scheduled to receive paint finish.
1. Level 1, plus three (3) separate coats of compound at joints, angles, fasteners, and
accessories. Compound shall be smooth and free of tool marks and ridges.
3.4 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed products until Substantial Completion.
B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion.
Payment for items of work covered under Division 9 of the plans and these specifications shall be based
on the lump sum bid pricing identified in the Bid Schedule. No additional compensation will be allowed.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 09 6813
TILE CARPETING
City of La Quinta 09 6813 - 1
Traffic Management Center Improvements
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Tile carpeting.
B. Related Requirements:
1. General Requirements.
2. Section 09 0561 - Moisture Testing for Flooring Installation.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Submit dimensioned layout of carpet tile and details for binder bars.
B. Samples:
1. Submit minimum three labeled carpet tile actual size with proper backing. Carpet
style and color as selected by the Owner.
2. Trim and accessories: Submit 12-inch long Samples of each type trim proposed
for the Work.
C. Product Data: Submit the following:
1. Carpet tile manufacturer's published technical data fully describing carpet
materials, construction, and recommended installation directions.
2. Technical data and installation instructions for each adhesive and sealer material.
3. Carpet tile manufacturer's published instructions for maintenance, care, cleaning
and repair of carpet.
4. Manufacturers recommended adhesives and primers.
D. Certificate:
1. Submit a certificate from carpet tile manufacturer that materials supplied comply
with fire hazard resistance standards specified.
2. Submit a manufacturer certification that the installer is approved by the
manufacture to install the specified product.
E. Installer’s Experience Qualifications: Submit list of not less than five projects with similar
scope of work, extending over period of not less than five years, indicating installer’s
experience record.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with the following as a minimum requirement:
SECTION 09 6813
TILE CARPETING
City of La Quinta 09 6813 - 2
Traffic Management Center Improvements
1. Manufacturer’s installation instructions
2. Materials shall comply with CBC Chapter 11B and ADAAG requirements.
3. Carpet tile must be free of Anti-Microbial Protection.
4. Comply with ASTM F1869 for moisture testing.
B. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: Carpet tile shall meet requirements of federal, state
and local regulatory agencies for flammability, static control, or other properties as
specified with testing documentation from the manufacturer by a third-party laboratory.
C. Carpet Tile Installation: Comply with CRI 104 - Standard for Installation of Textile Floor
Covering Materials.
D. Each color of carpet tile shall be of the same dye lot.
E. Qualifications of Installer: Minimum five years experience in successfully installing the
same or similar flooring materials.
F. Pre-Installation and Progress meetings: Prior to start of work of this section and after
approval of submittals, schedule an on-site Pre-Installation and progress meetings
between Contractor, Supervising Installer, CPM, and Project Manager to review
construction, drawings and installation procedures in accordance with the requirements of
this specification.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Full cartons of carpet tile shall be packaged and identified by the flooring manufacturer.
Distributor, dealer, or vendor cutting, re-packaging, and re-labeling is not permitted.
B. Store material at least 48 hours at room temperature prior to installation and in accordance
to manufacturer’s instructions.
C. Deliver fire-rated materials with testing agency labels and required fire classification
numbers attached and legible.
1.5 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Ventilation and Temperature: Verify areas to be carpeted are ventilated to remove any off
gassing from installation materials, and areas are within temperature range
recommended by the various material manufacturers for Project site installation
conditions. The temperature of a concrete slab must be stabilized above 65 degrees both
12 hours prior to and after the installation. The following environmental conditions inside
the building are critical for proper installation. Temperature must be between 65 degrees
F and 95 degrees F and the humidity between 10 percent and 65 percent for at least 72
hours before and 72 hours after installation. In addition, any adhesives and primers
should be stored under these conditions for a minimum of 24 hours prior to installation.
B. Protection: Prohibit traffic on carpet for at least 12 hours after installation. Cover carpet
with heavy non-staining Kraft paper in areas where the Work of other trades is to be
performed and traffic and passage areas. Protect carpet from damage or soiling. Maintain
protection in place until Substantial Completion.
SECTION 09 6813
TILE CARPETING
City of La Quinta 09 6813 - 3
Traffic Management Center Improvements
1.6 WARRANTY
A. Contractor shall provide a two-year installation warranty. Warranty period will begin after
the City accepts substantial completion of contract work.
B. Manufacturer shall provide a 30-year material warranty as described below:
1. Delamination Warranty: Carpet tile will not delaminate for a minimum of 30 years
from the date of installation.
2. Zippering Warranty: Carpet tile will not zipper or develop continuous pile yarn
runners in the body of the carpet for a minimum of 30 years from the date of
Substantial Completion.
3. Edge Ravel: Carpet tile will not have continuous pile yarn coming out at seams for
a minimum of 30 years from the date of Substantial Completion.
4. Cup, Dish or Dome Warranty: The manufacturer warrants that the carpet tile will
not cup, dish or dome for 30 years from the date of Substantial Completion.
5. Dimensional Stability Warranty: The manufacturer warrants that the carpet tile will
not lose its dimensional stability (namely: growth or shrinkage with glue-down
installations) for 30 years due to normal variations in atmosphere, temperature, or
humidity
6. Wear Warranty: The manufacturer warrants that the carpet tile will lose no more
than 10 percent by weight of the pile fiber during the life of the carpet from the date
of Substantial Completion.
C. Manufacturer shall provide a 10-year material warranty for colorfastness and texture
retention.
1. Stain and Soil Protection: 10-year stain removal written guaranty.
2. Texture Retention Warranty: The manufacturer warrants that the carpet tile will
substantially maintain its physical surface texture against crushing, matting and
walking out for 10 years from the date of Substantial Completion.
3. Colorfastness to light: Carpet tile will not fade for 10 years due to exposure to
sunlight.
4. Colorfastness to atmospheric contaminants: Carpet tile will not fade for 10 years
due to atmospheric contaminants.
1.7 MAINTENANCE
A. Extra Materials - Carpet Tile: Full-size units equal to 10 percent of amount installed for
each type, color, pattern, and dye lot of carpet indicated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS AND PRODUCTS
SECTION 09 6813
TILE CARPETING
City of La Quinta 09 6813 - 4
Traffic Management Center Improvements
A. Modular Carpet Tile, Heavy Commercial Traffic: Subject to compliance with requirements,
provide Shaw Carpet Sky Tile, or comparable product by one of the followings:
1. Shaw Contract.
2. Mohawk Industries.
3. Mannington Commercial, Inc.
4. Or approved equal that meet or exceed the products and systems listed below.
B. Adhesives and Primers: As recommended by tile carpeting manufacturer.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Carpet tile shall meet the following minimum standards:
1. Provide glue-down or firm cushion installation that complies with CBC section 11B-
302.2.
2. Carpet shall have level loop, textured loop, level cut or level-cut/uncut pile texture and
maximum pile height of ½” per CBC Section 11B-302.2.
3. Color: As indicated on Finish Schedule.
4. Fiber Content: 100 percent nylon 6,6.
5. Fiber Type: ECO solution dyed cf nylon.
6. Pile Characteristic: Multi-level pattern loop.
7. Pile Thickness: 0.116 inches for finished carpet tile according to ASTM D 6859.
8. Stitches: 9.0 stitches per inch.
9. Surface Pile Weight: 17 oz./sq. yd.
10. Primary Backing/Backcoating: Manufacturer’s standard composite materials.
11. Secondary Backing: Manufacturer’s standard material.
12. Size: 24 by 24 inches.
13. Applied Soil-Resistance Treatment: Manufacturer’s standard material.
14. Antimicrobial Treatment: Manufacturer’s standard material.
B. Performance Characteristics as follows:
1. Appearance Retention Rating: Heavy traffic, 3.0 minimum according to ASTM D 7330.
2. Critical Radiant Flux Classification: Not less than 0.45 W/sq. cm.
3. Smoke Density: NO greater than 450 when tested in accordance with0 ASTM E662.
SECTION 09 6813
TILE CARPETING
City of La Quinta 09 6813 - 5
Traffic Management Center Improvements
4. Dry Breaking Strength: Not less than 100 lbf according to ASTM D 2646.
5. Tuft Bind: Not less than 10 lbf according to ASTM D 1335.
6. Delamination: Not less than 3.5 lbf/in. according to ASTM D 3936.
7. Dimensional Tolerance: Within 1/32 inch of specified size dimensions, as determined by
physical measurement.
8. Dimensional Stability: 0.2 percent or less according to ISO 2551 (Aachen Test).
9. Colorfastness to Crocking: Not less than 4, wet and dry, according to AATCC 165.
C. Stair Nosing: See drawings.
D. Adhesive: Water-resistant latex-based adhesive recommended by carpet tile
manufacturer for re-leasable adhesive carpet tile installation. Where primers or sealers
are furnished, verify their compatibility with adhesive.
E. Crack Filler and Leveling Compound: 100 percent cementitious binder type (as defined by
ASTM C150).
1. Webcrete #95 as manufactured by Durabond
2. Ardex SD-F as manufactured by Ardex
3. Or as recommended by flooring manufacturer and approved by AOR.
4. Leveling Compound shall meet or exceed 200 pounds when tested in accordance
with ASTM 1583.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Before installation is started, examine surfaces to receive carpet tile. Deficiencies shall be
corrected before starting Work of this section.
B. Field verify dimensions and other conditions affecting this Work before commencing carpet
tile installation.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Provide concrete moisture vapor emission and pH testing to concrete per Section 09 0561
- Moisture Testing for Flooring Installation for areas specified to be covered with carpet tile.
Includes concrete placed below, on and above grade. For replacement projects, concrete
slabs not in direct contact with ground may be excluded from this requirement. Comply
with requirements of ASTM F1869.
E. Preparation of Subfloors: Any leveling compound used over a vapor or moisture barrier
will be warranted to be installed in a wet or moist environment without moisture limitations.
SECTION 09 6813
TILE CARPETING
City of La Quinta 09 6813 - 6
Traffic Management Center Improvements
1. Delay application of flooring until sub-floors are sufficiently dry according to flooring
manufacturer’s recommendations, or perform remedial measures as
recommended by flooring materials manufacturer.
F. Cleaning and Drying: Clean concrete floor slabs of oil, grease, waxes, curing compounds,
dust, dirt, debris, paint, and other deleterious substances. Failure to remove or seal old
adhesives or other floor coatings may result in installation failure. Provide a commercial
vacuum cleaner to remove dust and dirt. Do not furnish oiled or chemical treated sawdust
or any similar product for dust removal.
G. Leveling: Verify floor slabs true to level and plane within a tolerance of 3/16 inch in 10-
feet. Test floor areas both ways with a 10-foot straightedge and repair high and low areas
exceeding allowable tolerance. Pop ups shall be hammered out and floor filled with an
approved cementitious leveling compound. Remove high areas by power sanding, stone
rubbing or grinding, chipping off and filling with an approved cementitious leveling
compound, or equivalent method. Fill low areas with an approved cementitious leveling
compound. Repair and level the surfaces having abrupt changes in plane, such as trowel
marks or ridges, whether or not within the allowable tolerance. Again, clean areas where
repairs are performed and prime floor using recommended primer by manufacture. Do not
sand, stone rub grind or power chip floor adhesives that contain asbestos.
I. Conditioning of Materials: Carpet tile and adhesives shall be conditioned at the Project
site at not less than 65 degrees F and relative humidity between 10 percent and 65 percent
for 48 hours prior to installation and in accordance to manufacturer’s instructions.
J. Floors should be level and sound. Any trowel marks from old adhesives must be sanded
smooth, creating a level surface prior to the application of adhesives and primers.
3.3 CARPET TILE INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with CRI 104, Section 14, "Carpet Modules," and with carpet tile
manufacturer's written installation instructions.
B. Install carpet tiles in each dye lot in the number sequence as furnished by manufacturer.
Measure the area to find the best starting point that will utilize a maximum size perimeter
tile. After selecting the starting point, snap a chalk line that bisects this point by at right
angles. To achieve a perfect angle, form a triangle by measuring 6-inch up from the center
point. Then measure 8-inch out from the center point. Then, find a 10-inch angle between
these two points. (See manufacturers written instructions for complete details).
C. Color Control: Install dye lot in the number sequence at locations indicated to prevent
shading variations. Install only one dye lot for each area of building unless otherwise
reviewed. If more than one dye lot is required, obtain prior review of color match between
dye lots by Owner and its representative’s written approval.
D. Carpet Tile Fit: Refer to the layout Shop Drawings. The corners of the carpet tiles should
be flat to assure a proper fit. Install the carpet tiles snuggly. Be careful to not to over
tighten the installation.
E. Laying and Seaming: Cut carpet tiles for seams between rows and prevent damage to
loops, prevent edge ravels, and preserve uniform row alignment and spacing on both sides
and across seams. Install carpet tiles with loop rows in straight lines both ways, free of
offsets, waviness, distortion, or misalignment. Cut seam edges straight and square with
backing. Trim carpet tiles at walls, columns, and penetrations for a compressed fit.
SECTION 09 6813
TILE CARPETING
City of La Quinta 09 6813 - 7
Traffic Management Center Improvements
F. Doorways: Extend carpet tiles into doorways without piecing in and seam to the carpet on
other side of door under door centerline except where metal thresholds occur; no small
filler pieces of carpet tiles will be permitted at doorways.
G. Adhesive Installation: Provide proper equipment as required by manufacturer. Evenly
spread adhesive free of excess or thin areas. Place and lay carpet tile within open time of
adhesive.
H. Binder Bars: Provide bars at edges of carpet tiles not abutting walls or other construction,
securely fastened in place by using aluminum drive nails. Precisely align splices and tightly
miter angles.
3.4 PROTECTION
A. Protect the Work of this section until Substantial Completion. Limit rolling traffic on carpet
tiles for at least 12 hours after installation. Cover carpet tiles with heavy non-staining Kraft
paper in areas where the Work of other trades is to be performed and/or traffic and passage
areas. Protect carpet from damage or soiling. Maintain protection in place until Substantial
Completion.
3.5 CLEANING
A. As each carpeted area is completed, clean up dirt and debris, remove spots and soiling
with proper cleaner, trim off loose threads with sharp scissors, and vacuum entire area
clean.
3.6 CLEAN-UP
A. Remove rubbish, debris, and waste materials and legally dispose of off the Project site.
3.7 INSTRUCTION
A. Before Substantial Completion of the Work, should the Owner request and at the Owner
discretion, provide a four-hour Owner instruction period for proper maintenance of
carpeting. Instructions shall be provided by technical representative of manufacturer.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 09 9100
PAINTING
City of La Quinta 09 9100 - 1
Traffic Management Center Improvements
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Surface preparation and field application of paints and finishes for interior and exterior
surfaces.
2. Schedule of Items to be painted.
3. Exterior painting and finishing schedule.
4. Interior painting and finishing schedule.
B. Related Documents: The Contract Documents, as defined in Summary of Work, apply to the
Work of this Section. Additional requirements and information necessary to complete the Work
of this Section may be found in other Documents.
C. Related Sections:
1. Section 08 11 13 – Metal Doors and Frames.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
1. ASTM E 84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Division 1 - Submittal Procedures: Procedures for submittals.
1. Product Data: Submit product data for each type of paint specified.
a. Technical data sheets indicating manufacturer's catalog number, paint type
description, and VOC content.
b. Painting Schedule listing surfaces to be painted with cross reference to the specific
painting and finishing system and application. Identify each paint material by
manufacturer's catalog number and general classification.
2. Samples: Submit color brush-out sample for each paint color and sheen specified.
a. Three samples on 8 1/2-inch x 11-inch card stock for color and sheen verification.
b. Identify each sample by paint manufacturer, paint type, color, and sheen.
3. Assurance/Control Submittals:
a. Test Reports: Submit manufacturer's Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for each
paint type proposed.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Requirements:
1. Surface Burning Characteristics in Accordance with ASTM E-84 for Class I or A finish:
a. Flame Spread (Non-Combustible Surfaces): Less than 25.
b. Smoke Density (Non-Combustible Surfaces): Less than 450.
2. Provide paint and coating materials that conform to Federal, State, and Local restrictions
for Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) content.
SECTION 09 9100
PAINTING
City of La Quinta 09 9100 - 2
Traffic Management Center Improvements
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Transport, handle, store, and protect products.
B. Deliver paint materials in sealed original labeled containers, bearing manufacturer's name, type
of paint, brand name, lot number, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time,
cleanup requirements, color designation, and instructions for mixing and/or reducing.
C. Store paint materials at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and a maximum of 90
degrees F, in ventilated area, and as required by manufacturer's published instructions.
D. Prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS OR SITE CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements:
1. Apply paint finishes only when moisture content of surfaces is within manufacturer's
acceptable ranges for type of finish being applied.
2. Surface temperatures or surrounding air temperature to be above 40 degrees F before
applying alkyd finishes; above 45 degrees F for interior latex, and 50 degrees F for exterior
latex work. Minimum for varnish and transparent finishes is 65 degrees F.
3. Provide continuous ventilation and heating facilities to maintain temperatures above 45
degrees F for 24 hours prior to, during and 48 hours after application of finishes.
4. Do not apply paint in areas where dust is being generated.
5. Provide lighting level in areas being painted of 80-foot candles measured mid-height at
substrate surface.
1.7 MAINTENANCE
A. Execution and Closeout Requirements: Procedures for closeout submittals.
B. Extra Materials:
1. Provide one gallon of each color, type and sheen to the Engineer.
2. Label each container with color, type, texture, room locations, in addition to the
manufacturer's label.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with project requirements, manufacturers offering specified items which
may be incorporated in the work include the following:
1. Benjamin Moore and Company.
2. Dunn Edwards
3. Duron Paints and Wallcoverings.
4. Devoe (ICI).
5. Glidden (ICI).
6. Pittsburgh Paints.
7. Sherwin-Williams Company.
8. Or approved equal.
SECTION 09 9100
PAINTING
City of La Quinta 09 9100 - 3
Traffic Management Center Improvements
B. Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements: Product options and substitutions. Substitutions:
permitted.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Paints:
1. Manufacturer’s “Best Grade” for each type specified.
2. Ready-mixed; pigments fully ground maintaining a soft paste consistency, capable of
readily and uniformly dispersing to a complete homogeneous mixture.
3. Providing good flowing and brushing properties and be capable of drying or curing free of
streaks or sags.
4. VOC limits (g/L) for interior paint applications:
a. Interior Wood – Transparent
1) Stain: 250
2) Varnish: 350
b. Interior Steel – Unprimed
1) Rust Prime Coat: 400
2) Top Coat – Non-Flat: 150
3) Top Coat – Gloss: 250
d. Interior Steel – Primed
1. Top Coat – Flat: 100
2. Top Coat – Non-Flat: 150
3. Top Coat – Gloss: 250
e. Interior Steel – Galvanized
1. Top Coat – Non-Flat: 150
2. Top Coat – Gloss: 250
c. Interior Plaster, Gypsum Board
1) Under Coat: 200
2) Top Coat - Flat: 100
3) Top Coat – Non-Flat: 150
4) Top Coat – Gloss: 250
B. Primers and Undercoaters: Manufactured by same manufacturer as finish coat materials.
C. Paint Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine and other materials not specifically
indicated herein but required to achieve the finishes specified of high quality and approved
manufacturer.
2.3 INTERIOR PAINT SYSTEMS
A. Benjamin Moore:
1. Gypsum Board: Eggshell, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Primer: 284 Moorecraft Superhide Interior Latex Primer/Undercoater; MDF 1.5
mils.
b. Each Finish Coat: Moorecraft Super-Hide Eggshell 286.
2. Masonry: Eggshell, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Primer: Moorecraft Super Hide Interior/Exterior Latex Blockfiller 285; MDF 11.0
mils.
b. Each Finish Coat: Moorecraft Super-Hide Eggshell 286.
3. Metal: Satin, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Each Finish Coat: Moorecraft Super-Hide Eggshell 286.
4. Wood and Wood Doors: Satin, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Primer: 253 Moorecraft Latex Enamel Undercoater and Primer Sealer; 2.0 mils.
SECTION 09 9100
PAINTING
City of La Quinta 09 9100 - 4
Traffic Management Center Improvements
b. Each Finish Coat: Moorecraft Super-Hide Eggshell 286.
5. Ferrous Metal: Semi-Gloss, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Primer: M04 Acrylic Metal Primer; MDF 2.0 mils.
b. Each Finish Coat: 276 Moorecraft Acrylic Latex; MDF 1.5 mils.
B. Comex Group (Color Wheel/Frazee/Kwal/Parker):
1. Gypsum Board: Eggshell, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Primer: Ultra-Tech C152 Interior Latex Primer-Sealer; MDF 1.12 mils.
b. Each Finish Coat: Ultra-Tech C106 Interior Latex Eggshell Enamel; MDF 1.36 mils.
2. Masonry: Eggshell, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Primer: Ultra-Tech C302 Interior-Exterior Acrylic Block Filler; MDF 6.29 mils.
b. Each Finish Coat: Ultra-Tech C106 Interior Latex Eggshell Enamel; MDF 1.36 mils.
3. Metal: Satin, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Each Finish Coat: Ultra-Tech C141 Interior 100% Acrylic Low-Sheen Enamel; MDF
1.44 mils.
4. Wood and Wood Doors: Satin, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Primer: Ultra-Tech C312 Interior-Exterior 100% Acrylic Wood Primer; MDF 1.8
mils.
b. Each Finish Coat: Ultra-Tech C141 Interior 100% Acrylic Low-Sheen Enamel; MDF
1.44 mils.
5. Ferrous Metal: Semi-Gloss, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Primer: Ultra-Tech C309 Universal Water-Based Metal Primer; MDF 1.96 mils.
b. Each Finish Coat: Ultra-Tech C119 Interior Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel; MDF 1.6
mils.
C. Duron:
1. Gypsum Board: Eggshell, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Primer: Interior Latex Drywall Primer 04-124: Applied at a dry film thickness of not
less than 1.6 mils (0.041 mm). (MPI 50, Approved)
b. Each Finish Coat: Acrylic Latex Eggshell (Low Sheen) Enamel 36 Series; MDF 1.4
mils. (MPI 44, Approved)
2. Masonry: Eggshell, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Primer: Block Kote Interior/Exterior Latex Block Filler 08-128; MDF 10.2 mils.
b. Each Finish Coat: Acrylic Latex Eggshell (Low Sheen) Enamel 36Series; MDF 1.4
mils. (MPI 44, Approved)
3. Metal: Satin, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Each Finish Coat: Ultra Deluxe Interior Acrylic Latex Eggshell (Low Sheen)
Enamel 36 Series; MDF 1.4 mils.
4. Wood and Wood Doors: Satin, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Primer: Interior Acrylic Enamel Undercoater 04-123; MDF 1.6mils. (MPI 50,
Approved)
b. Each Finish Coat: Ultra Deluxe Interior Acrylic Latex Eggshell (Low Sheen) Enamel
36 Series; MDF 1.4 mils.
5. Ferrous Metal: Semi-Gloss, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Primer: Dura Clad Universal Acrylic Metal Primer, White 33-015; MDF x.x mils.
(MPI 76, Approved)
b. Each Finish Coat: Genesis Odor-Free Interior Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel, 83-
Series, MDF 1.5 mils.
D. Devoe (ICI):
1. Gypsum Board: Eggshell, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Primer: Wonder-Tones Primer DR50801; MDF 1.5 mil.
b. Each Finish Coat: Wonder-Tone Eggshell Enamel DR34XX; MDF 1.5 mil.
2. Masonry: Eggshell, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Primer: Bloxfil 4000 Interior/Exterior Heavy-Duty Acrylic Block Filler 4000-1000;
7.0-14.5 MDF
SECTION 09 9100
PAINTING
City of La Quinta 09 9100 - 5
Traffic Management Center Improvements
b. Each Finish Coat: Wonder-Tone Eggshell Latex Enamel DR34XX; MDF 1.5 mil.
3. Metal: Satin, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Each Finish Coat: Mirrolac W/B Semi-Gloss Enamel DP83XX; MDF 1.5 mil.
4. Wood and Wood Doors: Satin, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Primer: Wonder-Prime DR51701; MDF 1.5 mil.
b. Each Finish Coat: Devflex 4216HP High Performance Waterborne Acrylic Semi-
Gloss Enamel; MDF 1.5 mil.
5. Ferrous Metal: Semi-Gloss, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Primer: Mirrolac W/B DTM Primer DP85XX; MDF 1.5 mil.
b. Each Finish Coat: Mirrolac W/B Semi-Gloss DP83XX.
E. Dunn Edwards:
1. Gypsum Board: Eggshell, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Primer: VNSL00 Vinylastic, Zero VOC Primer Sealer; MDF 2.0 mils.
b. Each Finish Coat: SWLL30 Spartawall Zero VOC Acrylic Eggshell Enamel; MDF
1.5 mils.
2. Masonry: Eggshell, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Primer: 262 Block Filler Latex Block Filler; MDF 7.0 mils.
b. Each Finish Coat: SWLL30 Spartawall Acrylic Eggshell Enamel; MDF 1.5 mils.
3. Metal: Satin, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Each Finish Coat: SWLL40 Spartawall Zero VOC Low Sheen Acrylic Enamel; MDF
1.5 mils.
4. Wood and Wood Doors: Satin, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Primer: UGSL00 Ultra-Grip Select Multi-Surface Primer; MDF 2.0 mils.
b. Each Finish Coat: SWLL40 Spartawall Zero VOC Low Sheen Acrylic Enamel; MDF
1.5 mils.
5. Ferrous Metal: Semi-Gloss, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Primer: BRPR00 Bloc Rust Prime W/B Alkyd Metal Primer; MDF 2.0 mils.
b. Each Finish Coat: SWLL50 Spartawall Zero VOC, Semi-Gloss Enamel; MDF 1.5
mils.
F. Glidden (ICI):
1. Gypsum Board: Eggshell, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Primer: ProMaster Interior Latex Primer-Sealer MP-5111; MDF 1.5 mil.
b. Each Finish Coat: ProMaster Interior Latex Eggshell MP-6800; MDF 1.5 mil.
2. Masonry: Eggshell, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Primer: Bloxfil 4000 Interior/Exterior Heavy Duty Acrylic Block Filler 4000-1000;
MDF 11 mil
b. Each Finish Coat: ProMaster Interior Latex Eggshell MP-6800; MDF 1.5 mil.
3. Metal: Satin, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Each Finish Coat: Devflex 4214HP High Performance Waterborne Acrylic Semi-
Gloss Enamel; MDF 1.5 mil.
4. Wood and Wood Doors: Satin, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Primer: Prime Interior 100% Acrylic Multi-Purpose Latex Stain Killer, PC 1000;
MDF 1.5 mil.
b. Each Finish Coat: Devflex 4216 HP High Performance Waterborne Acrylic Semi-
Gloss Enamel; MDF 1.5 mil.
5. Ferrous Metal: Semi-Gloss, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Primer: Devflex 4020 PF Direct to Metal Primer & Flat Finish; MDF 1.5 mil.
b. Each Finish Coat: Devflex 4216 HP High Performance Waterborne Acrylic Semi-
Gloss Enamel; MDF 1.5 mil.
G. Pittsburgh:
1. Gypsum Board: Eggshell, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Primer: 6-2 Speedhide Latex Sealer; MDF 1.0 mils.
b. Each Finish Coat: 6-411 Speedhide Eggshell Latex; MDF 1.5 mils.
SECTION 09 9100
PAINTING
City of La Quinta 09 9100 - 6
Traffic Management Center Improvements
2. Masonry: Eggshell, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Primer: 6-2 Speedhide Latex Sealer; MDF 1.0 mils.
b. Each Finish Coat: 6-411 Speedhide Eggshell Latex; MDF 1.5 mils.
3. Metal: Satin, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Each Finish Coat: 90-474 DTM Acrylic Satin; MDF 1.5 mils.
4. Wood and Wood Doors: Satin, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Primer: 6-855 Interior Water Base Undercoater; MDF 1.5 mils.
b. Each Finish Coat: 90-474 DTM Acrylic Satin; MDF 1.5 mils.
5. Ferrous Metal: Semi-Gloss, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Each Finish Coat: 90-474 DTM Acrylic Satin; MDF 1.5 mils.
H. Sherwin Williams:
1. Gypsum Board: Low VOC, Egg-shell, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Primer: Harmony Latex Primer, MDF 1.6 mils.
b. Each Finish Coat: Harmony Latex Egg-Shel, MDF 1.6 mils.
2. Masonry: Semi-Gloss, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Primer: ProMar Interior/Exterior Block Filler, B25W25; MDF 10.0 mils
b. Each Finish Coat: ProMar 200 Interior Latex Egg Shell: MDF 1.5 mils.
3. Metal: Semi-Gloss, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Each Finish Coat: DTM Acrylic S-G, B66W200; MDF 3.0 mils.
4. Wood and Wood Doors: Semi-Gloss, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Primer: PrepRite Classic Primer, B28W101, MDF 1.6 mils.
b. Each Finish Coat: ProClassic Waterborne S-G, MDF 1.4 mils.
5. Ferrous Metal: Semi-Gloss, Water Base, Acrylic Latex.
a. Primer: Pro-Cryl Universal Water Based Primer, B66-310, MDF 3.0 mils.
b. Each Finish Coat: DTM Acrylic S-G, B66W200; MDF 3.0 mils.
I. Or approved equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Execution and Closeout Requirements: Verification of existing conditions before starting work.
B. Verification of Conditions: Verify that field measurements, surfaces, substrates and conditions
are as required, and ready to receive Work.
C. Report in writing to the Engineer prevailing conditions that will adversely affect satisfactory
execution of the Work of this Section. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions
have been corrected and approved by the Engineer.
D. By beginning Work, Contractor accepts conditions and assumes responsibility for correcting
unsuitable conditions encountered at no additional cost to the City.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, and conditions otherwise
detrimental to formation of a durable paint film.
B. Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in accordance with paint manufacturer's published
instructions for each particular substrate condition.
1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime as required.
SECTION 09 9100
PAINTING
City of La Quinta 09 9100 - 7
Traffic Management Center Improvements
2. Remove hardware, hardware accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures,
and similar items in place and not to be painted or provide surface applied protection prior
to surface preparation and painting operations. Reinstall all removed items after
completion of paint work.
3. Clean surfaces to be painted before applying paint of surface treatment. Remove oil and
grease prior to mechanical cleaning.
C. Ferrous Metals: Clean ferrous surfaces that are not galvanized or shop-coated, of oil, grease,
dirt, loose mill scale and other foreign substances by solvent or mechanical cleaning.
1. Touch-up shop-applied prime coats, where damaged or bare. Clean and touch-up with
same type shop primer.
D. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean free of oil and surface contaminants with non-petroleum-based
solvent. Apply coat of etching primer if required by paint manufacturer.
E. Cementitious Materials: Prepare cementitious surfaces to be painted by removing efflorescence,
chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and by roughening as required to remove glaze.
1. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces to be painted by performing
appropriate tests.
a. If surfaces are found to be sufficiently alkaline to cause blistering and burning of
finish paint, correct condition before application of paint.
2. Do not paint over surfaces where moisture content exceeds that permitted in
manufacturer's printed instructions.
F. Wood: Clean wood surfaces to be painted of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with scrapers,
mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sandpaper smooth those finished surfaces exposed
to view, and dust off. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots and apply a thin coat of white
shellac or other recommended knot sealer, before application of priming coat. After priming, fill
holes, and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood-filler. Sandpaper smooth
when dried.
1. Prime, stain, or seal wood required to be job-painted immediately upon delivery to job.
Prime edges, ends faces, undersides, and backsides of such wood, including cabinets and
counters.
2. Seal tops, bottoms, and cut-outs with a heavy coat of varnish or equivalent sealer
immediately upon delivery to job.
G. Gypsum Board: Fill minor defects with filler compound. Spot prime defects after repair.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. Apply paint products in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions using application
procedures approved for the particular application and substrate to the specified Minimum Dry
Film Thickness (MDF). Apply each coat to uniform finish.
B. Apply each coat slightly darker than preceding coat unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
Sand lightly between coats to achieve specified finish.
C. Do not apply finishes on surfaces that are not dry.
D. Number of coats and film thickness required is same regardless of application method. Do not
apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has cured as recommended by the manufacturer.
E. Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat until
paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Surfaces, including edges, corners,
crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners to receive minimum dry film thickness equivalent to that
of flat surfaces.
SECTION 09 9100
PAINTING
City of La Quinta 09 9100 - 8
Traffic Management Center Improvements
F. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply materials at not less than manufacturer's recommended
spreading rate. Provide minimum dry film thickness (MDF) of the entire coating system as
indicated in Painting and Finishing Schedule at end of this Section.
G. Block Fillers: Apply block fillers to concrete masonry units at rate to provide complete coverage
with pores filled.
H. Prime Coats: Before application of finish coats, apply a prime coat of material as recommended
by manufacturer to material scheduled to be painted or finished that has not been shop primed.
Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first
coat appears, to assure a finish coat with no burn through or other defects due to insufficient
sealing.
I. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover to provide an opaque, smooth surface of
uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, laps, brush marks, runs,
sags, or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable.
J. Hollow Metal Doors: Paint each door edge.
K. Completed Work: Match the Engineer’s approved field samples for color and sheen.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Quality Requirements: Field testing and inspection.
B. Inspect painting and coating application for scheduled material, color, sheen, specified thickness
(MDF), and coverage.
3.5 CLEANING
A. As work proceeds and upon completion, promptly remove paint where spilled, splashed, or
spattered.
B. During progress of work keep premises free from any unnecessary accumulation of tools,
equipment, surplus materials, and debris.
C. Collect waste, cloths, and material which may constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal
containers and remove daily from site.
D. Upon completion of work leave premises neat and clean.
3.6 PROTECTION
A. Protect other surfaces from paint and damage. Repair damage as a result of inadequate or
unsuitable protection.
SECTION 09 9100
PAINTING
City of La Quinta 09 9100 - 9
Traffic Management Center Improvements
3.7 COLOR SCHEDULE – See Drawings
3.8 SCHEDULE OF ITEMS TO BE PAINTED
A. Painted finishes shall be provided for, but not limited to, the following items. Refer to Drawings
and Paint Color Schedule at end of this Section for designated finishes and colors of areas.
1. Interior: All interior surfaces as scheduled on Drawings including, but not limited to:
a. Gypsum wallboard.
b. Hollow metal frames.
c. Wood Doors.
B. Do not paint the following items:
1. Pre-finished items:
a. Aluminum, brass, bronze, stainless steel, and chrome plated steel.
b. Pre-finished items, such as toilet compartments, acoustical ceiling materials,
mechanical, and electrical equipment.
c. UL, FM, and other code-required labels.
d. Equipment identification, performance rating, and name plates.
e. Finish hardware.
f. Factory finished metal wall panels, metal wall panel trim, and metal gravel stops.
2. Exposed items:
a. Exposed mechanical ductwork, hangers, and supports.
b. Exposed piping and conduit, hangers and supports.
c. Exposed fire protection piping, hangers and supports.
d. Exposed roof structure.
e. Exposed roof deck.
3.9 PAINTING AND FINISHING SCHEDULE
A. Interior Paint Systems:
1. Interior Gypsum Wallboard:
a. 1 coat Latex Wall Primer.
b. 1 coat Latex Eggshell Enamel
2. Interior Metal:
a. 2 coats Latex Satin
3. Interior Wood (painted):
a. 1 coat Enamel Undercoat
b. 2 coats Alkyd Semi-Satin Enamel
4. Ferrous Metals
a. Touch up Prime Coat.
b. Two tinted coats of Alkyd Enamel Semi-Gloss.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 26 0500
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
City of La Quinta 26 0500 - 1
Traffic Management Center Improvements
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Basic electrical methods.
2. Grounding and bonding.
3. Electrical identification.
4. Electrical system testing and inspection.
B. Related Documents: Additional requirements and information necessary to complete the Work
of this Section may be found in other documents.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA):
1. NECA SI - Standard of Installation.
B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):
1. NEMA KS 1 - Enclosed Switches.
C. National Electrical Testing Association (NETA):
1. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment
and Systems.
D. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
1. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal Procedures: Procedures for submittals.
1. Product Data:
a. Grounding connections.
2. Assurance/Control Submittals:
a. Electrical System Test Reports: Submit report including the following directly to
Project Manager from Testing Laboratory, with copy to Contractor.
1) Summary of project.
2) Description of equipment tested.
3) Description of test.
4) Test results.
5) Conclusions and recommendations.
6) Appendix, including appropriate test forms.
7) List of test equipment used and calibration date.
8) Signature of responsible Testing Laboratory Officer.
b. Certificates: Manufacturer's certificate that each Product specified meet or exceed
specified requirements.
c. Qualification Documentation: Submit documentation of experience indication
compliance with specified qualification requirements.
B. Closeout Submittals: Procedures for closeout submittals.
1. Project Record Documents: Accurately record the following.
SECTION 26 0500
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
City of La Quinta 26 0500 - 2
Traffic Management Center Improvements
a. Locations of components.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing Work of this Section with minimum
5 years documented experience.
B. Regulatory Requirements:
1. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
2. Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Incorporated as suitable for
the purpose specified and indicated.
1.5 BASIC ELECTRICAL METHODS
A. Drawings are schematic and diagrammatic. Use judgment and care to install electrical Work to
function properly and fit within building construction and finishes. Electrical conductors, conduit,
components, not shown or specified, which are required for any device or system to produce a
complete and operative system are required to be furnished and installed.
B. Exact location of outlets is determined from dimension on Drawings, manufacturer's shop
drawings, or as may be determined at Project Site. Do not scale Drawings for exact location of
any item. Verify item mounting heights as required by project conditions prior to rough-in.
C. Route conduits and wiring associated with new equipment and systems above ceilings, in existing
chases, and concealed within building structure.
D. Surface mounted raceways or conduit permitted only at locations indicated on Drawings.
E. Circuit grouping, conduit or cable runs, and home runs are indicated with number of conductors
shown in each raceway to clarify operation and function of various systems. Provide proper
number of conductors and conduits or cables to provide operative system as indicated on
Contract Documents. Do not regroup any feeder circuits, branch circuits, home runs, and zone
alarms at any point, from that shown on Contract Documents.
F. Branch and home run circuits are indicated as 2, 3, or 4 wire circuits unless otherwise noted. Do
not connect two ungrounded conductors to same circuit breaker/fused switch in any panel. Circuit
runs consist of a maximum of five conductors; 3 phase conductors, 1 neutral conductor, and 1
equipment ground conductor, unless otherwise noted. Do not splice branch circuit conductors in
any panels, safety switches, or non-automatic circuit breakers in separate enclosures.
G. New equipment, switches, devices, shown mounted on and/or adjacent to equipment, which if
installed, would impair proper operation of existing or new equipment, shall be removed and
relocated by Contractor as required so equipment will function properly. Notify Project Manager
immediately if any such condition exists.
H. Seal and make permanently watertight penetrations by electrical raceways or equipment through
ceilings, walls, or floors.
1. Seal penetrations in non-fire rated ceilings, walls, or floors material.
2. Seal penetrations in fire rated walls with material.
I. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with
equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening values for equipment connectors. Where
manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to
comply with tightening torques specified in UL 486A, and NFPA 70.
SECTION 26 0500
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
City of La Quinta 26 0500 - 3
Traffic Management Center Improvements
J. Install equipment and materials to provide required maintenance and code working clearance for
servicing and maintenance. Coordinate final location of concealed equipment and devices
requiring access with final location of required access panels and doors. Allow required space
for removal of parts that require replacement or servicing.
K. Remove existing equipment, lighting fixtures, switches, and receptacles as required to facilitate
new installation. Remove existing wiring and conduit serving items to be removed. Conduit in
inaccessible areas shall be cut off below finished surfaces and existing surface patched to match
existing. Provide blank plates on existing flush mounted outlet boxes that will be abandoned.
Remove all abandoned conductors from raceways.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
A. Nameplates:
1. Engraved three-layer laminated phenolic plastic, white letters on black background.
2. Locations:
a. Each electrical distribution and control equipment enclosure.
b. Communication cabinets.
c. Terminal Cabinets.
d. Separately enclosed circuit breakers.
e. Panelboards
f. Pull boxes.
g. Switches and disconnects.
3. Letter Size:
a. Use 1/8-inch letters for identifying individual equipment and loads.
b. Use 1/4-inch letters for identifying grouped equipment and loads.
B. Wire and Cable Markers:
1. Description: Cloth tape or tubing type wire markers.
2. Locations: Each conductor at panelboard gutters, pull boxes, outlet and junction boxes,
and each load connection.
3. Legend:
a. Power Circuits: Branch circuit or feeder number indicated on Drawings.
b. Control Circuits: Control wire number indicated on schematic and interconnection
diagrams on Drawings.
C. Conduit Markers:
1. Location: Furnish markers for each conduit longer than10 feet.
2. Spacing: 20 feet.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Execution Requirements: Verification of existing conditions before starting work.
B. Verification of Conditions: Verify that field measurements, surfaces, substrates, and conditions
are as required, and ready to receive Work.
SECTION 26 0500
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
City of La Quinta 26 0500 - 4
Traffic Management Center Improvements
C. Report in writing to Project Manager prevailing conditions that will adversely affect satisfactory
execution of the Work of this Section. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions
have been corrected.
D. By beginning Work, Contractor accepts conditions and assumes responsibility for correcting
unsuitable conditions encountered at no additional cost to the City.
3.2 INSTALLATION - GROUNDING AND BONDING
A. Provide bonding and grounding in conformance with NFPA 70.
B. Equipment Grounding Conductor: Provide separate, insulated conductor within each feeder and
branch circuit raceway. Terminate each end on suitable lug, bus, or bushing.
C. Testing and Inspection:
1. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4.
2. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.13.
3.3 INSTALLATION - ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
A. Install nameplate parallel to equipment lines.
B. Secure nameplate to equipment front using stainless steel screws. Use minimum two screws at
each end of nameplate.
C. Secure nameplate to outside surface of door on panelboards and switchboards.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL - ELECTRICAL TESTING AND INSPECTION
A. Conduct testing to Determine that Electrical Equipment and Systems:
1. Are in conformance with Contract Documents and applicable reference standards.
2. Is professionally installed without damage due either to installation or shipment.
3. Operate correctly, meet design intent, and are performing at optimum level, in safe manner.
B. Provide a complete written record of operational values to be used as a baseline for future
operational testing.
C. Instrumentation:
1. Provide calibration program that assures applicable test instrumentation is maintained
within rated accuracy and directly traceable to National Bureau of Standards.
2. Calibrate instruments in accordance with following frequency schedule:
a. Field Instruments:
1) Analog - 6 months maximum.
2) Digital - 12 months maximum.
b. Leased Specialty Equipment: 12 months. (Where accuracy is guaranteed by
lessor.)
3. Dated Calibration Labels: Visible on test equipment.
4. Keep records current; show date and result of instruments calibrated or tested.
5. Maintain current instrument calibration instruction and procedure for each test instrument.
6. Calibrating Standard: Higher accuracy than that of instrument being calibrated.
D. Regulatory Requirements:
SECTION 26 0500
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
City of La Quinta 26 0500 - 5
Traffic Management Center Improvements
1. Safety Practices: Include, but not limited to, the following requirements:
a. Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 - OSHA.
b. Accident Prevention Manual for Industrial Operations, Seventh Edition, National
Safety Council, Chapter 4.
c. Applicable State and Local Safety Operating Procedures.
d. NETA Safety/Accident Prevention Program.
e. NFPA 70E - Electrical Safety Requirements for Employee Workplace.
f. American National Standards for Personnel Protection, ANSI Z244.1.
2. Perform tests with apparatus de-energized except where otherwise specifically required
herein.
3. Testing Laboratory: Provide a designated safety representative present at Project Site and
supervise safety operations.
4. Power Circuits: Conductors shorted to ground by a hot line grounded device approved for
the purpose.
5. Do not proceed until safety representative has determined that it is safe to do so.
6. Testing Laboratory: Provide sufficient protective barriers and warning signs to conduct
specified tests safely.
E. Tests and inspections include, but are not limited to the following:
1. Proper operation of equipment.
2. Continuity of raceway system.
3. Insulation leakage and impedances.
4. Ground system resistance.
5. Sub-system tests indicated in other Sections.
F. Load balance all electrical phases, at device, panels, and switchboards.
G. Perform electrical system testing and inspection as specified in each Division 16 Section and as
specified in this Section.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 26 0513
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
City of La Quinta 26 0513 - 1
Traffic Management Center Improvements
PART 1 GENERAL
SUMMARY: Furnish materials and perform labor required to execute this work indicated on the
drawings, as specified, and as necessary to complete the Contract, including, but
not limited to, these major items:
A. Examine all other sections for work related to those other sections and required to be
included as work under this section.
B. Provide and complete underground conduit connecting the computer stations/in-ground
outlets including conduits, cables, concrete encasement, and grounding
C. Complete power wiring including junction boxes, pull boxes, outlet boxes, devices,
cable supports, grounding equipment, materials, and equipment for a complete
installation.
D. Complete line and low voltage wiring. Provide gutters, disconnect switches, fuses,
relays, time switches, and all auxiliaries.
E. Wiring and connections to all electrically operated equipment and appliances as shown
on the drawings.
F. Excavation, backfill, repaving and concrete work to complete the work under this
Section.
G. Special grounding system complete, including ground rods, ground bars, cables, and
miscellaneous hardware.
H. Bakelite nameplates.
I. Temporary electrical service as needed for all trades during construction of project.
J. Conduit, with cables, for the Monitor system as indicated, including boxes, cabinets,
and miscellaneous hardware and finish plates.
K. Construction permits.
L. Record and "as-built" drawings.
M. Certificates and warranties.
N. Owner manuals.
O. Perform all other work necessary for the complete installation of all electrical work as
herein specified. Refer to the approved electrical plan set for details.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.1 CONDUIT AND RACEWAYS
A. All shall be provided with fittings and accessories approved for purpose and equal in all
respects to raceway.
B. Rigid steel conduit shall be hot-dipped galvanized and comply with U.S. Standard UL6
and ANSI Standard C80.1.
SECTION 26 0513
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
City of La Quinta 26 0513 - 2
Traffic Management Center Improvements
C. Intermediate steel conduit shall be hot-dipped galvanized and comply with U.S.
Standard 1242.
D. Flexible metallic conduit shall be galvanized steel with steel fittings. Liquid and
moisture tight conduit shall be American Brass with Appleton "ST" connectors or
acceptable equal. Flexible conduit shall be only used in concealed areas in walls for
connection to recessed light fixtures, motors, and transformers.
E. Plastic conduit shall be polyvinyl chloride (PVC) Schedule 40 for direct burial or Type I
for concrete encased, for use with 90oC. Conduits as manufactured by Carlon, Kraylon,
Borg Wagner, Stauffer, Triangle or acceptable equal.
F. Surface metal raceway shall be Wiremold or Walker-Parkersburg. Raceways and
fittings shall be of one manufacturer and designed for use together.
G. Wireways shall be hinged cover or screw cover complete with all necessary
manufactured fittings which shall be of one manufacturer. Wireway shall be Square D
square duct or approved equal by G.E., ITE.
1. Plastic-coated conduit shall be rigid galvanized steel conduit having a 0.030"
minimum thick factory-bonded PVC jacket, using pre-jacketed couplings as
manufactured by Pittsburgh Robroy, Plastic Applicator, Occidental or approved
equal.
2.2 WIRE AND CABLES
A. All shall be new. All conductors #8 AWG and larger, shall be stranded. Color code all
conductors as specified and as prescribed by NEC unless specified otherwise.
B. Secondary voltage (600 volt or below) cables and wires shall be copper, unless
otherwise indicated on drawings, single conductor rated 600 volts conforming to or
exceeding IPCEA Specifications and shall be as follows:
1. In sizes #1/0 AWG to 4/0: Cross-linked polyethylene insulation type XHHW (75 -
90o) or THWN.
2. In sizes 250 MCM and larger: Type RHW/USE or THWN.
3. In sizes #1 AWG and smaller: All conductors shall have heat/moisture resistant
thermoplastic insulation type THW or THWN (75oC), except as follows:
a. Where conduit temperature will exceed 100oF, use type THHN (90oC).
Type XHHW (90oC) permissible in dry locations.
b. In 120-volt incandescent fixtures, type AF (150oC).
c. In wireways of fluorescent lighting fixtures types THW-MTW (90oC).
d. Handling cord drops and cord connections: Type "SO" cord.
4. Grounding Conductors: Copper Type TW with green integrally-colored insulation
of bare-medium-hard-drawn copper.
5. General Electric, Okonite, Rome or General Cable products are acceptable.
SECTION 26 0513
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
City of La Quinta 26 0513 - 3
Traffic Management Center Improvements
6. Low Voltage Conductors: Jacketed, approved type, with low smoke producing
characteristics.
2.3 WIRING DEVICES
A. Wall (Local) Switches: Totally enclosed, AC rated, silent type ivory finish or other
finishes on dark colored walls as selected by the Owner. Switches on emergency
circuits shall be red. All switch mounting straps shall be metal and offer self-grounding
or be equipped with a green, hex-head ground screw. Numbers used below are those
of Hubbell. Equivalent Leviton, Arrow-Hart, Bryant, P & S, Sierra or G.E. are
acceptable.
(1) Single-Pole Switches #RSD115I 15 amps 120 volts
(2) Single-Pole Combination #RCD101I 15amps 120 volts
(3) Single-Pole Combination #RCD111I 15amps 120 volts
Three-Way Switches #RSD315I 15 amps 120 volts
B. Occupancy sensor switch shall be Hubbell RMS140I passive infrared sensor or equal
by Leviton or Arrow Hart.
C. Receptacles:
1. Duplex receptacles shall be specification grade, Tamper resistance, NEMA 5-
20R configuration. They shall be capable of being side or back wired, with clamp
type terminals for back wiring and have a metal mounting strap with self-
grounding and a green, hex-head grounding termination screw. The grounding
blades shall be aligned in such a manner that they are parallel to the longitudinal
plane of the receptacle. Numbers used below are those of Hubbell. Equivalent
Leviton, Arrow-Hart, Bryant, P&S, Sierra, or GE are acceptable.
Duplex 20A White color #BR20ITR
GFI Duplex 20A White color #GF20IL
Single Receptacle: # RR201I
2. All receptacles shall have ivory finish.
3. Receptacles on emergency circuits shall be red, except for isolated ground
receptacles on emergency circuits, which shall be orange with red cover plates.
D. Device Cover Plates: matching device cover plates by Hubbell, Smooth nylon with
Ivory finish unless otherwise selected by the Owner. Outlets in
mechanical/electrical/utility rooms, and garage shall have stamped steel cover plates.
Color of device plates shall be coordinated with the Owner. Red plates for receptacles
on emergency circuits. Weatherproof cover: Hubbell # HBL5221
E. Telephone or Data Jacks: shall be RJ45 jacks with Hubbell frame and multimedia ivory
face plate.
F. Television outlet jacks shall be recessed gold “F” connector Hubbell SFGRFEI with
Hubbell frame and multimedia ivory face plate.
G. Special Purpose Receptacles: Provide where shown on drawings. Specification grade,
standard color, and of the appropriate code and NEMA configuration to match the
SECTION 26 0513
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
City of La Quinta 26 0513 - 4
Traffic Management Center Improvements
supply circuit and load involved. Provide proper grounding through receptacle for
equipment.
2.4 OUTLET BOXES, JUNCTION BOXES AND PULL BOXES
A. Outlet Boxes: Hot-dipped galvanized or sherardized of required size, 4" sq. minimum or
octagonal and of depth required for flush mounted devices and lighting fixtures. Cast-
type with gasketed covers for surface-mounted devices. All outlets for exterior
application shall be cast, weatherproof type with gasket and cast cover plate.
B. Junction and Pull Boxes: Use outlet boxes as junction boxes wherever possible.
Larger junction and pull boxes over 12" in any dimension shall be fabricated from sheet
steel, sized according to code, and have screw-on covers. All junction boxes shall be
accessible.
2.5 WIRE CONNECTORS
A. For wires size #10 AWG and smaller, use Scotchlok or Ideal insulated pressure type
(with live spring) rated 105oC, 600 volts, for building wiring and 1000 volt in signs or
fixtures.
B. For wires size #8 AWG and larger, T & B or equivalent compression type with 3M #33
tape insulation.
2.6 CONDUIT HANGERS
A. Galvanized steel with special accessories for purpose and adequate to support load
imposed. Support individual conduit 1-1/2" and larger and all multiple conduit runs with
hangers. Clamp conduits individually to each support.
2.7 SUPPORTS AND HANGERS
A. Wall brackets and ceiling trapeze hangers shall be Binkley, Elcen, Kindorf, Multi-Frame,
Power Strut, or Unistrut.
B. All lighting fixtures and conduits shall be fully braced as required by State of California
Seismic Regulation. Contractor shall be responsible for bracing design. Provide State
of California Registered Structural Engineer’s approval as part of this contract for all
electrical equipment installation.
2.8 FUSES AND CABINET
A. Fuses: Shall be Class K-1 and K-5 of rejection type for 600 amperes and below and
Class L for over 600 amperes. Fuses shall be Bussman "Limitron" and "Fusetron."
B. Fuse Cabinet:
1. Surface-mounted steel fuse cabinets shall have a hinged front door and a flush
catch with lock (panelboard type). Each cabinet shall contain 3 spare fuses of
each size and type used in associated switchgear and safety switches. On front
of hinged door, provide an engraved nameplate with black-white phenolic
material screwed in place reading: "SPARE FUSES".
2. On inside of door provide the following information typewritten and covered with
clear plastic: "Use these spare current-limiting fuses to replace any fuses of the
SECTION 26 0513
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
City of La Quinta 26 0513 - 5
Traffic Management Center Improvements
current-limiting type that have blown. Replace fuses with ones of similar rating--
DO NOT INCREASE FUSE RATING.
3. In a separate paragraph state name, address, and telephone number of at least
2 distributors located within 80 miles of project who stock current-limiting fuses.
Indicate date (month and year) in bottom right-hand corner.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Electrical system layouts indicated on drawings are generally diagrammatic, but shall
be followed as closely as actual construction and work of other trades will permit.
Govern exact routing of raceways and locations of outlets by structure and equipment
served. Take all dimensions from architectural drawings.
B. Consult all other drawings. Verify all scales and report any dimensional discrepancies
or other conflicts to the Architect and Engineer before submitting bid.
C. All home runs to panelboards are indicated as starting from outlet nearest panel and
continuing in general direction of that panel. Continue such circuits to panel as though
routes were completely indicated.
D. Avoid cutting and boring holes through or structural members wherever possible.
Obtain prior approval of the Architect and Engineer, and conform to all structural
requirements when cutting or boring structure is necessary and permitted.
E. Furnish and install all necessary hardware, hangers, blocking, brackets, bracing,
runners, etc. required for equipment specified under this Section.
3.02 SLEEVES
A. Where raceways pass through concrete construction, install sleeves accurately set in
place.
B. Have a man present during the pouring of concrete to make sure the location of sleeves
is not disturbed during the pour.
C. Cut all openings for which sleeves are omitted with rotary type drill, or other method as
approved by the Architect and Engineer. Holes cut with pneumatic hammer will not be
accepted.
D. All sleeves through concrete floors shall be pipe sleeves with the top of sleeves a
minimum of 1/2" above finished floor surfaces. Do not utilize more than one sleeve per
pipe. Blockouts for multiple pipes or individual pipes will not be allowed.
3.03 RACEWAY INSTALLATION
A. Above grade - defined as areas above finished grade for a building exterior and above
top surface of any slabs (or other concrete work on grade) for a building interior.
Provide for waterproofing of all raceways, outlets, fittings, etc. which penetrate the roof
to preserve the weatherproof integrity of the building. Installation of and materials for
above-grade raceways shall conform with the following:
1. General - Install all raceways concealed except at surface cabinets, for motor
SECTION 26 0513
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
City of La Quinta 26 0513 - 6
Traffic Management Center Improvements
and equipment connections, in mechanical equipment rooms, and elsewhere as
noted on the drawings. Install a minimum of 6" from flues, steam pipes or other
heated pockets for water-flashing and counter-flashing or pitch pockets for
waterproofing of all raceways, outlets, fittings, etc. which penetrate roof. Route
exposed raceways parallel or perpendicular to building lines with right angle turns
and symmetrical bends. Raceways in concrete shall be run in a direct line, and
where possible, with long sweep bends and offsets. Provide sleeves in forms for
new concrete walls, floor slabs and partitions for passage of raceways.
Waterproof all sleeved raceways. Minimum conduit size shall be 1/2".
a. Provide 5 empty 3/4-inch conduits for each flush-mounted panelboard into
the accessible overhead ceiling space.
b. Provide raceway expansion joints with necessary bonding conductor at
building expansion joints and where required to compensate for raceway
or building thermal expansion and contraction. Terminate raceways 1-1/4"
and larger with insulated bushing or rain-tight connections with insulated
throats. Expansion/deflection fittings shall be OZ Gedney type AXDX or
equal.
2. Rigid conduit or intermediate metallic steel conduit shall be installed in the
following above-grade areas:
a. Embedded in above-grade concrete walls and floor slabs.
b. Where exposed to mechanical injury.
c. Where specifically required by the California Electrical Code.
3. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT): May be installed in dry areas only in:
a. Concealed locations in furred or masonry walls or ceilings.
b. Embedded in poured insulating fills.
c. Exposed areas at least 8 feet above floor.
EMT fittings shall be compression type (no die cast fittings allowed),
except provide gland-nut type where embedded.
4. Flexible sealtite metal conduit shall be only used for the following:
a. Makeup of motor, transformer, or equipment, and/or raceway connections
where isolation of sound and vibration transmission is required. For
connections in locations exposed to weather, or in interior locations
subject to moisture, watertight flexible conduit shall be used.
b. Connections to recessed lighting fixtures shall not exceed 6 feet in length.
Lengths of flexible metal conduit shall contain a separate grounding
conductor as outlined under "Grounding" Section of this Specification. All
conduit and fittings shall be steel.
5. Surface raceways, where indicated on drawings, shall be metal and a size
approved for number and size of wires to be installed and shall be installed in a
neat, workmanlike manner, with runs parallel or perpendicular to walls and
partitions. Raceways, elbows, fittings, outlets, and devices shall be of same
manufacturer, and designed for use together.
6. Wireways, where indicated, complete with elbows, tees, connectors, adapters,
etc., with all parts factory fabricated and of same manufacturer. Communication
cable wireway shall be approved for use in return plenum space.
a. Install communication cables in communication cable wireway.
B. Below-Grade: Defined as area below finished grade for a building exterior and below
bottom floor slab for a building interior.
1. General: All service and feeders below-grade shall be concrete encased.
SECTION 26 0513
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
City of La Quinta 26 0513 - 7
Traffic Management Center Improvements
Below-grade raceways shall project 2" minimum above floor or equipment
foundation. Install exterior underground conduits 36" minimum below finished
grade. Do not penetrate waterproof membranes unless proper seals are
provided. Conduits below building slab shall be 12" minimum below bottom of
concrete. Make all penetrations through concrete with rigid plastic-coated
conduit.
2. Non-encased Raceways: Unless specifically noted on drawings for concrete
encasement, provide either of the following raceway systems for installation
below slabs on grade or in earth or gravel.
a. Rigid, heavy-wall, Schedule 40, polyvinyl chloride PVC plastic conduit,
suitable for direct burial. All offsets and 90o ells shall be rigid plastic-
coated conduit.
b. Rigid, galvanized steel conduit having a 0.30" minimum thickness, factory
bonded (PVC Jacket), using pre-jacketed couplings to provide
substantially watertight jacketing system.
3.04 OUTLETS
A. Exact location of outlets and equipment shall be governed by structural conditions and
obstructions or other equipment items. When necessary, relocate outlets so that when
fixtures or equipment are installed, they will be symmetrically located according to room
layout and will not interfere with other work or equipment. Verify final location of all
panels, equipment, etc. with the Architect. If dimensions are not given, locate outlets
within +6" of location as scaled from drawings.
B. Provide zinc-coated or cadmium-plated sheet steel outlet boxes not less than 4"
octagonal or square, unless otherwise noted. Equip fixture outlet boxes with 3/8" no-
bolt fixture studs. Where fixtures are mounted on or in an accessible type ceiling,
provide a junction box and extend flexible conduit to each fixture. Outlet boxes in
finished ceilings or walls shall be fitted with appropriate covers, set to come flush with
the finished surface. Where more than one switch or device is located at one point, use
gang boxes and covers unless otherwise indicated. Sectional switch boxes or utility
boxes will not be permitted. Provide tile box or a 4" square box with tile ring in masonry
walls which will not be plastered or furred, or where "drywall" type materials are applied.
C. Back-to-back outlets in the same wall, or thru-wall type boxes not permitted. Provide 8"
(minimum) long nipple to offset for all outlets shown on opposite sides of a common
wall to minimize sound transmission.
D. Surface-mounted devices are to be mounted in cast-type boxes with gasketed covers.
E. Except as otherwise noted, locate outlets and panelboards as follows: Dimensions
given are from finished floor to center line of outlets except panels. Adjust heights of
outlets in masonry walls to correspond with consistent brick or block course. Outlets in
block walls shall be installed in core of block.
1. Wall switches 48"
2. Convenience outlets, long axis vertical with grounding pole on bottom
15"
3. Phone outlets 15"
4. Panelboards (to top of trim) 6'-6"
5. Fire alarm horns 7'-6"
6. Fire alarm stations 3'-8"
7. Clock outlets 84"
8. Data outlets 15"
9. Wall phone outlets 54"
SECTION 26 0513
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
City of La Quinta 26 0513 - 8
Traffic Management Center Improvements
F. Over counters, benches, special equipment, baseboards, fin tube radiators, etc. or at
wainscoting, outlets shall be at a height (6") to prevent interferences to service
equipment, or as noted on drawings.
3.05 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES AND CABINETS
A. Construct junction or pull boxes not over 150 cubic inches in size as standard outlet
boxes, and those over 150 cubic inches the same as "Cabinets", with screw covers of
same gauge metal. Removable covers must be always accessible. Mount per
"Outlets" Section.
B. Provide a standard access panel having a hinged metal door neatly fitted into a flush
metal trim, where a junction box or equipment is located above non-accessible ceilings
or behind finished walls. Coordinate location and type with the Architect and Engineer.
C. All cabinets shall be set rigidly in place with fronts straight and plumb, center
panelboard interiors in door openings.
D. For ease of identification during maintenance and remodeling, junction box covers shall
be color coded according to the following schedule:
1. Fire Alarm - Red
2. Emergency Circuitry - Yellow
3. Telephone - Green
4. Televisions - Violet
5. Computer Data - Blue
6. 277/480V Systems – Orange
3.06 INSTALLATION OF WIRES
A. All wiring shall be routed through an acceptable raceway regardless of voltage
application, unless specified otherwise under other Sections of these Specifications.
B. Pull no wire into any portion of conduit system until all construction work which might
damage the wire has been completed. Conductors for all voltages shall be color coded
as follows:
1. Wire No. 10 and smaller be factory color coded.
2. Wire No. 8 and larger may be color coded by field color taping of the entire length
of exposed end or 12" of exposed end, whichever is less.
3. 120/240 volts: Phases: a-black, b-red, c-blue, neutral-white, ground-green
4. Isolated ground: Green with a white stripe.
C. Change branch circuit wire from #12 AWG to #10 where more than 3 current-carrying
conductors are in one conduit.
D. Sizes of conduits, unless specifically shown otherwise, shall be determined from the
National Electrical Code.
E. Install all wire continuous from outlet to outlet or terminal to terminal. Splices in cables
when required shall be made in handholes, pull boxes, or junction boxes and shall be in
strict accordance with cable manufacturer's recommendations utilizing solderless
connectors UL approved for the use.
F. Make up splices in outlet boxes with 8" of correctly color-coded tails left in box. Splices
SECTION 26 0513
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
City of La Quinta 26 0513 - 9
Traffic Management Center Improvements
in wires size #8 AWG and smaller shall be made with insulated spring type wire
connectors, "Scotchlok". Splices in larger wire and cables shall be made with indent
connectors approved for the purpose. All insulating tape used on circuits of 600 volts
and less shall be 3-M #33 or Plymouth Slipknot Grey.
G. All cables and wires passing through manholes and handholes shall be full looped
inside manhole and handhole and supported on galvanized steel racks with insulators.
H. Make all ground, neutral and line connections to receptacle and wiring device terminals
as recommended by Manufacturer. Provide ground jumper from outlet box to ground
terminal of receptacle.
I. Unless otherwise indicated, all wiring for branch circuits shall be #12 AWG protected by
20 ampere circuit breakers. If distance from panel to first outlet is 75 feet or greater (for
120-volt circuits) or 150 feet or greater (for 277-volt circuits) No. 10 shall be installed.
J. When two or three fluorescent lighting circuits share a common neutral, the neutral
conductor shall be increased to the next larger wire size.
3.07 SUPPORTS AND HANGERS
A. Support and align all raceways, cabinets, boxes, fixtures, etc. in an accepted manner
and as herein specified. Support raceways on accepted types of wall brackets,
specialty steel clips or hangers, ceiling trapeze hangers or malleable iron straps.
Plumbers perforated straps not permitted. Do not suspend raceways or equipment
from steam, water or other piping, or ductwork, except use of common supports such as
Unistrut at roof level installed by General Contractor for this purpose. Provide toggle
bolts or expansion (spider type) anchors in hollow masonry units, lead expansion
shields in solid masonry or concrete (or preferably use pre-set concrete inserts in
concrete), machine screws, bolts or welding on metal surfaces, and wood screws on
wood construction. Note: Malleable nails of proper type may be used to anchor in
wood construction in lieu of screws only where rigid support will be provided by their
use. Use of power-driven studs is prohibited without express permission.
B. Where suspended ceilings are 24" or less below structure (bar joints, concrete, etc.),
provide independent support from structure for all raceways. Where a space of over
24" to suspended ceiling occurs, hangers may be utilized to support conduits of one
inch or less trade size.
1. Mount all conduits a minimum of 7" above any accessible type ceiling, or with
spacing as required to permit relocation of recessed fixtures to any location.
C. Structural and post tensioned concrete members shall not be drilled or pierced without
prior approval.
D. Where outlets are installed in steel stud type systems, provide additional cross bracing,
bridging and/or straps as required to make outlet completely rigid prior to application of
wall facing material.
E. Design hangers and wall brackets so that maximum deflection will be no greater than
1/8".
3.08 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
A. All excavation and backfill required because of this work shall be included. Excavation
of trenches shall be sequenced to minimize "open time" and inconvenience.
SECTION 26 0513
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
City of La Quinta 26 0513 - 10
Traffic Management Center Improvements
B. Trenches shall be cut straight and true and shall be shored and braced where required.
See other applicable divisions of the specifications - for specific methods and
requirements.
3.09 WIRING DEVICES
A. Install devices of type indicated on drawings. All connections shall be made up tight
and device set plumb. Use care in installing device to prevent damage to device and
wire in outlet box.
B. Provide a device plate for each outlet to suit device installed and install blank plates or
covers for conjunction boxes and empty outlets.
3.10 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
A. Install fuses where required as a protective device and in conformance with equipment
manufacturer's specified requirements.
3.11 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE WORK
A. Concrete shall conform to requirements of Division 3 Section 03 3000 in these
Specifications.
3.12 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS
A. Provide all final connections for items of equipment including power feeders and
disconnects or receptacles as required. All equipment items will be furnished and set
by others. Confirm with suppliers all rough-in data such as electrical characteristics,
dimensions, locations, type of connection, etc., prior to installation.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 26 0519
LOW-VOLTAGE WIRES (600 VOLT AC)
City of La Quinta 26 0519 - 1
Traffic Management Center Improvements
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Low-voltage wire, splices, terminations, and installation.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide required materials for review.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 WIRES
A. Wires shall be single conductor type THHN or THWN insulated with polyvinyl chloride and
covered with a protective sheath of nylon, rated at 600 volts. Wires may be operated at 90
degrees C. maximum continuous conductor temperature in dry locations, and 75
degrees C. in wet locations and shall be listed by UL Standard 83 for thermoplastic
insulated wires, listed by Underwriter's Laboratories (UL) for installation in accordance
with Article 310 of the California Electrical Code (CEC). Conductors shall be solid copper
for 12 AWG and smaller conductors, and stranded copper for 10 AWG and larger
conductors. Conductors shall be insulated with PVC and sheathed with nylon. Wires shall
be identified by surface markings indicating manufacturer's identification, conductor size
and metal, voltage rating, UL symbol, type designations and optional rating. Indentations
for lettering are not permitted. Wires shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of
UL standard for types THWN, or THHN.
B. Conductors shall be solid Class B or stranded Class C, annealed uncoated copper in
accordance with UL standards, or another Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory
(NRTL).
2.2 STANDARDS
A. THWN/THHN wires shall comply with the following standards:
1. UL 83 for thermoplastic insulated wires.
2. UL 1063 for machine tool wires and cables.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Wires shall not be installed until debris and moisture is removed from conduits, boxes, and
cabinets. Wires stored at site shall be protected from physical damage until they are
installed, and walls are completed.
B. Wire-pulling compounds furnished as lubricants for installation of conductors in raceways
shall be compounds approved and listed by UL, NRTL, or equal. Oil, grease, graphite, or
similar substances are not permitted. Pulling of 2 AWG or larger conductors shall be
SECTION 26 0519
LOW-VOLTAGE WIRES (600 VOLT AC)
City of La Quinta 26 0519 - 2
Traffic Management Center Improvements
performed with a cable pull machine. Any runs shorter than 50 feet are exempt. When
pulling conductors, do not exceed manufacturer’s recommended values
C. The Project Inspector will observe installation of feeder cables. Notify the Project Inspector
not less than two working days in advance of the proposed time of feeder installation.
D. At outlets for light, power, and signal equipment, pigtail splices with 8-inch circuit conductor
leads for connection to fixtures, equipment, and devices.
E. Pressure cable connectors, pre-insulated 3M Scotchlok, Hubbell Power, O-Z/Gedney or
equal, Y, R or B spring-loaded twist-on type, may be furnished in splicing number 8 AWG
or smaller wires for wiring systems; except public address and telephone systems.
F. Joints, splices, taps, and connections to switchboard neutral, bonding or grounding
conductors, conductors to ground busses, and transformer connections for wires 6 gage
and larger shall be performed with high-pressure cable connectors approved for installation
with copper conductors. Connectors shall be insulated with heavy wall heat shrink WCSM,
or cold-applied roll-on sleeve RVS. Insulation level shall be a minimum of 600V, and joints,
splices, and taps shall be qualified to ANSI C 119.1, UL, NRTL, or equal listed mechanical
pressure connections.
G. Connections to any bussing and high-press cable connectors shall be securely bolted
together with corrosion-resistant plated carbon steel, minimum grade five machine screws
secured with constant pressure-type locking devices.
H. Connection of any bonding or grounding conductors shall be securely bolted together with
corrosion-resistant plated carbon steel, minimum grade five machine screws secured with
constant pressure-type locking devices.
I. Wire switchboards, panel cabinets, pull boxes, and other cabinets except public address,
shall be neatly grouped and tied in bundles with nylon ties at 10-inch intervals. In
switchboards, panels and terminal blocks, wires shall be fanned out to terminals. If bundles
are longer than 24 inches, a maximum of nine current carrying conductors may be bundled
together.
J. Install conductor lengths with a minimum length within the wiring space. Conductors must
be long enough to reach the terminal location in a manner that avoids strain on the
connecting lug.
K. Maintain the conductor required bending radius.
L. Neutral conductors larger than 6 gage, which are not color identified throughout their entire
length, shall be taped, painted white or natural gray, or taped white where they appear in
switchboards, cabinet, gutters or pull boxes. Neutral conductors 6 gage and smaller shall
be white color identified throughout their entire length.
M. Wiring systems shall be free from short circuits and grounds, other than required grounds.
The contractor shall be responsible for the testing of feeder and branch circuit conductor’s
insulation resistance. The insulation of the conductors shall be tested prior to connections
to any panelboards, switchboards, variable frequency drives, lighting control systems,
ballasts, and wiring devices such as but not limited to GFI receptacles, TVSS receptacles,
or equipment. Insulation testing of panelboards and switchboards shall be independently
SECTION 26 0519
LOW-VOLTAGE WIRES (600 VOLT AC)
City of La Quinta 26 0519 - 3
Traffic Management Center Improvements
performed from the insulation testing of any conductors as specified in other sections of
this specification.
1. Utilize the services of an approved independent testing laboratory to perform
megger time-resistance insulation testing of feeder conductors. Tests must be
conducted with wires disconnected at both ends.
a. Provide calibration program records to assure the testing instrument to be
within rated accuracy. The test equipment accuracy shall be in accord with
the requirements stated by the National Institute of Standards and
Technology (NIST).
b. Test equipment shall be provided with a label stating the date of last
calibration. As a minimum the equipment shall have been calibrated within
the past 12 months.
c. Test reports shall include the following:
1) Identification of the testing organization.
2) Equipment identification.
3) Ambient conditions.
4) Identification of the testing technician.
5) Summary of project.
6) Description of equipment being tested.
7) Description of tests.
8) Test results.
9) Analysis, interpretation, and recommendations.
2. Utilize the services of an approved independent testing laboratory or a qualified
contractor’s employee (Technician certified in accordance with ANSI/NETA ETT-
2000 Standard for Certification of Electrical Testing Personnel) to perform megger
time-resistance insulation testing of branch circuit conductors. Tests must be
conducted with wires disconnected at both ends.
a. Test equipment and report requirements stipulated under paragraph
3.01.N.1 apply to branch circuit testing.
3. Tests shall be performed in the presence of the Project Inspector.
4. Insulation resistance shall not be less than 100 mega-ohms.
3.2 COLOR CODES
A. General Wiring:
1. Color code conductor insulation as follows:
SYSTEM VOLTAGE
Conductor 208Y/120 480Y/277
SECTION 26 0519
LOW-VOLTAGE WIRES (600 VOLT AC)
City of La Quinta 26 0519 - 4
Traffic Management Center Improvements
Phase A Black Brown
Phase B Red Orange
Phase C Blue Yellow
Neutral White Natural Gray
Neutrals shall be colored-distinguished if circuits of two voltage systems are used
in the same raceway.
2. For phase and neutral conductors 6 gage or larger, permanent plastic-colored tape
may be furnished to mark conductor end instead of coded insulation. Tape shall
cover not less than 2 inches of conductor insulation within enclosure.
B. Signal Systems: Wires for signal systems shall be color-coded and installed under
observation of the Project Inspector. Except where otherwise specified, color-coding shall
be as follows:
SYSTEM COLOR CODE
Clocks Pink, Gray and Orange
Initiating Devices (Non-
Addressable)
Red (+) and Black (-)
Fire Alarm Strobes Orange (+) and Blue (-)
Interruptible 24 Volt Power (4
wire smoke detectors, duct
detectors)
Brown (+) and White (-)
Note: A single white wire may be common to both
3.3 FEEDER IDENTIFICATION
A. Feeder wires and cables shall be identified at each point the conduit run is broken by a
cabinet, box, gutter, etc. Where terminal ends are available, identification shall be by
means of heat shrink wire markers, which provide terminal strain relief. Markers shall be by
Tyco Electronics, Panduit, Brady Perma-Sleeve, or equal. Identification in other areas shall
be by means of wrap-around tape markers from Tyco Electronics, Panduit, Brady Perma-
Code or equal. Markers shall include feeder designation, size, and description.
3.4 TAPE AND SPLICE KITS
A. Splices, joints, and connectors joining conductors in dry and wet locations shall be covered
with insulation equivalent to that provided on conductors. Free ends of conductors
connected to energized sources shall be taped. Voids in irregular connectors shall be filled
with insulating compound before taping. Thermoplastic insulating tape approved by UL,
NRTL, or equal for installation as sole insulation of splices shall be furnished and shall be
installed according to manufacturer's printed specifications.
3.5 PROTECTION
A. Protect the Work of this section until Substantial Completion.
3.6 CLEANUP
A. Remove rubbish, debris and waste materials and legally dispose of off the Project site.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 26 2726
WIRING DEVICES
City of La Quinta 26 2726 - 1
Traffic Management Center Improvements
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Wall switches.
2. Receptacles.
3. Device plates and box covers.
B. Related Documents: The Contract Documents. Additional requirements and information
necessary to complete the Work of this Section may be found in other documents.
C. Related Sections:
1. As specified in Section 26 0500 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. As specified in Section 26 0500 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):
1. NEMA WD 1 - General Requirements for Wiring Devices.
2. NEMA WD 6 - Wiring Device -- Dimensional Requirements.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. As specified in Section 26 0500 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. As specified in Section 26 0500 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
B. Qualifications:
1. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this
section with minimum 5 years documented experience.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 WALL SWITCHES
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with project requirements, manufacturers offering
specified items which may be incorporated in the Work include the following:
1. Hubbell, Inc.
2. Leviton Manufacturing, Company, Inc.
3. Pass & Seymour.
4. Division 1 - Product Requirements: Product options and substitutions. Substitutions:
Permitted.
SECTION 26 2726
WIRING DEVICES
City of La Quinta 26 2726 - 2
Traffic Management Center Improvements
B. Provide 20 Amp, 120/277V, specification grade, flush, single pole toggle switches with side and
back wired screw terminals. All switches shall be equipped with grounding screws.
C. Single Pole Switch:
1. Leviton Cat. No.1221-2.
2. P&S Cat. No. PS20AC1I.
3. Hubbell Cat. No. HBL1221.
D. Color: White unless indicated otherwise on architectural drawings.
2.2 RECEPTACLES
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with project requirements, manufacturers offering
specified items which may be incorporated in the Work include the following:
1. Leviton Manufacturing, Company, Inc.
2. Pass & Seymour.
3. Hubbell, Inc.
4. Division 1 - Product Requirements: Product options and substitutions. Substitutions:
Permitted.
B. Provide duplex, specification grade, 20 Amp, 120 Volt, 2 pole, 3 wire receptacles with grounding
screw.
C. Duplex Convenience Receptacle:
1. Leviton Cat. No. 5362.
2. P&S Cat. No. 5362.
3. Hubbell Cat. No. HBL5352.
D. GFCI Receptacle (Side Wired Feed-Thru):
1. Leviton Cat. No. 6599.
2. P&S Cat. No. 2091-SHG.
3. Hubbell Cat. No. HBLGF5362.
E. Color: White unless indicated otherwise.
2.3 WALL PLATES
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with project requirements, manufacturers offering
specified items which may be incorporated in the Work include the following:
1. P&S Sierra.
2. Hubbell.
3. Leviton.
4. Division 1 - Product Requirements: Product options and substitutions. Substitutions:
Permitted.
B. Cover Plate: White smooth thermoplastic unless indicated otherwise on architectural drawings.
1. Sierra TP8-W.
C. Weatherproof Cover Plate: Gasketed cast metal with hinged gasketed device, listed as
weatherproof while in use.
1. Red Dot cast aluminum.
SECTION 26 2726
WIRING DEVICES
City of La Quinta 26 2726 - 3
Traffic Management Center Improvements
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. As specified in Section 26 0500 - Common Work Results for Electrical.
B. Verification of Conditions: Verify that field measurements, surfaces, substrates, and conditions
are as required, and ready to receive Work.
1. Verify that outlet boxes are installed at proper height.
2. Verify that wall openings are neatly cut and will be completely covered by wall plates.
3. Verify that branch circuit wiring installation is completed, tested, and ready for connection
to wiring devices.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Provide extension rings to bring outlet boxes flush with finished surface.
B. Clean debris from outlet boxes.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation."
B. Install devices plumb and level.
C. Install switches with OFF position down.
D. Install receptacles with grounding pole on bottom.
E. Connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor.
F. Connect wiring devices by wrapping conductor 2/3 of screw diameter in clockwise direction
around screw terminal. Tighten screw to 12 pound-inches. Do not use spring pressure devices
for wire connections.
G. Install cover plates on switch, receptacle, and blank outlets.
3.4 CONSTRUCTION
A. Interface with other work:
1. Coordinate locations of outlet boxes provided under Division 26 to obtain mounting
heights indicated on Drawings.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. As specified in Section 26 0500 – Common Work Results for Electrical.
B. Inspect each wiring device for defects.
C. Operate each wall switch with circuit energized and verify proper operation.
SECTION 26 2726
WIRING DEVICES
City of La Quinta 26 2726 - 4
Traffic Management Center Improvements
D. Verify that each receptacle device is energized.
E. Test each receptacle device for proper polarity.
F. Test each GFCI receptacle device for proper operation.
3.6 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust devices and wall plates to be flush, level, and plumb with wall.
3.7 CLEANING
A. Division 1 - Execution: Cleaning installed work.
B. Clean exposed surfaces to remove splatters and restore finish.
END OF SECTION
ATTACHMENT 6
EVALUATION CRITERIA
Category Max Pts
Understanding of work to be done
Staffing and Scope of Work
Pertinent Project Experience
Schedule of Events
Format/Organization
Cost
Intangible Qualities
Total
Scoring Breakdown:
Understanding of work to be done - 25 points maximum
0-8: Scope of work is off topic or is missing more than 5 key elements.
9-17: Scope of work is understandable but missing a few key elements.
18-25: Scope of work well justified and most or all key elements are included.
Staffing and Scope of Work - 20 points maximum
0-8 points: Staffing is not clearly listed or does not match scope of work
proposed.
9-15 points: Staffing is included but experience is not relevant or similar.
16-20 points: Staffing is included, matches the scope of work, and experience is
relevant.
Pertinent Project Experience - 15 points maximum
0-4 points: Consultant does not include previous experience or has very minimal
experience.
5-10 points: Consultant lists previous experience, but experience is not relevant
or similar.
11-15 points: Consultant lists relevant previous experience with similar work.
Schedule of Event- 15 Points Maximum
0-4 points: Events are not listed or is missing key elements
5-10 points: Events are listed but are not well scheduled or missing few key
elements
11-15 points: Events are listed and are well justified or all key elements are
included
Format/Organization - 10 points maximum
0-4: Scope of work is not or barely organized into tasks and subtasks, does not
flow clearly.
5-7: Scope of work is organized into tasks and subtasks, but not in a clear
logical order.
8-10: Scope of work is well organized into logical tasks and subtasks to complete
a project.
Cost - 10 points maximum
0-4 points: Contractor rates significantly vary from standard rates for similar
services, and/or there are significant errors in calculations.
5-7 points: Contractor rates vary from standard rates for similar services and/or
there are minor errors in calculations.
8-10 points: Contractor rates are within standard rates for similar services.
Intangible Qualities - 5 points maximum
Intangible qualities are those traits or abilities that are not included in the
above categories.